Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Ventura City Zoning Code

Division 6

Form-Based Coding for Special Areas

24.590 UC Hansen Trust Specific Plan Development Code

Printed herein as Chapter 24.590 is Ordinance No. 2008-016, adopted November 17, 2008. Amendments to the ordinance are indicated by parenthetical history notes following amended provisions. The absence of a history note indicates that the provision remains unchanged from the original ordinance. Obvious misspellings and punctuation errors have been corrected without notation. For stylistic purposes, headings and catchlines have been made uniform and the same system of capitalization, citation to state statutes, and expression of numbers in text as appears in the code of ordinances has been used. Additions made for clarity are indicated by brackets.

24.595 Midtown Corridors Development Code

Printed herein as Chapter 24.595 is Ordinance No. 2007-029, adopted December 17, 2007. Amendments to the ordinance are indicated by parenthetical history notes following amended provisions. The absence of a history note indicates that the provision remains unchanged from the original ordinance. Obvious misspellings and punctuation errors have been corrected without notation. For stylistic purposes, headings and catchlines have been made uniform and the same system of capitalization, citation to state statutes, and expression of numbers in text as appears in the code of ordinances has been used. Additions made for clarity are indicated by brackets.

24.600 Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code

Printed herein is Chapter 24.600, Ordinance No. 2009-007, adopted April 27, 2009. Amendments to the ordinance are indicated by parenthetical history notes following amended provisions. The absence of a history note indicates that the provision remains unchanged from the original ordinance. Obvious misspellings and punctuation errors have been corrected without notation. For stylistic purposes, headings and catchlines have been made uniform and the same system of capitalization, citation to state statutes, and expression of numbers in text as appears in the code of ordinances has been used. Additions made for clarity are indicated by brackets.

24.585.010 Contents.

This division consists of the following chapters:

A. This chapter: General Provisions

B. Chapter 24.590: Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code.

C. Chapter 24.595: Midtown Corridors Development Code.

D. Chapter 24.600: Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. (Formerly 24.2A.100.010)

24.585.020 Intent and purpose.

The intent of this division is to continue implementing policies and actions set forth in the 2005 Ventura General Plan relating to preservation of community characteristics and community vitality, appropriate urban form, and smart growth principles emphasizing pedestrian orientation, integration of land uses, treatment of streetscapes as community living space, and environmentally sensitive building design and operation. As discussed in Chapter 3 of the general plan, these objectives can be promoted through the ongoing establishment of transect-based zones (referred to from time to time as “T-Zones”) within the Ventura planning area and the adoption of development codes utilizing form-based coding to serve as the basis for the regulation of land use and development within those transect-based zones. (Formerly 24G.100.010)

24.585.030 Establishment of development codes.

In order to further the policies of the general plan, the city council may, from time to time, adopt and amend development codes for the communities, corridors, or districts identified in the general plan, or for other geographically discrete areas of the Ventura planning area as may be specified by the city council. Such development codes may provide for, among other subjects, the establishment of building design, site design, and other design-related standards that, once adopted, shall apply to development proposed to be constructed or carried out in any areas of the city subject to such development codes. The development codes may utilize transect-based, form-based coding, with regulating plans or similar mechanisms prescribing appropriate land uses, and project and site design principles relating to appropriate building types, housing mix, integration of land uses, and appropriate form for the pedestrian orientation, streetscape, and public realm in the subject area. Such development codes may be adopted as chapters of this division and may include the following chapters that may be numbered accordingly:

Chapter 24.590: Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code.

Chapter 24.595: Midtown Corridors Development Code.

Chapter 24.600: Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code.

Chapter 24.605: Parklands Specific Plan Development Code (on file in the city clerk’s office).

Chapter 24.610: Saticoy and Wells Communities Development Code (reserved).

Chapter 24.615: Westside Community Development Code (reserved). (Formerly 24G.100.020)

24.585.040 Adoption or amendment.

The adoption or amendment of a development code shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures for zoning ordinance text amendments as set forth in Chapter 24.540. The adoption or amendment of the boundaries of a regulating plan within a development code, or the boundaries of any zones established by a development code or regulating plan, shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures for a zone change as set forth in Chapter 24.540. (Formerly 24G.100.030)

24.585.050 Applicability.

After a development code is adopted for a particular community, corridor, or district identified in the general plan, or for any other geographically discrete area of the Ventura planning area as may be specified by the city council, the building design and site design standards and any and all other land use and development requirements, standards, regulations, or other provisions set forth in those development codes shall apply to all development within the geographic boundaries established by and for those development codes notwithstanding any other provision of this title to the contrary, including, but not limited to, standards regarding setbacks, stepbacks, off-street parking requirements, and maximum lot coverage, building height, or yard area. In any instance where the requirements, standards, regulations, or other provisions set forth in an adopted development code conflict with the requirements, standards, or regulations set forth in other provisions of this title, the standards in the development code shall take precedence. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of a development code and a requirement or other provision of this title because a development-related subject is addressed in this title but not in the development code, this title shall continue to apply. (Formerly 24G.100.040)

24.585.060 Operation and enforcement of development codes.

All uses and all development carried out, or proposed to be carried out, within the boundaries of an area for which a development code has been adopted must comply with the requirements, standards, regulations, and all other provisions set forth in that development code in addition to all other provisions of law. Any failure to comply with a requirement, standard, regulation, or any other provision set forth in an adopted development code shall constitute a violation of this zoning ordinance. All such violations of this zoning ordinance shall be subject to the enforcement provisions of Chapter 24.580 and the penalties as provided by Section 1.50.140. (Ord. No. 2007-029, § 2, 12-17-07; Ord. No. 2008-016, § 3, 11-17-08; Ord. No. 2009-007, § 2, 4-27-09; Ord. No. 2009-021, 8-21-09; Ord. No. 2010-006, §§ 13 – 22, 4-26-10; Ord. No. 2010-014, § 3(exh. A), 11-22-10; Ord. No. 2010-015, 11-22-10; Ord. No. 2011-010, §§ 27, 28, 31, 32, 8-1-11; Ord. No. 2016-006, § 2(Exh. B), 7-25-16; Ord. No. 2017-015, §§ 2, 4 – 6, 11-6-17; Ord. No. 2021-017, §§ 89(Exh. E), 90(Exh. F), 91(Exh. G), 12-13-21. Formerly 24G.100.050)

24.590.010 Purpose and applicability.

The regulations in this development code are intended to create a well designed, pedestrian-oriented, economically viable neighborhood, and achieve the related goals and objectives identified in Chapter 2 of this specific plan (Form and Character).

This graphically oriented form-based development code clearly describes the required urban and architectural design patterns, while also carefully regulating the uses of the buildings and lots within the specific plan area. The development code specifies the allowed residential densities and intensity of the development that may be achieved under the specific plan. It also describes and regulates the design of the public space network that provides the framework and infrastructure for the UC Hansen Trust Property, focusing on a circulation network that balances the use of all travel modes, including automobiles, pedestrians, bicycles and transit. The development code is intended to complement the city’s zoning ordinance. (Formerly 24H.100)

24.590.020 Purpose.

The regulating plan (Figure 24.590-1) maps the applicability of the requirements of this specific plan, and establishes the zones that are applied to the UC Hansen Trust Property area by this specific plan. (Formerly 24H.102.1)

24.590.030 Regulating plan.

The regulating plan in Figure 24.590-1 locates the zones within the specific plan area that define the standards for building placement, design, and use, and identifies the specific parcels included within each zone. The regulating plan is based on a synthesis of:

A. Input from community stakeholders, including city staff;

B. The findings and recommendations of the relevant analyses prepared by members of the UC Hansen Trust Property design team;

C. Application of the planning principles identified in Chapter 2 of this specific plan (Form and Character); and the 2005 Ventura General Plan;

D. An analysis of present and anticipated future market conditions;

E. Planning direction and priorities expressed in the city’s Saticoy and Wells community plan process;

F. Application of the agricultural buffer policies of the county agricultural commissioner and the county agricultural policy advisory committee;

G. Policies, priorities, and requirements of the University of California and the UC Hansen Trust. (Formerly 24H.102.2)

24.590.040 Zones and their purposes.

The area subject to the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan is divided into the following zones, which shall be applied to property within the specific plan area as shown on Figure 24.590-1 (UC Hansen Trust Property Regulating Plan).

A. Neighborhood General 1 (T3.3). The T3.3 zone is applied to areas appropriate for a mix of house and lot sizes, characterized by detached single-family houses on larger lots.

B. Neighborhood General 2 (T3.4). The T3.4 zone is applied to areas appropriate for a variety and mix of detached single-family houses on a variety of lot sizes.

C. Urban General (T4.7). The T4.7 zone is applied to portions of the specific plan that are intended for rowhouses and quadplexes (note: quadplexes are allowed in the farmworker housing overlay only).

D. Farmworker Housing Overlay (FH). The FH overlay zone is applied to the portion of the T4.7 zone that fronts Blackburn Park and allows for the use of the quadplex building type. See Title 25 (Inclusionary Housing Plan).

E. One and One-Half Story Maximum Building Height Overlay. The one and one-half story maximum building height overlay applies to the T3.3 zoned parcels along the eastern boundary of the specific plan area and provides height and privacy restrictions for all parcels within its boundary. Please refer to Section 24.590.140.

F. Parks and Open Space (POS). The POS zone identifies areas reserved for outdoor recreation, community parks, squares, greenways and other urban open spaces. Allowable structures in this zone are limited to those necessary to support the specific purposes of each individual open space site.

Figure 24.590-1. UC Hansen Trust Property Regulating Plan

(Formerly 24H.102.3)

24.590.050 Purpose.

The land use standards in this article identify the land use types allowed by the city in each of the zones established by the regulating plan and determine the type of city approval required for each land use type. (Formerly 24H.200.1)

24.590.060 Allowed land uses and planning permit requirements.

A. Allowed Land Uses. A parcel or building within the specific plan area shall be occupied by only the land uses allowed by Table 24.590-1 within the zone applied to the site by the regulating plan. Each land use listed in Table 24.590-1 is defined in Article 10 of this chapter (Development Code Glossary).

1. Establishment of an Allowed Use.

a. Any one or more land uses identified by Table 24.590-1 as being allowed within a specific zone may be established on any parcel within that zone, subject to the planning permit requirement listed in the table, and in compliance with all applicable requirements of this development code.

b. If a parcel is proposed for development with two or more of the land uses listed in the tables at the same time, the overall project shall be subject to the highest permit level required by the tables for any individual use. For example, a new multiuse building proposed with a permitted use on the second floor and a use requiring a use permit approval on the ground floor would require use permit approval for the entire project.

2. Use Not Listed.

a. A land use that is not listed in Table 24.590-1, and is determined by the director to not be included in Article 10 of this chapter (Development Code Glossary) under the definition of a listed land use, is not allowed within the specific plan area.

Table 24.590-1. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements

Land Use Type (1)

Permit Required by Zone

Specific Use Regulations

POS

T3.3

T3.4

T4.7

Recreation, Education and Public Assembly

Community Meeting

UP

Chapter 24.480

Recreation Services: Public Parks and Playgrounds

P

Residential

Single-Family/Accessory Dwelling Unit

P

P

P

Chapter 24.430

Multifamily (2)

P

Article 5 of Chapter 24.590

Home Occupation

P

P

P

Chapter 24.125

Group Care

UP

UP

UP

Section 24.110.840

Services

Child Day Care – Small Family Day Care Home

P

P

P

Chapter 24.480

Child Day Care – Large Family Day Care Home

P

P

P

Chapter 24.480

P Permitted Use

UP Use Permit Required

– Use Not Allowed

Notes:

(1)See glossary in Article 10 of this chapter for land use definitions.

(2)Multifamily housing is limited to farmworker housing as described in Title 25 (Inclusionary Housing Plan).

b. A land use that is listed in the table, but not within a particular zone is not allowed within that zone.

B. Permit Requirements. Table 24.590-1 provides for land uses that are:

1. Permitted subject to compliance with all applicable provisions of this development code. These are shown as “P” uses in the table;

2. Allowed subject to the approval of a use permit, and shown as “UP” uses in the table;

3. Not allowed in particular zones, and shown as a “–” in the table.

C. Standards for Specific Land Uses. Where the last column in Table 24.590-1 (“Specific Use Regulations”) includes an article or section number, the regulations in the referenced article or section also apply to the use. Requirements in other articles of this development code may also apply. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.200.2)

24.590.070 Additional city approval requirements.

A. Additional City Approval Requirements. Any land use identified as allowed by Table 24.590-1 may require other city permits, licenses, and approvals, including but not limited to a building permit per the municipal code.

B. Initiation of Nonresidential Use. The initiation of a nonresidential use shall require that a business license first be obtained from the city of Ventura. (Formerly 24H.200.3)

24.590.080 Purpose.

The urban standards in this article regulate the aspects of each private building that affect the public realm. The standards vary according to the zone applied to each parcel by the regulating plan. The urban standards regulate building placement, height, and facade design. (Formerly 24H.202.1)

24.590.090 POS (parks and open space) zone standards.

Standards for development proposed within the POS (parks and open space) zone shall be determined by the city through the zoning clearance process, unless otherwise noted in Table 24.590-1. Any proposed new buildings, significant landscape improvements, or significant changes to existing buildings, landscaping or site layout requires design review. (Formerly 24H.202.2)

24.590.100 T3.3 (neighborhood general 1) zone standards.

A. Building Placement.

1. Primary Building Setback. Each primary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 1:

a. Primary street setback: 15 feet minimum (1), 20 feet maximum or, for lots that front Saticoy Avenue, to the easterly boundary line of agricultural buffer area, where applicable (see Figure 24.590-1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback: 20 feet minimum.

Note:

(1)Eighteen feet minimum for lots with grades below street level.

2. Secondary Building Setbacks. If permitted, each secondary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth minimum (1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

Note:

(1)For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 50 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1).

3. Encroachments. The following building elements may encroach into required setbacks (including the agricultural buffer area where applicable): porches, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, eaves and cantilevered rooms. Encroachments shall be limited as follows:

a. Porches that are longer than 40 percent of the primary street facade length may encroach into the minimum primary street setback a distance of five feet maximum.

b. Porches that are shorter than 40 percent of the primary street facade length may encroach into the minimum street setback a distance of eight feet maximum.

c. Three feet maximum for bay windows or balconies encroaching into the primary or side street setback.

d. Two feet maximum for other encroachments.

B. Building Profile. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building profile requirements:

1. Height Limit. The height of primary and secondary buildings shall not exceed the following limits, as shown in Diagram 2. Minimum and maximum height shall be measured from the adjacent finish grade:

a. Primary building eave height: 20 feet maximum (1, 2).

b. Secondary building eave height: 18 feet maximum.

c. First floor height: 12 inches minimum/36 inches maximum.

Notes:

1At initial build out, at least 25 percent of the homes within the T3.3 zone shall be no greater than one story in height and shall be reasonably distributed throughout the zone. Future second-story additions to one-story homes shall not exceed 50 percent of the first floor area, shall be set back a minimum 10 feet behind the primary street facade, and shall be subject to design review.

2Twenty-four feet maximum for Victorian style.

Please see Section 24.590.140 (One-and-one-half-story maximum building height overlay) for additional building profile requirements.

2. Frontage Types. Frontage types within the T3.3 zone shall be limited to the following. See Section 24.590.160 (Frontage type standards) for detailed standards for each frontage type.

a. Common yard.

b. Porch and fence.

C. Parking.

1. Parking Requirements. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as follows:

a. Single-Family House. Two spaces per house, at least one of which shall be enclosed in a garage.

b. Accessory Dwelling Unit. One space, which may be enclosed, covered, or open, in addition to those required for the principal dwelling. See Chapter 24.430 for additional regulations, as applicable.

Off-street parking for residences is in addition to on-street guest parking.

2. Parking Location and Access. Vehicle parking will be provided on streets and on private lots. Parking for guests of residents will be provided on the streets abutting and nearby the lot. Parking for residents will be provided as follows:

Off-street vehicle parking will be located at the rear of the lot in compliance with the following setback requirements as shown by the shaded areas in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth (1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if garage is attached to adjacent garage.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

Note:

(1)For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 50 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1).

Please see Section 24.590.140 (One-and-one-half-story maximum building height overlay) for additional parking requirements.

3. Services and Utilities. All utility entrances and meters, and all trash and recycling receptacles, shall be located behind the primary street parking setback as shown in Diagram 3. All equipment shall be shown on plans submitted for design review. All equipment shall be screened from public view and/or integrated into the architecture of the building, as approved through design review.

D. Allowed Lot and Building Types. The building types allowed within the T3.3 zone shall be limited to those shown on the below table, which shall be placed on lots with the minimum lot widths shown, for the type in the T3.3 zone. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) for detailed standards for each building type. The minimum lot depth required in the T3.3 zone shall be 90 feet. The minimum lot area required in the T3.3 zone shall be 5,000 square feet, except that all lots along Saticoy Avenue shall be at least 6,900 square feet in area.

Allowed Building Type Table

Building Type

Minimum Lot Width

Large Lot House 1

55 feet

Large Lot House 2

50 feet

Large Lot House 3

40 feet

E. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The following land uses may occur within the T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone, subject to the noted permit requirements:

Land Use Type

Permit

Group Care

UP

Home Occupation

P

Single-Family/Accessory Dwelling Unit*

P

Child Day Care – Small Family Day Care

P

Child Day Care – Large Family Day Care

P

P Permitted Use

UP Use Permit Required

– Use Not Allowed

*In addition to applicable regulations in this development code, accessory dwelling units are subject to Chapter 24.430.

(Formerly 24H.202.3)

24.590.110 T3.4 (neighborhood general 2) zone standards.

A. Building Placement. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building placement requirements:

1. Primary Building Setbacks. Each primary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 1:

a. Primary street setback: 15 feet minimum (1), 20 feet maximum.

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum, 15 feet maximum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback: 20 feet minimum.

Note:

(1)Eighteen feet minimum for lots with grades below street level.

2. Secondary Building Setbacks. If permitted, each secondary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth minimum.

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

3. Encroachments. The following building elements may encroach into required setbacks: porches, stoops, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, eaves and cantilevered rooms. Encroachments shall be limited as follows:

a. Porches that are longer than 40 percent of the primary street facade length may encroach into the minimum primary street setback a distance of five feet maximum.

b. Porches that are shorter than 40 percent of the primary street facade length may encroach into the minimum street setback a distance of eight feet maximum.

c. Two feet maximum for other encroachments.

B. Building Profile. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building profile requirements:

1. Height Limit. The height of primary and secondary buildings shall not exceed the following limits, as shown in Diagram 2. Minimum and maximum height shall be measured from adjacent finish grade.

a. Primary building eave height: 20 feet maximum (1).

b. Secondary building eave height: 18 feet maximum.

c. First floor height: 12 inches minimum, 36 inches maximum.

Note:

(1)Twenty-four feet maximum for Victorian style.

2. Frontage Types. Frontage types within the T3.4 zone shall be limited to the following. See Section 24.590.160 (Frontage type standards) for detailed standards for each frontage type.

a. Common yard.

b. Porch and fence.

c. Stoop.

d. Dooryard.

Porch and fence is the only frontage type allowed on Telegraph Road.

C. Parking.

1. Parking Requirements. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as follows:

a. Single-Family House. Two spaces per house, at least one of which shall be enclosed in a garage.

b. Accessory Dwelling Unit. One space, which may be enclosed, covered, or open, in addition to those required for the principal dwelling. See Chapter 24.430 for additional regulations, as applicable.

Off-street parking for residences is in addition to on-street guest parking.

2. Parking Location and Access. Vehicle parking will be provided on streets and on private lots. Parking for guests of residents will be provided on the streets abutting and nearby the lot. Parking for residents will be provided off-street as follows:

Off-street vehicle parking will be located at the rear of the lot in compliance with the following setback requirements as shown by the shaded areas in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth.

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if garage is attached to adjacent garage.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

3. Services and Utilities. All utility entrances and meters, and all trash and recycling receptacles, shall be located behind the primary street parking setback as shown in Diagram 3. All equipment shall be shown on plans submitted for design review. All equipment shall be screened from public view and/or integrated into the architecture of the building, as approved through design review.

D. Allowed Lot and Building Types. The building types allowed within the T3.4 zone shall be limited to those shown on the below table, which shall be placed on lots with the minimum lot widths shown, for the type in the T3.4 zone. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) for detailed standards for each building type. The minimum lot depth required in the T3.4 zone shall be 90 feet. The minimum lot area required in the T3.4 zone shall be 4,000 square feet.

Allowable Building Type Table

Building Type

Minimum Lot Width

Large Lot House 2

50 feet

Large Lot House 3

40 feet

Side Yard House

40 feet

Front Yard House

40 feet

E. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The following land uses may occur within the T3.4 neighborhood general 2 zone, subject to the noted permit requirements:

Land Use Type

Permit

Group Care

UP

Home Occupation

P

Single-Family/Accessory Dwelling Unit*

P

Child Day Care – Small Family Day Care

P

Child Day Care – Large Family Day Care

P

P Permitted Use

UP Use Permit Required

– Use Not Allowed

*In addition to applicable regulations in this development code, accessory dwelling units are subject to Chapter 24.430.

(Formerly 24H.202.4)

24.590.120 T4.7 (urban general) zone standards.

A. Building Placement. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building placement requirements:

1. Primary Building Setbacks. Each primary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 1:

a. Primary street setback (or park setback where no street occurs): 10 feet minimum (1), 15 feet maximum or, for lots that front Saticoy Avenue, to the easterly boundary line of agricultural buffer area, where applicable (see Figure 24.590-1).

b. Side street setback: 10 feet minimum, 12 feet maximum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if attached.

d. Rear setback: 20 feet minimum.

Note:

(1)Fifteen feet minimum for lots with grades below street level.

2. Secondary Building Setbacks. If permitted, each secondary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth minimum (1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: three feet minimum if detached; zero feet if attached to adjacent secondary building.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

Note:

(1)For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 50 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1).

3. Encroachments. The following building elements may encroach into required setbacks: porches, stoops, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, eaves and cantilevered rooms. Encroachments shall be limited as follows:

a. Eight feet maximum for porches and stoops encroaching into the primary or side street setback.

b. Two feet maximum for other encroachments.

B. Building Profile. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building profile requirements:

1. Height Limit. The height of primary and secondary buildings shall not exceed the following limits, as shown in Diagram 2. Minimum and maximum height shall be measured from adjacent finish grade.

a. Primary building eave height: 20 feet maximum (1).

b. Secondary building eave height: 18 feet maximum.

c. First floor height: 12 inches minimum (2); 36 inches maximum.

Notes:

(1)Twenty-four feet maximum for Victorian style.

(2)Waived for quadplexes (in farmworkers housing overlay) and rowhouses if dooryard frontage is used.

2. Frontage Types. Frontage types within the T4.7 zone shall be limited to the following. See Section 24.590.160 (Frontage type standards) for detailed standards for each frontage type.

a. Common yard.

b. Porch and fence.

c. Stoop.

d. Dooryard.

C. Parking.

1. Parking Requirements. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as follows:

a. Rowhouse. Two spaces per rowhouse, at least one of which shall be enclosed in a garage.

Off-street parking for residences is in addition to on-street guest parking.

Please see Section 24.590.130 (Farmworker housing overlay zone standards) for additional parking requirements.

2. Parking Location and Access. Vehicle parking will be provided on streets and on private lots. Parking for guests of residents will be provided on the streets abutting and nearby the lot. Parking for residents will be provided off-street as follows:

Off-street vehicle parking will be located at the rear of the lot in compliance with the following setback requirements as shown by the shaded areas in Diagram 3:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth (1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if garage is attached to adjacent garage.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

Note:

(1)For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 50 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1).

3. Services and Utilities. All utility entrances and meters, and all trash and recycling receptacles, shall be located behind the primary street parking setback as shown in Diagram 3. All equipment shall be shown on plans submitted for design review. All equipment shall be screened from public view and/or integrated into the architecture of the building, as approved through design review.

D. Allowed Lot and Building Types. The building types allowed within the T4.7 zone shall be limited to those shown on the below table, which shall be placed on lots with the minimum lot widths shown, for the type in the T4.7 zone. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) for detailed standards for each building type. The minimum lot depth required in the T4.7 zone shall be 85 feet.

Allowed Building Type Table

Building Type

Minimum Lot Width

Rowhouse (1)

22 feet for middle unit

26 feet for end unit

Note:

(1)Rowhouses may be lotted with one unit per lot or multiple units on a super pad lot.

Please see Section 24.590.130 (Farmworker housing overlay zone standards) for additional building and lot type requirements.

E. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The following land uses may occur within the T4.7 urban general zone, subject to the noted permit requirements:

Land Use Type

Permit

Group Care

UP

Home Occupation

P

Single-Family

P

Child Day Care – Small Family Day Care

P

Child Day Care – Large Family Day Care

P

P Permitted Use

UP Use Permit Required

– Use Not Allowed

Please see Section 24.590.130 (Farmworker housing overlay zone standards) for additional land use and permit requirements. (Formerly 24H.202.5)

24.590.130 Farmworker housing overlay zone standards.

A. Building Placement. Each proposed building shall comply with the following building placement requirements:

1. Primary Building Setbacks. Each primary building shall be located in compliance with the following setback requirements, as shown by the shaded area in Diagram 1.

a. Primary street setback (or park setback where no street occurs): 10 feet minimum (1), 15 feet maximum or, for lots that front Saticoy Avenue, to the easterly boundary line of agricultural buffer area, where applicable (see Figure 24.590-1).

b. Side street setback: 10 feet minimum, 12 feet maximum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if attached.

d. Rear setback: 20 feet minimum.

Note:

(1)Fifteen feet minimum for lots with grades below street level.

2. Secondary Building Setbacks. Secondary buildings are not permitted within the farmworker housing overlay zone.

B. Building Profile. See T4.7 urban general zone standards (Section 24.590.120).

C. Parking.

1. Parking Requirements. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as follows:

a. Rowhouse. Two spaces per rowhouse. Both required spaces may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky.

b. Quadplex. Spaces shall be provided as follows:

Efficiency: one space.

One bedroom: one space.

Two bedroom: one and one-half spaces.

Three-plus bedroom: two spaces.

Off-street parking for residences are in addition to on-street guest parking.

2. Parking Location and Access. Vehicle parking will be provided on streets and on private lots. Parking for guests of residents will be provided on the streets abutting and nearby the lot. Parking for residents will be provided off-street as follows:

Off-street vehicle parking will be located at the rear of the lot in compliance with the following setback requirements as shown by the shaded areas in Diagram 2:

a. Primary street setback: 50 percent of lot depth (1).

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if garage is attached to adjacent garage.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

Note:

(1)For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 50 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1).

3. Services and Utilities. See T4.7 urban general zone standards (Section 24.590.120).

D. Allowed Lot and Building Types. The building types allowed within the farmworker housing overlay zone shall be limited to those shown on the table below, which shall be placed on lots with the minimum lot widths shown, for the type in the farmworker housing overlay zone. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) for detailed standards for each building type.

Allowed Building Type Table

Building Type

Minimum Lot Width

Quadplex

55 feet

Rowhouse (1)

22 feet for middle unit; 26 feet for end unit

Note:

(1)Rowhouses may be lotted with one unit per lot or multiple units on a super pad lot.

E. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements. The following land uses may occur within the farmworker housing overlay zone, subject to the noted permit requirements:

Land Use Type

Permit

Group Care

UP

Community Meeting

UP

Home Occupation

P

Multifamily (1)

P

Single-Family

P

Child Day Care – Small Family Day Care

P

Child Day Care – Large Family Day Care

P

P Permitted Use

UP Use Permit Required

– Use Not Allowed

Note:

(1)See Title 25 (Inclusionary Housing Plan).

(Formerly 24H.202.6.1)

24.590.140 One-and-one-half-story maximum building height overlay.

A. Building Placement. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100).

B. Building Profile.

1. Height Limit. The height of primary and secondary buildings shall not exceed the following limits, as shown in Diagram 1. Minimum and maximum height shall be measured from adjacent finish grade.

a. Primary building eave height: 20 feet maximum (1).

b. Secondary building eave height: 12 feet maximum.

c. First floor height: 12 inches minimum, 36 inches maximum.

Note:

(1)Twenty-four feet maximum for Victorian style.

In addition, the following provisions shall apply:

a. The height of the primary buildings shall be a maximum of one and one-half stories, with the second floor massed as being part of the roof.

b. The height of the secondary buildings shall be a maximum of one story.

c. Windows overlooking the back yard are not permitted on the second floor, except that clerestory windows are allowed only if they are located no less than seven feet above the floor of the second story.

2. Frontage Types. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100).

C. Parking.

1. Parking Requirements. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100).

2. Parking Location and Access. Vehicle parking will be provided on streets and on private lots. Parking for guests of residents will be provided on the streets abutting and nearby the lot. Parking for residents will be provided off street as follows:

Off-street vehicle parking will be located in compliance with the following setback requirements as shown by the shaded areas in Diagram 2:

a. Primary street setback: 10 feet behind primary structure if garage is attached; 50 percent of lot depth if detached.

b. Side street setback: 12 feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum if detached; zero feet if garage is attached to adjacent garage.

d. Rear setback: five feet minimum

3. Services and Utilities. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100).

D. Allowed Lot and Building Types. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100). The minimum lot width required in the one-and-one-half-story maximum building height overlay zone shall be 50 feet.

E. Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements. See T3.3 neighborhood general 1 zone standards (Section 24.590.100). (Formerly 24H.202.6.2)

24.590.150 Purpose and applicability.

The frontage type standards in this article establish the way individual buildings interface with and contribute to defining the character of the public realm. Frontages provide primary pedestrian access to buildings and provide spatial transitions between interior private space and exterior public space. (Formerly 24H.204.1)

24.590.160 Frontage type standards.

A. Frontage Types Allowed by Zone. The following table identifies the frontage types allowed in each zone established by Article 1 of this chapter (Regulating Plan and Zones).

Table 24.590-2. Frontage Types Allowed by Zone

Frontage Type

UC Hansen Trust Property Zones

POS

T3.3

T3.4

T4.7

Common Yard

O

O

O

Porch and Fence

O

O

O

Stoop

O

O

Dooryard

O

O

Key: O = Type allowed in zone.

Note: Frontages are further regulated by building types (see Article 5 of this chapter).

B. Frontage Type Standards.

1. Common Yard. The building facade is set back substantially from the front property line. The front yard (the area between the front property line and the primary street setback) created remains unfenced and is visually continuous with adjacent yards, supporting a common landscape. The deep setback provides a buffer from higher speed thoroughfares.

2. Porch and Fence. The building facade is set back from the front property line with an attached porch that is permitted to encroach into the setback. A fence at the property line maintains the demarcation of the yard. Each porch shall be no less than seven feet deep.

3. Stoop. The building facade is aligned close to the front property line with the first story elevated from the sidewalk sufficiently to provide privacy for the windows. The entrance is usually an exterior stair and landing. This type is recommended for ground floor residential use.

4. Dooryard. Dooryards are elevated gardens or terraces that are set back from the frontage line. This type can effectively buffer residential quarters from the sidewalk, remove the private yard from public encroachment, and provide an effective means of mitigating a sloping site.

C. Frontage Types and Slope.

1. Common Yard. If the natural slope of a front yard is less than 5:1, the front yard may slope directly to the sidewalk.

Example of sloped common yard.

2. Dooryard. If the natural slope of a front yard exceeds 5:1, the slope must be mitigated through the use of a dooryard wall located at the front property line that is at least 12 inches high.

Example of dooryard.

Example of dooryard.

(Formerly 24H.204.2)

24.590.170 Purpose.

The building type standards in this article determine the allowed building size and massing, frontage design, primary pedestrian access, vehicle access, parking, and services, and open space and landscaping design requirements for each of the building types allowed in each zone by Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards). (Formerly 24H.206.1)

24.590.180 Building types allowed by zone.

The following table identifies the building types allowed in each zone established by Article 1 of this chapter (Regulating Plan and Zones):

Table 24.590-3. Building Types Allowed by Zone

Building Type

UC Hansen Trust Property Zones

POS

T3.3

T3.4

T4.7

Civic Building

O(1)

Quadplex Building (2)

O

Rowhouse

O

Front Yard House

O

Side Yard House

O

Large Lot House 1

O

Large Lot House 2

O

O

Large Lot House 3

O

O

Accessory Dwelling Unit

O(3)

O(3)

Key: O = Type allowed in zone.

Notes:

(1)Limited to buildings and structures necessary for maintenance and support of the specific purpose of each park and/or open space area.

(2)Quadplex buildings are allowed only in the farmworker housing overlay.

(3)Accessory dwelling units are not allowed in the one-and-one-half-story maximum building height overlay zone and are subject to the requirements and regulations of Chapter 24.430.

(Formerly 24H.206.2)

24.590.190 Quadplex.

A. Description of Type. A structure containing four dwelling units, respectively, where dwellings are entered directly from the street or a side yard. (DR)

B. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be massed as large houses, composed principally of two-story volumes, each designed to house scale. (DR)

2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed with, at minimum, one horizontal plane break of the facade and one vertical break of the roofline. (DR)

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two front facades of equal architectural expression. (DR)

4. Dwellings within the buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. (DR)

5. Attic space may be occupied and not count as a story. (DR)

6. Unit square footage will typically be 700 through 1,800 square feet.

C. Frontage.

1. In dwellings abutting the front yard, public rooms (such as living rooms and dining rooms) shall be oriented toward the street. (DR)

2. Frontage types that provide a transition from public to private, indoor to outdoor at the main entrance to each dwelling shall be required. Stoops and porches are preferred. (DR)

3. At corner lots, entrances to dwellings on both frontages are encouraged, but not required. (DR)

D. Primary Pedestrian Access. The main entrance to each unit shall be accessed directly from and face the street or a side yard (DR). At corner lots, entrances to dwellings on both frontages are encouraged, but not required. (E)

E. Vehicle Access, Parking and Services.

1. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley. (E)

2. Required off-street parking may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky.

3. Services, including all utility access, above-ground equipment, and trash containers, shall be located on the alley. (W)

4. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as defined in Article 3 of this chapter.

F. Open Space and Landscaping.

1. Front yards shall be defined by the setbacks and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. (DR)

2. Each ground floor dwelling shall have a private or semiprivate required yard of at least 100 square feet. (W)

3. Required private or semiprivate yards shall be at least eight feet wide, and enclosed by a fence, wall or hedge. (W)

Variation from a standard or guideline require the following variance pursuant to Section 24.590.420: (DR) = Design Review (W) = Warrant (E) = Exception

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.206.3)

24.590.200 Rowhouse.

A. Description of Type. Rowhouses are attached single-family dwellings, designed as if on individual lots. They may also be on common ground and be condominiums. Rowhouses share common walls with one or two adjacent units. Alleys in the rear of the lots provide vehicular access to rowhouses. Front driveways and street facing garages are prohibited.

B. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of two-story volumes in compliance with the regulations for the applicable zone. (DR)

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two front facades of equal architectural expression. (DR)

3. Groups of rowhouses shall be between three and six attached units. (DR)

4. Rowhouses may be lotted with one unit per lot (typically 22 feet through 26 feet wide by 85 feet through 100 feet deep) or multiple units on a super pad lot.

5. Unit square footage will typically be 1,200 through 2,400 square feet.

C. Frontage.

1. Each rowhouse shall be designed such that living areas (such as living rooms and dining rooms), rather than sleeping and service rooms, are oriented toward the fronting street. (DR)

2. Frontage types that provide a transition from public to private, indoor to outdoor at the main entrance to each dwelling are required. (DR)

D. Primary Pedestrian Access. The main entrance to each unit shall be accessed directly from and face the street. (E)

E. Vehicle Access, Parking and Services.

1. Garages and services shall be accessed from an alley. (E)

2. Of the two required off-street parking spaces, at least one shall be in a garage which may be attached to or detached from the principal building. The other required space may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky. (W)

3. Units within the farmworker housing overlay may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky. (W)

4. Services, including all utility access, above-ground equipment, trash containers, shall be located on the alley. (W)

5. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as defined in Article 3 of this chapter.

F. Open Space and Landscaping.

1. Front yards shall be defined by the setbacks and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. (DR)

2. Rear yards shall be no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and no portion of it shall be less than 18 feet in width or depth. For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the agricultural buffer area shall not be included in the overall lot area calculation. (W)

Variation from a standard or guideline require the following pursuant to Section 24.590.420: (DR) = Design Review (W) = Warrant (E) = Exception

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.206.4)

24.590.210 Front yard house.

A. Description of Type. Front yard houses are detached single-family homes with a clear distinction between the public, street facing side, and the private side, which is oriented to the yard behind the building. An accessory dwelling unit may be built at the rear of a lot if permitted under Chapter 24.430.

B. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of one- and two-story volumes. (DR)

2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed with, at minimum, one horizontal plane break of the facade and one vertical break of the roofline. (DR)

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two front facades of equal architectural expression. (DR)

4. Lots will typically be 40 feet to 45 feet by 90 feet to 100 feet and may be up to 120 feet deep.

5. Unit square footage will typically be 1,400 through 2,500 square feet.

C. Frontage.

1. Each front yard house shall be designed such that living areas (such as living rooms and dining rooms), rather than sleeping and service rooms, are oriented toward the fronting street. (DR)

2. Frontage types that provide a transition from public to private, indoor to outdoor at the main entrance to each dwelling are required. (DR)

D. Primary Pedestrian Access. The main entrance to each unit shall be accessed directly from and face the street. (E)

E. Vehicle Access, Parking and Services.

1. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley. (E)

2. At least one of the two required parking spaces shall be in a garage which may be attached to or detached from the dwelling. The other required space may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky. (W)

3. Services, including all utility access, above-ground equipment, and trash containers, shall be located on the alley. (W)

4. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as defined in Article 3 of this chapter.

F. Open Space and Landscaping.

1. Front yards shall be defined by the setbacks and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. (DR)

2. Rear yards shall be no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and no less than 20 feet in width or depth. (W)

Variation from a standard or guideline require the following pursuant to Section 24.590.420: (DR) = Design Review (W) = Warrant (E) = Exception

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.206.5)

24.590.220 Side yard house.

A. Description of Type. A detached building designed as a residence for one household, with its primary entrance accessed from the fronting sidewalk through a front or side yard. The side yard also serves as the main yard. An accessory dwelling unit may be built at the rear of a lot if permitted under Chapter 24.430.

B. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of one- and two-story volumes. (DR)

2. Buildings shall be located on the lot and designed in a way that creates a narrow “inactive” yard on one side of the building, and a wider “active” yard on the other side. (DR)

3. On corner lots, the active yard of the side yard house shall abut the street. (DR)

4. Windows facing the inactive yard shall be small and have a high sill height to ensure privacy. (DR)

5. Lots will typically be 40 feet to 45 feet by 90 feet to 100 feet and may be up to 120 feet deep.

6. Unit square footage will typically be 1,400 through 2,500 square feet.

C. Frontage.

1. Each side yard house shall be designed such that living areas (such as living rooms and dining rooms), rather than sleeping and service rooms, are oriented toward the fronting street. (DR)

2. Side yard houses may be accessed from the side yard, rather than directly from the street, in which case the frontage types requirement for the applicable zone shall be waived. If the access to the dwelling is directly from the street, frontage types that provide a transition from public to private, indoor to outdoor at the main entrance to each dwelling are required. Porches, dooryards and stoops are preferred types. (DR)

D. Primary Pedestrian Access. The main entrance to each unit shall be accessed either directly from and face the street, or from the active side yard. (E)

E. Vehicle Access, Parking and Services.

1. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley. (E)

2. At least one of the two required parking spaces shall be in a garage which may be attached to or detached from the dwelling. The other required space may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky. (W)

3. Services, including all utility access, above-ground equipment, and trash containers, shall be located on the alley. (W)

4. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as defined in Article 3 of this chapter.

F. Open Space and Landscaping.

1. Front yards shall be defined by the setbacks and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. (DR)

2. The active side yard shall be at least 15 feet wide alongside at least 35 percent of the building’s length, with major ground floor rooms opening to it with large windows and, where possible, French doors. It is enclosed by a wall or hedge no more than six feet high. (W)

3. The inactive side yard may be built with or without a fence at the property line, with an easement allowing use of that side yard by the neighbor. If built without a fence, an easement allowing the use of that side yard by the neighbor is required. (W)

4. Additional rear yards may be provided but are not required.

Variation from a standard or guideline require the following pursuant to Section 24.590.420: (DR) = Design Review (W) = Warrant (E) = Exception

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.206.6)

24.590.230 Large lot house.

A. Description of Type. Large lot houses are detached single-family homes that allow for a variety of floor plan layouts and orientations due to the generous lot width. An accessory dwelling unit may be built at the rear of a lot if permitted under Chapter 24.430.

B. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of one- and two-story volumes. (DR)

2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed with, at minimum, one horizontal plane break of the facade and one vertical break of the roofline. (DR)

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two front facades of equal architectural expression. (DR)

4. Typical lot sizes are as follows:

Large Lot House 1: 55 feet by 95 feet through 120 feet.

Large Lot House 2: 50 feet by 95 feet through 120 feet.

Large Lot House 3: 40 feet by 95 feet through 120 feet.

5. Unit square footage will typically be 1,800 through 3,200 square feet.

C. Frontage.

1. Each large lot house shall be designed such that living areas (such as living rooms and dining rooms) located on the first floor, rather than sleeping and service rooms, are oriented toward the fronting street. (DR)

2. Frontage types that provide a transition from public to private, indoor to outdoor at the main entrance to each dwelling are required. (DR)

D. Primary Pedestrian Access. The main entrance to each unit shall be accessed directly from and face the street. (E)

E. Vehicle Access, Parking and Services.

1. If the lot is abutting an alley:

a. Parking and services shall be accessed from the alley. (E)

b. At least one of the two required parking spaces shall be in a garage which may be attached to or detached from the dwelling. The other required space may be enclosed in a garage, covered by a carport, or open to the sky. (W)

c. Services, including all utility access, above-ground equipment, and trash containers, shall be located on the alley. (W)

2. If the lot is not abutting an alley:

a. Parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway a maximum of 10 feet wide along one side of the primary building. (W)

b. Alternatively, a driveway of up to 16 feet wide may provide access to a garage that faces a street, providing that the garage is set back at least 10 feet from the front of the house, and the garage is no more than 50 percent of the width of the house. (W)

c. For corner lots, driveway shall be placed along the side yard setback and not the side street setback.

d. A minimum five-foot landscape strip shall be required between the driveway and side property line.

e. Services including utility access and trash containers shall be located at minimum 10 feet behind a street-facing building wall and shall be screened with a hedge or fence. (W)

3. The number of required off-street parking spaces is as defined in Article 3 of this chapter.

F. Open Space and Landscaping.

1. Front yards shall be defined by the setbacks and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. (DR)

2. Rear yards shall be no less than 20 percent of the area of each lot and no less than 20 feet in width or depth. For lots fronting Saticoy Avenue, the 20 percent calculation shall be based only upon that portion of the lot which is not included within the 150-foot agricultural buffer area (see Figure 24.590-1). (W)

Variation from a standard or guideline require the following pursuant to Section 24.590.420: (DR) = Design Review (W) = Warrant (E) = Exception

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.206.7)

24.590.240 Reserved.

Editor’s note(s): Section 6.J. of Ord. No. 2017-015, adopted November 6, 2017, repealed Section 24H.206.8, which pertained to carriage house, and derived from Ord. No. 2008-016, adopted November 17, 2008.

(Formerly 24H.206.8)

24.590.250 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose and Applicability. The standards in this article provide direction for the design of all buildings (private houses on private lots and public buildings within the public realm), appurtenances and site elements within the specific plan area. The materials, methods, and forms herein are standard. All other materials, methods, and forms are prohibited, unless explicitly approved in writing through design review, based on a finding that they conform to the design intent of this code.

B. Relationship to Urban Standards. The urban standards in Article 3 of this chapter define the location and massing of buildings and site elements on the lots, focusing on the relationship of the building to the lot, the block and the neighborhood. These architectural guidelines define the permitted range of architectural design possibilities, ensuring a degree of authenticity and cohesion for the overall urban design.

C. Style Precedents. Five distinct architectural styles have been selected as the basis for the architectural standards based on their history and success in the city of Ventura and Ventura County neighborhoods. These styles are:

1. The Spanish Revival style, derived from the style of the missions of California, built between 1767 and 1823 during the Spanish Colonial period.

2. The Victorian style, which draws from Carpenter Gothic and Queen Anne traditions as seen throughout California, from the 1830s to the turn of the century.

3. The Italianate style, popular in California from the 1830s through the 1880s.

4. The Craftsman style, particularly as characteristic of early 20th century California bungalows.

5. The Tudor style derives its inspiration from the Storybook, Normandy, and Tudor styles that appeared on the American scene in the late 19th century and were popular through the 1940s. Because the Tudor style is a less common style in Ventura, no more than 10 percent of the buildings constructed within the UC Hansen Trust planning area shall be of the Tudor style. In addition Tudor style buildings shall not be built adjacent to one another (i.e., they shall be separated by a building constructed of one of the other four permitted styles).

The drawings in these guidelines are intended to illustrate designs characteristic of the Ventura County variants of these classic American styles. These illustrations convey the level of detail that is to be provided in the architecture of the buildings, but not inclusive of all possible variations of the style.

D. Range of Materials. Within each style, a range of materials – from modest to fine – are permitted. With any combination of building type and architectural style, the skilled architect will be able to design a wide range of buildings, accommodating a broad range of uses, household types and construction budgets.

1. A key attribute required of all buildings within the specific plan area is that they be authentic buildings, growing from the pre-1940 tradition of building in the county. Authentic, natural building materials are preferred. These include wood, brick, smooth plaster, stone, tile, slate, and naturally weathering metals, as listed in these standards. Such materials age gracefully, while many synthetic materials do not. Synthetic materials proposed for use within the district will be evaluated and approved for use only if:

a. The material faithfully simulates the appearance of the natural material it imitates; and

b. The material has a demonstrated ability to weather gracefully, aging similarly to or better than the natural material it imitates.

2. The scale and detailing of the stylistic elements of the architecture shall be authentic in character.

E. Conflicting Requirements. The materials, configurations and methods in this article apply to buildings, appurtenances and site elements throughout the specific plan area. The following sections concerning specific architectural styles may include requirements that are additive to, or conflicting with, these general requirements, in which case the requirements for that style shall take precedence. (Formerly 24H.208.1)

24.590.260 Walls.

A. Materials.

1. Building walls shall be clad in wood clapboard, wood shingle, wood drop siding, wood board and batten, stucco, brick or stone. Additionally, walls may be clad in cementitious or other manufactured siding simulating permitted wood materials if approved through design review.

2. Building walls shall be trimmed in wood, stone, or cast stone.

3. Garden walls, and retaining walls exposed to public view, shall be made of or clad in brick, stone, or stucco compatible with the design of the principal building.

4. Landscape should be used to soften walls and fences.

5. Fences and trellises shall be made of finished wood or wrought iron. Wrought iron fences shall have iron posts and/or brick or stone piers.

B. Configurations.

1. Two or more wall materials may be combined on one facade only with one above the other – lighter materials above those more substantial (e.g., wood above stucco or masonry, or stucco above masonry). See Figure 24.590-2.

2. Cantilevers shall be supported by visible brackets scaled as if they were supporting the weight of the mass above. See Figure 24.590-3.

3. Exterior chimneys shall be finished in brick, stone, or stucco.

Figure 24.590-2. Vertical configuration of materials: lighter above heavier

Figure 24.590-3. Examples of bracket visibility

4. Walls clad in wood (or wood-like material) shall be stained or painted with colors approved per this code.

5. Garden walls shall be no less than six inches wide and capped by a top, overlapping the wall below by no less than one-half inch. Exceptions to this requirement may be allowed through design review for stucco walls associated with Spanish Revival or Tudor style buildings.

6. Wood fences and gates on frontages shall be made of vertical pickets or lattice with no more than three-inch gaps in between. Wrought iron fences and gates shall be made of true wrought iron, or steel bar that faithfully simulates true wrought iron, with bars with no less than a four-inch space between. Fences and garden walls within frontage setback areas shall be between 30 inches and 42 inches in height.

7. Fences and garden walls at interior side and rear property lines may be up to six feet in height. Wood fences shall have alternating members (“good neighbor fencing”). Side and rear yard walls and fences that abut an alley shall be set back seven feet, zero inches for alleys with garages on both sides of the alley and five feet, zero inches for alleys with garages only on one side of the alley. Fences and walls at the intersection of two alleys shall be set back seven feet, zero inches.

8. Fences built parallel to the frontage between houses or other structures shall be set back two feet behind the facade line, except walls that are an integral part of the architecture of the house, which may be flush with the facade or set back from it as approved through design review. Fences shall not exceed six feet in height.

9. Retaining walls at frontages, when present, may be up to four feet in height, as approved through design review. Retaining walls within the frontage setback area – and to the line of the side yard enclosing fence or wall – shall be made of or clad in materials as specified in these architectural standards. Retaining walls behind the fence line and substantially obscured from views from the public way may be relieved of this requirement.

10. Patio covers that are either attached to or detached from a building shall be located anywhere within the Secondary Building Setback Diagram (Diagram 2) of the urban standards of the applicable zone, subject to following:

a. Twelve-foot setback from the rear property line; as measured to the supporting post. Two feet of cover overhand is permitted.

b. Five-foot setback from each side property line; as measured to the supporting post. Two feet of cover overhand is permitted.

c. Patio cover may not exceed one-half of the lot width nor more than 400 square feet in area.

Patio covers shall not exceed 10 feet in height as measured to the top of the supporting post.

If associated with a building type requiring design review, the material and composition of patio covers shall be evaluated through the design review process.

11. The undercroft of decks and porches shall be enclosed with lattice or vertical pickets.

12. Trash receptacles shall be screened from public view by opaque walls or fences meeting the requirements of this code.

C. Methods.

1. Clapboard shall not exceed six inches to the weather. Shingles shall not exceed eight inches to the weather. Drop siding shall not exceed 10 inches to the weather. Board and batten shall not exceed 12 inches and four inches, alternately.

2. Board trim at corners and around openings shall not exceed six inches, except at the front door surround, which may be of any size or configuration if approved through design review. Board trim may be applied directly to the sheathing.

3. Brick and cut stone shall be laid in true bonding pattern.

4. River and rubble stone shall be laid in the natural manner, with smooth or beaded mortar joints.

5. Brick and cut stone mortar joints shall be struck.

6. Stucco shall be smooth or sand finish only.

7. Exposed wood shall be painted or stained. (Formerly 24H.208.2)

24.590.270 Building elements.

A. Materials.

1. Posts, balconies, porches, and bay windows shall be made of wood. Bay windows may additionally be vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood.

2. Columns, piers, and arches shall be made of or clad in wood, brick, cast stone, or stucco.

3. Stoops shall be made of brick, stone, or concrete.

4. Railings shall be made of wood or wrought iron.

5. Window boxes, if provided, shall be made of finished painted wood, and shall be supported by visible brackets, detailed in a manner consistent with porch or eave details of the house.

6. Balconies shall be made of wood or metal – except for the Craftsman style where only wood is permitted – and shall be supported by brackets. Balconies may be open or covered.

7. Balcony railings may be of wrought iron or wood, except for the Craftsman style where only wood is permitted.

8. Entry coverings may include canvas awnings, or projected shed roofs supported by wood brackets or wrought iron – except for the Craftsman style where only wood is permitted.

9. Authentic appearing wood-like manufactured materials may be substituted for wood in subsections (A)(1) through (A)(8) of this section.

B. Configurations.

1. Porches, if provided, shall typically be elevated a minimum of eight inches above adjacent grade.

2. Front porches, if provided, shall have a minimum depth of seven feet and their length shall be between 25 to 90 percent of the building front.

3. Stoops, if provided, shall have a minimum depth of five feet and a minimum length of five feet.

4. Balconies, if provided, shall be seven feet minimum clear in height and their length shall be between 25 and 90 percent of the building front. Second floor balconies shall be six feet deep minimum.

5. Spindles and balusters on balconies, porches, and decks shall not exceed six inches on center, or as required by the building code, whichever is less. Standard pipe rails, horizontal and vertical, are prohibited.

6. Bay windows, if provided, shall be habitable spaces carried to the ground or supported by visible brackets. Bay windows shall not exceed a depth of six feet deep and a width of eight feet.

7. All mechanical and electrical equipment – including, but not limited to, air-conditioning units, solar panels, antennas, and satellite dishes – whether roof-mounted, ground-mounted or otherwise, shall be completely screened from public view. Such equipment and related screening shall be shown on drawings submitted for design review.

8. Parapet walls along the frontage shall be articulated with corbelled patterned brick, projected cornices, or projected roofs.

9. Bay windows and roofs may project up to four feet from the principal facade.

C. Methods.

1. Foundation piers shall be no less than 12 inches by 12 inches.

2. Masonry and stucco arches (square or round) shall be no less than 12 inches in depth. Piers shall be no less than 12 inches by 12 inches. Wood posts shall be no less than five and one-half inches by five and one-half inches and shall be articulated at their base and top. (Formerly 24H.208.3)

24.590.280 Roofs.

A. Materials.

1. Roofs of primarily wood buildings shall be finished with wood shingles or dimensional composition or asphalt shingles.

2. Roofs of primarily stucco buildings shall be finished with clay tile or slate, or with concrete tile faithfully simulating clay tile or slate if approved through design review. Roofs of Italianate or Tudor buildings may be finished in dimensional composite or asphalt shingles simulating slate roofing.

3. Roofs of primarily brick or stone buildings shall be finished with clay tile, wood shingles or dimensional composition or asphalt shingles.

4. Gutters and downspouts shall be made of galvanized steel, wood, copper, or painted aluminum.

B. Configurations.

1. Building roofs shall be gabled or hipped, and shall be sloped as shown for each of the five permitted architectural styles.

2. Shed (monopitch) roofs shall only be attached to the principal building walls, with a minimum slope of 2:12.

3. Skylights shall be flat (nonbubble) only, and are discouraged within roofs visible from the public way.

4. Dormers shall be placed no closer than 36 inches to building sidewalks.

5. Gutters shall be half-round or ogee.

6. Canvas awnings may cover balconies or shopfronts, but only in shed configurations. Quarter sphere or quarter cylinder configurations are not permitted.

7. Parapet walls shall be used to conceal flat roof (minimum slope) areas. Parapets may be faced with a pitched roof appropriate to the historic style. Exceptions include shopfront canopy roofs and bay window roofs, which may have a minimum slope without a parapet.

C. Methods.

1. Overhanging eaves shall have exposed rafter tails at the tip, or shall be finished with a profiled cornice, as shown for each permitted house style herein.

2. Exposed rafter tails shall have a minimum nominal dimension of three inches by four inches.

3. Brackets, when provided at eaves, shall have a minimal nominal dimension of five inches. (Formerly 24H.208.4)

24.590.290 Windows and doors.

A. Materials.

1. Windows and doors shall be made of wood, factory-painted aluminum, or fiberglass if approved through design review. Vinyl and vinyl-clad windows are permitted so long as they have mullion patterns and colors appropriate to the style and are approved through design review.

2. Glazing shall be clear glass with no more than 10 percent daylight reduction (tinting). Glazing shall not be reflective (mirrored).

3. Windows may have the following accessories: shutters sized to match their openings, opaque canvas awnings (except quarter sphere and quarter cylinder configuration), and planter boxes supported by visible brackets.

B. Configurations.

1. Window openings shall have vertical proportions, or may be square.

2. Windows may additionally be circular, elliptical, octagonal or hexagonal – recommended maximum two per facade.

3. Total fenestration for facades shall be no more than 33 percent of the facade area, except within shopfronts.

4. Windows shall be recessed no less than two inches from the building facade.

5. Individual garage doors shall have a maximum width of 16 feet.

C. Methods.

1. Windows on facades shall be double-hung, single-hung, or hinged-casement. On side or rear elevations, windows may be horizontal sliders to be located at least six feet from the facade. Horizontal sliders are not allowed on the side facades of corner buildings.

Figure 24.590-4. Window configurations

2. Circular or hexagonal windows may additionally be pivoted or hopper configuration.

3. Dormer windows shall be double-hung, single-hung, hinged-casement, or hopper configuration. Dormer windows may be fixed.

4. Mullions, if used, shall be on the exterior of the windows.

5. All windows above the first floor shall be of a consistent proportion and grid pattern.

6. Doors shall be only side hinged, except garage doors which may be overhead, and sliding glass doors which may face back yards. (Formerly 24H.208.5)

24.590.300 Sustainable design opportunities.

Sustainable building and site design is an informed response to environmental issues during project design, construction, and operations. The major issues that sustainable design addresses include energy, landscape and hydrology, indoor environmental quality, and resource conservation.

Following are recommendations that should be considered during project design. While many of these recommendations are already inherent in the provisions of this development code (porches, operable windows), others may be incorporated in the future as they become more affordable (either through reduced product prices or government incentive programs).

A. Energy. The built environment is responsible for nearly half the primary energy use in this country, making buildings a leading contributor to global warming, air pollution, and the depletion of fossil fuel reserves. Substantial reductions in energy use can be made by responding thoughtfully to climatic conditions during building design. Additional savings can be achieved through the use of high performance energy systems and alternative energy sources.

1. Passive Solar Design. Use overhangs, shutters, louvers and shade trees to minimize solar heat gain. Design buildings to allow for the passage of cooling breezes.

2. Exterior Circulation and Living Space. Reduce the amount of conditioned space by using covered outdoor circulation, porches, and balconies.

3. Optimize Building Shell Performance. Use tight, well-insulated wall systems and high-performance glazing.

4. Design for Emerging Energy Systems. Design buildings to accommodate renewable energy sources as they become cost effective, including solar, wind, and biomass.

B. Landscape and Hydrology. Infrastructure and the landscape should be informed by nature and natural systems. This includes the creation of a “green infrastructure” system to clean and convey stormwater.

1. Stormwater Management. Provide methods to filter runoff from streets and sidewalks. Appropriate techniques include:

a. Rain gardens and vegetated swales to convey and infiltrate rainwater.

b. Pervious pavements to allow stormwater to infiltrate directly into the ground below.

2. Native-in-Character Plants. Reduce the need for irrigation and fertilizers by using plants adapted to local climate, soil and hydrology.

3. Water Conservation. Reduce water demand by choosing plants that need little irrigation and by using water-saving fixtures.

C. Indoor Environmental Quality. The indoor environment can be readily designed to promote human health and well-being by minimizing sources of contamination, and providing abundant fresh air and sunlight.

1. Abundant Fresh Air and Daylight. Numerous studies point to the physical and psychological benefits of a well-designed interior environment. To that end, buildings should be organized to provide abundant natural light and a constant supply of outdoor air. Operable windows should be used to the greatest extent possible and mechanical systems should be designed to accommodate operable windows.

D. Resource Conservation. To address resource conservation issues, the entire life-cycle of building materials should be considered: the effects of extracting raw materials and of manufacturing, performance while in use, including maintenance and durability, and how the materials and packaging will ultimately be disposed of. The primary goal is to encourage the development of “closed-loop” manufacturing which uses waste products as the raw materials of new products.

1. Sustainably Harvested, Reprocessed or Reusable Materials. Many building products are available which focus on strategies for resource conservation, and in general are becoming more widely available and cost effective.

2. Waste Stream Management. Waste management, including recycling, reuse and composting, is becoming increasingly common and cost effective, and should be employed to the degree possible. (Formerly 24H.208.6)

24.590.310 The Spanish Revival style.

A. History and Character. The Spanish style is derived from the style of the missions of California, built between 1767 and 1823 during the Spanish Colonial period. The prevailing building material was the local clay adobe, mud mixed with a chopped straw binder and used as plaster or sun-dried in bricks. Today, the style is characterized by wall surfaces that are made of flat austere stucco planes with punched, recessed openings for windows and doors. A greater percentage of the surface is wall than opening, and detail is achieved through the proportional location of openings. Windows occasionally are elaborated with small metal balconies, grilles or awnings, but have no exterior trim. Exterior trim is reserved for main doorways, which have pilasters, columns and capitals. Wood detailing is spare, seen as rafter tails or heavy timber brackets supporting cantilevers or openings. Roofs are always tile, typically barrel mission tile or clay “S” and occasionally flat cement tile. The typical open spaces for this style are patios and courtyards, which can be open to streets and yards via loggias and arcades.

B. Essential Characteristics of the Style.

1. Low-pitched roofs clad with red clay barrel or clay “S” tiles.

2. Asymmetrical massing compositions, accented by tours, chimneys, and balconies.

3. Covered patios, porches, and loggias, often defined by enclosed or semi-enclosed courtyards.

4. Stucco surfaces with deeply recessed doors and windows, often with arched openings.

5. Mediterranean color palettes, with creams, whites, and other hues accented by wood and wrought iron elements.

C. Massing and Roof. Most Spanish style buildings are formed from variations or combinations on simple rectilinear forms capped with gabled or hipped roofs. More complex buildings have rambling, compound plans based on picturesque compositions of these rectilinear forms. In the UC Hansen Trust Property, Spanish style buildings will fall into one of the following categories:

1. Single-Family Gable L. A simple, often two-story side-gable oriented parallel to the street edge with a one-story cross-gable end. Roof pitches range from four in 12 to eight in 12. This form may also have parapets at the end gables to present a building of differing character.

2. Single-Family Townhouse. A simple rectangle oriented perpendicular to the street edge and capped with a hipped roof. Roof pitches range from four in 12 to eight in 12.

3. Single-Family Gable L Narrow. Two intersecting gable-end rectangles, often with an integral side porch. Roof pitches range from six in 12 to eight in 12.

4. Courtyard. Two or more rectangles composed to form a semiprivate courtyard with access directly from the street. The courtyard should typically have a width and depth no less than one-third of the total width of the building. Roof pitches range from six in 12 to eight in 12.

Typical wall section and elevation

Typical eave details

D. Building Height. Spanish style buildings typically have tall first floors and shorter upper floors. In the UC Hansen Trust Property the minimum first floor ceiling height will be nine feet. Second/upper floors may lower ceiling heights to eight feet particularly when cathedral ceilings are used.

Eaves generally fall into two types: open and closed. Open eaves are inspired by Spanish Colonial wood-framing and are characterized by deep overhangs of at least 18 inches and exposed, often decorative, rafters. Open eaves are typically used with hipped roof forms. Closed eaves reflect an adobe masonry tradition and are characterized by simple, stuccoed gable ends, clay roof tiles, and an eight-inch water table in stone or stucco. Closed eaves are typically utilized with gable end or parapetted roof forms.

E. Porches and Exterior Elements. The Spanish style tends to utilize a variety of exterior elements to define outdoor and semi-outdoor spaces, including arcaded and colonnaded loggias, covered balconies, galleries, courtyards, and terraces. Rather than separate entities, these elements tend to be extensions of the principal building forms.

These elements include:

1. Loggia spaces, often defined by arcades. These spaces are typically not enclosed.

2. Covered balconies, with detailing similar to the Monterey Style, but with more substantial structural members and exposed supporting rafters.

3. Well-detailed structural canopies, such as pergolas and trellises.

Chimneys, often with elaborate tops and small, tiled roofs, are also used as defining special elements in Spanish-style compositions.

Porch and balcony columns are typically square-stock and eight inches in diameter, often with bracketed capitals.

F. Doors and Windows.

1. Windows are square or rectangular with a vertical proportion.

2. Windows are operable casement. For street-facing windows, a four-inch minimum post separates multiple windows in the same rough opening.

3. There is at least three inches setback between the glass of the windows and the surface of the exterior trim around the windows.

4. Muntins are divided panes or fixed on the interior and exterior surfaces. Panes are of square or of similar vertical proportion throughout the building.

5. Window shutters are louvered or paneled, and operable.

6. Doors are usually heavy, panelized, and set deep from exterior walls.

7. Trim is of high-grade lumber at entry only, and built-up.

G. Materials.

Cladding:

Stone or stucco. Stone should be of a similar color and texture to local stone in coastal Ventura County. Stucco may be cement with smooth sand finish.

Foundations:

Stone, cast stone, painted concrete, or stucco.

Roofing:

Terra cotta, straight barrel, tapered barrel, or American Spanish mission tiles.

Windows:

Wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood. Glass should be clear and nonreflective. Grilles are wrought iron.

Doors:

Principal doors may be made of wood or fiberglass. French doors and sliders may be made of wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, vinyl-clad wood, or fiberglass.

Trim:

Wood, composite board, and molded millwork for built-up sections. PVC trim is not permitted. For soffits and porch ceilings, plaster, T&G wood, exposed rafters, or composite. Continuous perforated soffit materials are not permitted.

Gutters:

Half round copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Downspouts:

Round or rectangular, copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Columns:

Wood, fiberglass, or composite.

Railings:

Straight balusters in wood, or wrought iron.

Chimneys:

Common brick, stone, cast stone, or stucco. Chimney tops should be elaborated with clay tile caps.

Signage:

Painted wood or metal with wrought iron armatures.

H. Colors.

Cladding:

Stucco may be white, off-white, light gray, cream, or yellow. Stone should be of a similar color and texture to local stone in coastal Ventura County.

Illustrative Color Palette

Roofing:

Clay tiles are typically variegated reds or browns.

Windows:

Sashes and frames to be dark stained or painted white, off-white, cream, light red, light green, or light blue. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Trim:

Dark stained or painted white or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Gutters/downspouts:

Natural copper finish, black, dark red, dark green.

Columns:

Dark stained or painted white or off-white.

Railings:

Wood railings dark stained or painted white or off-white. Wrought iron grilles and rails to be painted black.

Illustrative Elevations

Small Single-Family

Large Single-Family / Multifamily

(Formerly 24H.208.6.1)

24.590.320 The Victorian style.

A. History and Character. The Victorian style draws from Carpenter Gothic and Queen Anne traditions as seen throughout California, from the 1830s to the turn of the century. In the Carpenter Gothic, cross gables with steeply pitched decorated gables are common. In the Queen Anne, bays and turrets are common with surface shingle patterns gaining importance. In both variants, the porches receive the most details. A variation of the Victorian style, the highly picturesque Stick style is thought to have developed as a resort architecture in the mid-1800s. The Stick style was characterized by bright, contrasting paint colors, ornamental brackets and bargeboards, lacy openwork balconies, overhanging eaves, colored shingles, and the purely decorative crisscross timbers, or stick work. By the 1860s, elaborate Stick style confections were appearing across the country, and the style remained popular in resorts, suburbs, and small towns well into the 1870s. West Coast Stick style houses usually have bay windows with straight sides. In addition, the bay window area most often has a gabled roof above it, and the windows are more likely to have flat tops. The decorative brackets usually line up with the sides of the windows and with the corners of the house and extend down into long vertical strips in these locations. There is sometimes a pattern of short verticals along the cornice line.

B. Essential Characteristics of the Style.

1. Steeply pitched gable roofs.

2. Wide projecting eaves and decorated gable rakes.

3. Tall vertical proportions for windows and doors.

4. Highly detailed window and door head trim.

5. Walls of brick, clapboard, board and batten, shingle, or stone.

6. Highly detailed wooden porches and balconies.

C. Massing and Roofs. Victorian buildings are typically characterized by picturesque massing and tall proportions. Massing types are commonly based on combinations of gable-end forms with perpendicular “gable ells.” Some basic ratios include two to one “gable L” types, two to three “gable L” types, and two to three to two “double gable L” types. More formal massing types retain this picturesque character through the application of Carpenter Gothic-styled decorative brackets along porches and eaves. Roofs are typically steeply pitched, with highly detailed eaves.

In the UC Hansen Trust Property, buildings will tend to fall into one of the following massing categories:

1. Single-family townhouse

2. Single-family gable L

3. Multifamily double gable

4. Wide two-story

5. Wide 1.5-story gable L

6. Double gable L

1. Single-Family Townhouse. Two to one gable L massing with hipped or gable-end roof form. Roof pitches range from 10:12 to 12:12.

2. Single-Family Gable L. Two to one gable L massing with front-facing gable end and hipped or gable-end cross gable. Roof pitches typically 10:12.

3. Double Gable. Suitable for multifamily buildings and created by the combination of two basic gable L types. Roof pitches typically 10:12.

4. Centerhall. Broad cross gable, often with one or more dormers facing the street. Roof pitches on the main body typically range from 8:12 to 10:12, while dormer pitches may extend up to 16:12.

5. Wide Gable. Two to two or two to three gable L massing with front-facing gable end and gable-end cross gable, often one and one-half stories. Roof pitches typically range from 8:12 to 10:12, while dormer pitches may extend up to 16:12.

6. Double Gable L. Suitable for live/work, multifamily, and large multifamily buildings and characterized by the combination of two gable L forms. Roof pitches typically 10:12.

D. Building Height. Victorian buildings are characterized by tall proportions. First floor ceiling heights should be at least nine feet. Second floor ceiling heights may be shorter (eight feet minimum), but nine feet or 10 feet is not uncommon.

Victorian buildings may utilize one of two different eave types. Open eaves are appropriate for more vernacular buildings, particularly in rural settings. Returned eaves are appropriate for formal gable fronts and to facilitate facade material changes.

E. Porches and Exterior Elements. Porches are typically central to Victorian houses. Gable L types typically have side or wraparound porches while centerhall types typically have full-width front porches.

Porches typically exhibit a great deal of variety in detailing, but are usually derived from classical proportions and moldings. Porch columns may be square-stock, square tapered, or turned with brackets and/or fretwork. Porch columns should be six inches minimum in diameter. Porch railings may have square balusters, turned spindles, or decorative panel work.

F. Doors and Windows. Windows and doors are tall and narrow in proportion. On brick or stone houses there is a three-and-one-half-inch-wide brickmould (min) with a brick or stone lintel. On wood sided or shingled houses window and door trim is generally wide around five and one-half inches and there are usually additional trim caps, brackets or other details over the window head.

Doors can be paneled, or a combination of paneled and glazed, and occur single or paired. They can also have sidelights and transoms. In most cases the trim surround is more ornate than the window trim.

Windows are double hung with one over one, and two over two paned divisions. They can have flat, half-round or segmental arched tops.

Specialty windows can be used to accentuate architectural features. Paired and triple windows frequently appear. Box and angled bay windows are also used as accents.

House masses are usually divided into three or five equal bays with the windows, doors, and accents elements centered in these divisions.

G. Materials.

Cladding:

Siding. Siding may be wood, composition board, or fiber-cement board with horizontal shiplap, beaded lap, or beveled profile. Vertical board and batten siding may also be used in 12- through 16-inch widths. Half-round siding may be used in decorative gable ends and on dormers. Vinyl siding is not permitted.

Foundations:

Stone, cast stone, painted concrete, or brick face.

Roofing:

Building and porch roofs may be narrow standing seam metal, painted 5-V panel, corrugated metal panel, rolled asphalt, or fiberglass shingle.

Windows:

Wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood. Glass should be clear and nonreflective.

Doors:

Principal doors may be made of wood or fiberglass. French doors and sliders may be made of wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, vinyl-clad wood, or fiberglass.

Trim:

Wood, composite board, fiber-cement board, and molded millwork for built-up sections. PVC trim is not permitted. For soffits and porch ceilings, plaster, T&G wood, exposed rafters, or composite. Continuous perforated soffit materials are not permitted.

Gutters:

Half round or ogee-profile copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Downspouts:

Round or rectangular, copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Columns:

Wood, fiberglass, or composite.

Railings:

Square balusters, turned spindles, decorative panelwork in wood.

Chimneys:

Common brick, stone, or cast stone.

Signage:

Painted wood or metal.

H. Colors.

Cladding:

Primary siding colors may be white, off-white, cream, gray green, gray blue, or brown. Highlight colors should be chosen to match primary siding colors in keeping with historic Victorian color palettes.

Roofing:

Roof shingles are typically dark grey or black. Standing seam metal roofs may be natural, black, dark green, or dark red finish.

Windows:

Sashes and frames may be white or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Trim:

White or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Gutters/downspouts:

Natural copper finish or white, to match primary trim colors.

Columns:

White or off-white.

Railings:

White or off-white.

Illustrative Elevations

Small Single-Family

Large Single-Family / Live/Work

(Formerly 24H.208.6.2)

24.590.330 The Italianate style.

A. History and Character. The Italianate style was popular in California from the 1830s through the 1880s. Providing square towers, asymmetrical plans, broad roofs, and generous verandas, this style was widely adapted for urban row house architecture in the mid-1800s, characterized by ornate door and window designs, weighty bracketed cornices, and high stoops with robust stair rails. Many townhouses in San Francisco and other northern California cities were built of wood, in the Italianate style. Early in the style the massing was simple with little detailing. The later houses were usually more decorated and had more complex massing, as exemplified by the San Francisco high Victorian Italianates.

The UC Hansen Trust Property Italianate style is intended to be a formal, classically inspired style, appropriate for rowhouses and single-family homes.

B. Essential Characteristics of the Style.

1. Low pitched, hipped or gable-end roofs.

2. Wide projecting eaves supported by decorative wood brackets.

3. Tall vertical proportions for windows and doors.

4. Highly detailed window and door head trim.

5. Walls of brick, clapboard, stucco or stone.

6. Highly detailed, classically proportioned porches.

1. Single-Family Rowhouse

2. Single-Family Narrow

3. Wide Gable-L

4. Basic Broad Front

5. Cube

6. Double Gable

C. Massing and Roofs. In more picturesque versions wings project from the mass toward the street with gabled or hipped roof forms. In more detailed examples of the high style towers, cupolas, and projecting bays are added.

Larger Italianate buildings tend to be simple, boxlike forms accented by towers, cupolas, and projected bays.

Large eave projections with cornice brackets are characteristic of the style. Frequently the area between the brackets is detailed with panels. Brackets can occur singly or in pairs, but are always equally spaced across the facade.

1. Rowhouse. Gable L massing with tall false cornice or mansard roof. Roof pitches range from 6:12 to 10:12.

2. Single-Family Narrow. L-shaped massing with a front facing, composed, hipped-roof facade, often with a projecting box bay.

3. Wide Gable L. Broad front with a projecting front gable, appropriate for large houses and multifamily buildings. Roof pitches range from 6:12 to 10:12.

4. Basic Box. Broad front with hipped roofs, 4:12 to 8:12. Formal, classical compositions are common.

5. Cube. Square proportions with classically composed windows and doors, often capped with a cupola or tower. Roof pitches range from 4:12 to 8:12.

6. Double Gable. Three-part massing with pair of projecting gables toward the street, roof pitches range from 6:12 to 10:12.

D. Building Height. Italianate houses are generally vertically proportioned. First floor ceiling heights should be nine feet; second floor ceiling heights can be eight feet but usually require nine feet to accommodate the detailed cornice. Italianate eaves typically have classical proportions and detailing with deep entablatures, decorative paneling, and substantial brackets.

1. Stoop Porch

2. Full Width Porch

3. Side Porch

4. Wrap-Around Porch

E. Porches and Exterior Elements. There are three basic types of porches that may be added to the house.

1. Stoop porches are small covered porches at the front door, typically centered on the main body massing of the house and measure one bay in width.

2. Full width porches run the full width of the house and are typically centered on the main body of the house, and measure three to five bays in width.

3. Side porches are typically found along the side of a projecting wing leading to the entry.

4. Wrap-around porches are a combination of full-width and side porches.

Porch details are typically classical in nature and vertical in proportion. Classically correct Tuscan and Ionic columns, and square-stock columns, are common. Entablatures often have deep overhangs with brackets. Railings may have square balusters or turned spindles. Porches typically have a clear depth of seven feet. Porch columns are typically at least six inches in diameter.

Rowhouse

L-Shaped

L-Shaped

Centerhall

Centerhall With Cupola

Multifamily

F. Doors and Windows. Windows and doors are tall and narrow in proportion. On stone or brick houses there is a three-and-one-half-inch-wide brick mould (min) with a brick or stone lintel. On clapboard houses window and door trim is generally wide, around five and one-half inches, and usually there are additional trim caps, brackets or other details over the window head.

Doors can be paneled, or a combination of paneled and glazed, and occur single or paired. They can also have sidelights and transoms. In most cases the trim surround is more ornate than the window trim.

Windows are double hung with one over one, and two over two paned divisions. They can have flat, half-round or segmental arched tops.

Specialty windows can be used to accentuate architectural features. Paired and triple windows frequently appear on tower elements. Box and angled bay windows are also used as accents.

House masses are usually divided into three or five equal bays with the windows, doors, and accents elements centered in these divisions.

G. Materials.

Cladding:

Siding, brick, or stucco. Siding may be wood, composition board, or fiber-cement board with horizontal shiplap, beaded lap, or beveled profile. Vinyl siding is not permitted. Stucco may be cement with smooth sand finish.

Foundations:

Stone, cast stone, painted concrete, or brick face.

Roofing:

Building and porch roofs may be narrow standing seam metal, painted 5-V panel, corrugated metal panel, rolled asphalt, or fiberglass shingle.

Windows:

Wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood. Glass should be clear and nonreflective.

Doors:

Principal doors may be made of wood or fiberglass. French doors and sliders may be made of wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, vinyl-clad wood, or fiberglass.

Trim:

Wood, composite board, fiber-cement board, and molded millwork for built-up sections. PVC trim is not permitted. For soffits and porch ceilings, plaster, T&G wood, exposed rafters, or composite. Continuous perforated soffit materials are not permitted.

Gutters:

Ogee-profile copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Downspouts:

Round or rectangular, copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Columns:

Wood, fiberglass, or composite.

Railings:

Square balusters, or turned spindles in wood.

Chimneys:

Common brick, stone, cast stone, or stucco.

Signage:

Painted wood or metal.

H. Colors.

Cladding:

Siding and stucco colors may be white, off-white, cream, yellow, light blue, dark green, or dark blue. Brick may be red or painted white, off-white, or red.

Roofing:

Roof shingles are typically dark grey or black. Standing seam metal roofs may be natural, black, dark green, or blue finish.

Windows:

Sashes and frames may be white or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Trim:

White or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Gutters/downspouts:

Natural copper finish or white, black, dark red, or dark green.

Columns:

White or off-white.

Railings:

White or off-white.

(Formerly 24H.208.6.3)

24.590.340 The Craftsman style.

A. History and Character. The Craftsman style represented an independent western movement in American architecture. Its guiding force was the English Arts and Crafts movement, which favored the beauty and honesty of traditional handcraftsmanship and natural materials. In America, these ideas and the style that derived from them were espoused and disseminated by Gustav Stickley. The style was adapted for countless small houses and bungalows from the 1900s to the 1940s but found its most sophisticated expression in the California work of Pasadena architects Greene and Greene. The Craftsman bungalow became widely popular during that era. Since that time, the Craftsman style has developed various interpretations that have adapted it to multifamily and mixed-use prototypes. Typically, it is a snug one-and-a-half-story home with detailed eaves and a wide overhanging roof, surrounded by deep porches, and simple interior with built-in cupboards and cozy inglenooks.

B. Essential Elements of the Style.

1. Low, horizontal proportions, characterized by low-pitched gable roofs, horizontal materials, and broad windows and doors.

2. Deep, broad porches that are integral to the overall building form.

3. Wide, projecting eaves with exposed rafter tails, supporting beams or braces, and timber-frame decoration in gable ends.

4. Ganged windows and doors, vertical in proportion and trimmed with wood.

5. An emphasis on natural materials, particularly wood and brick, often with natural stone foundations and piers.

1. Simple Single-Family

2. Simple Single-Family With Dormers

3. Single-Family Gable L

4. Bungalow

5. Two-Story Single-Family

6. Wide Two-Story

7. Double Gable

C. Massing and Roofs. Craftsman buildings are typically compositions of basic squares or rectangles capped by a gable or in some instances hipped roofs. Attic spaces under gabled roof forms and dormers are common. Porch roofs can shed or telescope from the main mass.

In the UC Hansen Trust Property, Craftsman buildings will typically identify with one of the following massing types:

1. Simple Single-Family. A one-story rectangle capped by a gable-end roof set perpendicular to the street edge. Roof pitches range from 4:12 to 10:12.

2. Simple Single-Family with Dormers. Typically a one-and-one-half-story rectangle with a shed roof and a series of shed or gabled dormers in the attic. Roof pitches range from 8:12 to 10:12.

3. Single-Family Gable L. Two intersecting cross gables often set at a two to one ratio.

4. Bungalow. A one-and-one-half-story square mass with integral porch and large street-facing dormer. Roof pitches on the main body are typically 10:12.

5. Two-Story Single-Family. A two-story rectangle capped by a gable end roof set perpendicular to the street edge. Roof pitches range from 4:12 to 10:12.

6. Wide Two-Story. A two-story rectangle capped by a gable end roof and set parallel to the street edge. Roof pitches range from 4:12 to 10:12.

7. Double Gable. Suitable for larger single-family houses, mixed-use buildings, or multifamily structures, the double gable presents two gable-ends to the street. Roof pitches are typically 6:12 to 8:12.

D. Building Height. Craftsman houses are generally low in massing. Porches are usually elevated approximately two feet from grade. First floor ceiling heights should be nine feet, second floor ceiling heights can be shorter (eight feet minimum), but the low character is achieved in part through the broad overhang of the eaves.

1. Stoop porches

2. Full width porch

3. Full width porch with dormer

4. Side porch

5. Wrap around porch

E. Porches and Exterior Elements. Porches tend to be broad, even encompassing the full width of the house. The roofs on porches tend to parallel the roof of the main mass. On a house with a front gable the roof of the porch also tends to be a gable form creating a telescoping mass. Hipped roof houses tend to have hipped roof porches although shed or gable forms would not be inappropriate. Porch eave details are the same as those on the main mass, including exposed rafter tails, overhangs, and braces.

The detailing of the porches support columns can exhibit a great deal of variety. Typically short square columns rest on massive piers or even the solid balustrade. The piers or solid balustrades usually begin at grade and continue unbroken past the porch deck to rail height or even higher to support the columns. Piers and columns frequently have sloped or battered sides. Piers and balustrades can be of the same material as the main mass of the house – stone, brick, stucco, shingle, or clapboard. In some instances they are of a heavier material than the house mass – a stucco house may have stone piers.

Balustrades can be a solid wall or open railing with square balusters.

F. Doors and Windows. Windows and doors are broad in proportion. On stone or brick houses there is a three-and-one-half-inch-wide brick mould (min) with a brick or stone lintel. On shingled and clapboard houses window and door trim is generally wide, around five and one-half inches, and there are usually additional trim caps or other details over the window head.

Doors are broad and can be paneled, or a combination of paneled and glazed, and entries usually occur singly not double. In most cases the trim surround is usually consistent with the window trim, but can be heavier.

Windows are double hung with multiple pane over one divisions being prevalent, while six over six, eight over eight, and other similar paning can occur.

Casement windows can be used as specialty windows which accentuate architectural features. Paired and triple windows frequently occur. Box and angled bay windows are also used as accents.

G. Materials.

Cladding:

Siding, brick, or stucco. Siding may be wood, composition board, or fiber-cement board with beaded lap or beveled profile. Vinyl siding is not permitted. Stucco may be cement with smooth sand finish. Stucco is permitted only as a primary material on one-story structures, or as a base material on multistory structures.

Foundations:

Stone, cast stone, painted concrete, or brick face.

Roofing:

Rolled asphalt, wood shake, or fiberglass shingle.

Windows:

Wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood. Glass should be clear and nonreflective.

Doors:

Principal doors may be made of wood or fiberglass. French doors and sliders may be made of wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, vinyl-clad wood, or fiberglass.

Trim:

Wood, composite board, fiber-cement board, and molded millwork for built-up sections. PVC trim is not permitted. For soffits and porch ceilings, plaster, T&G wood, exposed rafters, or composite. Continuous perforated soffit materials are not permitted.

Gutters:

Half-round copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Downspouts:

Round or rectangular, copper or metal. PVC is not permitted.

Columns:

Wood, fiberglass, or composite.

Railings:

Square balusters, in wood.

Chimneys:

Common brick, stone, or cast stone.

Signage:

Painted wood or metal.

H. Colors.

Cladding:

Siding and stucco colors may be dark green, olive green, light brown, light blue, or natural stained. Brick may be red.

Roofing:

Roof shingles are typically dark grey or black.

Windows:

Sashes and frames may be white or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Trim:

White, off-white, dark brown, dark red, or dark green. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Gutters/downspouts:

Natural copper finish or white, black, dark red, or dark green.

Columns:

White, off-white, dark brown, dark green, or natural stained.

Railings:

White or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Illustrative Elevations

(Formerly 24H.208.6.4)

24.590.350 The Tudor style.

A. History and Character. The Tudor style derives its inspiration from the Storybook, “Normandy,” and Tudor styles that appeared on the American scene in the late 19th century and were popular through the 1940s. This style finds its origins in a variety of late Medieval English prototypes, ranging from humble, thatch-roofed cottages to more elaborate, grand mansions and estates. Although initial buildings built in this style were complex, architect-designed landmarks, by the 1920s and 1930s the style had become immensely popular with the proliferation of unpretentious houses, apartments, and mixed-use structures by builders. In California, developments such as Picardy Village and Normandy Towers are demonstrative of the fine craftsmanship and imaginative interpretations that characterized this period.

B. Main Characteristics of the Style.

1. Picturesque combinations of steeply pitched, gable-end roof forms, often with swaybacked, additive elements.

2. Stucco wall surfaces, often enlivened by brick and stone detailing around window and door openings, combined with half-timbered gable-ends.

3. Vertically proportioned windows, typically casements of wood or metal, and frequently grouped into gangs of three or more.

4. Large, elaborated chimneys, commonly placed in prominent locations on the fronts or sides of buildings, often with complex masonry or stone patterns.

5. Subdued color palette based on medieval precedents and a prevalence of natural materials.

C. Massing and Roofs. Most Tudor style buildings are typically formed from combinations of one or two rectilinear masses, capped with steeply pitched gable-end roof forms, and set perpendicular to one another to create picturesque compositions. The addition of elements such as swaybacked roof additions, bay windows, dormers, and elaborated chimneys create finished designs.

In the UC Hansen Trust Property, Tudor buildings will typically fall into one of the following categories:

1. Basic Single-Family. A simple gable-end mass set perpendicular to the street edge, often with a swaybacked addition at the street. The main mass may be from one to two stories, with one-and-one-half-story massing common. Roof pitches are typically 10:12 to 12:12.

2. Narrow Gable L. Two simple gable-end masses set perpendicular to one another in a two to one ratio. Buildings may be one and one-half to two stories. Roof pitches are typically 10:12 to 12:12. The entry may be delineated by the addition of a swayback roof over the entrance.

3. Wide Gable L. Two simple gable-end masses set perpendicular to one another in a one to one ratio. A conical tower may be set at their intersection to mark the entrance. Buildings may be one and one-half to two stories. Roof pitches are typically 10:12 to 12:12.

4. Double Gable. Two intersecting gable-end masses set parallel to one another, common in larger single-family houses and multifamily structures.

5. Multifamily. Wider massing elements may be combined to form larger buildings appropriate for multifamily units and townhouses. Roof pitches range from 10:12 to 12:12.

D. Building Height. Second and upper floors set under steeply pitched roofs characterized by decorative, half-timbered gable ends and dormers are common rather than uniform plate heights. First floor ceilings typically measure nine feet while upper-story ceilings vary.

Two cornice types predominate: a simple rakeboard and a simple return. The rakeboard may have a slight swaybacked profile at the gable end. Cornice returns are typically characterized by steeply pitched roofs in slate, wood shakes, or asphalt shingles.

E. Porches and Exterior Elements. Porches are typically integral to the overall massing form of Tudor style buildings, and are characterized by arched openings in masonry, or trabeated openings with Arts-and-Crafts-inspired bracketing. Stoop entries with one-bay arched openings in brick or rough-cut stone are common. Upper-story balconies are often integral with shed dormers set across steeply pitched roofs.

Common Porch Types

1. Entry stoops.

2. Front engaged porches.

3. Side and end porches.

F. Doors and Windows. Windows are typically vertically proportioned casements or double-hung in wood or metal, and ganged sets of two or more windows are common. Special windows with leaded-glass patterns are also often visible. A two-and-one-half-inch brickmould is common in stucco walls around all openings with six-inch cast stone or wood lintels.

Shutters and doors are often characterized by board-and-batten compositions, and rounded-headed doors are also common.

G. Materials.

Cladding:

Stone, stucco, or brick. Stone should be of a similar color and texture to local stone in Coastal Ventura County. Stucco may be cement with smooth sand finish.

Foundations:

Brick veneer, stone, cast stone, painted concrete, or stucco.

Roofing:

Building and porch roofs may be composition shingle, wood shake, or slate.

Windows:

Wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, or vinyl-clad wood, with traditional wood profiles and external divided lights. Glass should be clear and nonreflective.

Doors:

Principal doors may be made of wood or fiberglass. French doors and sliders may be made of wood, aluminum-clad wood, vinyl, vinyl-clad wood, or fiberglass.

Trim:

Wood, composite board, and molded millwork for built-up sections. PVC trim is not permitted. For soffits and porch ceilings, plaster, T&G wood, exposed rafters, or composite. Continuous perforated soffit materials are not permitted.

Gutters:

Half-round copper, primed, or prefinished metal. PVC is not permitted.

Downspouts:

Round or rectangular, copper, primed, or prefinished metal. PVC is not permitted.

Columns:

Wood, fiberglass, composite, or brick piers.

Railings:

Milled-wood top and bottom rails with square balusters in wood, or wrought iron.

Chimneys:

Common brick, stone, cast stone, or stucco.

Signage:

Painted wood or metal with wrought iron armatures.

H. Colors.

Cladding:

Stucco may be off-white, light gray, beige, or other light earth tones. Stone should be of a similar color and texture to local stone in Coastal Ventura County. Brick may be red.

Roofing:

Natural slate or shake color, dark grey, or black.

Windows:

Sashes and frames to be dark stained or painted white, off-white, cream, dark red, dark green, or dark blue. Additional colors conditional upon approval. Shutters may be painted to match sash/frame color.

Trim:

Dark stained or painted white or off-white. Additional colors conditional upon approval.

Gutters/downspouts:

Natural copper finish, black, dark red, dark green.

Columns:

Dark stained or painted white or off-white.

Railings:

Wood railings dark stained or painted white or off-white. Wrought iron grilles and rails to be painted black.

Illustrative Elevations

(Formerly 24H.208.6.5)

24.590.360 Landscape guidelines for landscaping of private lots.

A. Front Yard Landscapes. Plantings in yard areas fronting on streets shall be appropriate to the scale, orientation and purpose of the yard. All trees for front yards shall be a minimum of 24-inch box. Appropriate plant materials and designs for specific frontage yard types are as follows:

1. Single Dwelling Front Yards. Front yards shall be planted and maintained from the back of sidewalk to a facade or garden wall. Front yards shall have at least one tree (where space permits). At facades, low shrubs and/or ground cover shall be planted against the facade. At garden walls, low shrubs and wall vines or tall shrubs alone shall be planted against the wall. Lawn is discouraged (but not prohibited) except in high activity zones. Lawn can be used in front yard applications, but shall be limited to no more than 60 percent of the entire front yard area. Side yards on corners are considered front yards and subject to the same requirements as identified in this article.

2. Quadplex Front Yards. Lawn, ground cover and low shrubs shall compose the front yard landscape. Shrubs shall be massed or configured as informal or formal (maintained) hedges. Trees shall be used where space permits. Tree shapes, sizes and types shall be planted as definers of the edge of the private space, and at all times should be in proportion to the height and mass of the building facade. Hardscape may be used adjacent to entrances and in seating areas.

B. Other Yards. Rear yards may have one or two trees planted per suggested list. Fruiting trees are especially recommended. Side yards need not be landscaped, except as required to the extent that they affect the quality of the public space. If visible from the public realm, i.e., the sidewalk or street, rear and side yards shall be landscaped and maintained.

C. Acceptable Plant Materials.

1. Plants for the private realm should be selected on the basis of aridity and drought tolerance. Select species that have a Moderate, Low or Very Low water use rating as designated by the Water Use Classification of Landscape Species (WUCOLS) list for Southern California Coastal environments. A partial list of species is suggested here:

2. Trees and Palms. Brahea armata/Mexican Blue Palm.

Cedrus deodora/Incense Cedar.

Cassia leptophylla/Gold Medallion Tree.

Cercis occidentalis/Western Redbud.

Chitalpa tashkentensis/Chitalpa.

Gingko biloba/Maiden Hair Tree.

Hymenosporum flavum/Sweetshade.

Jacaranda mimosifolia/Jacaranda.

Melaleuca linariifolia/Flaxleaf Paperbark.

Olea europaea/Fruitless Olive.

Pistacia chinensis/Chinese Pistache.

Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat”/Aristocrat Pear.

Quercus virginiana/Southern Live Oak.

Quercus douglesii/Douglas Blue Oak.

Tabebuia chrysotricha/Golden Trumpet Tree.

Umbellularia californica/California Bay.

Washingtonia robust/Mexican Fan Palm.

3. Tall Shrubs. Heteromelies arbutifolia/Toyon.

Escallonia fradesii/Escallonia.

Laurus nobilis/Sweet Bay.

Lavatera assurgentifolia/Tree Mallow.

Osmanthus fragrans/Sweet Olive.

Pittosporum crassifolium/Karo.

Pittosporum undulatum/Victoria Box.

Photinia fraseri/Photinia.

Rhus ovata/Sugarbush.

Rhus integrifolia/Lemonade Berry.

Romneya coulteri/Matilija Poppy.

4. Low Shrubs and Groundcovers. Cistus salvifolius/Rockrose.

Cotoniaster parneyii/Cotoneaster.

Carpenteria californica/NCN.

Erigeron karvinskianus/Santa Barbara Daisy.

Euryops pectinatus/Golden Shrub Daisy.

Felicia amelliodes/Blue Marguerite.

Heuchera sanguinea/Coral Bells.

Kniphofia uvaria/Red Hot Poker.

Lavandula spp./Lavender.

Pittosporum crassifolium “Nana”/Dwarf Karo.

5. Grasses. Juncus patens/California Grey Rush.

Heliototrichon sempervirens/Blue Oat Grass.

Miscanthus sinensis/Maiden Grass.

Muhlenbergia rigens/Deer Grass.

Nasella tenuissima/Mexican Feather Grass.

Stipa gigantea/Giant Needle Grass.

6. Vines. Beaumontia grandiflora/Easter Lily Vine.

Bougainvillea spp./Bougainvillea.

Clematis armandii/Evergreen Clematis.

Clematis jackmanii “Gypsy Queen”/Clematis.

Clytostoma callistegiodes/Lavender Trumpet Vine.

Ficus minima/Creeping Fig.

Pandorea jasminoides/Bower Vine.

Parthenocissus tricuspidata/Boston Ivy.

Solanum jasminoides/Potato Vine.

7. Hedge Shrubs (Pruned Shrubs That Will Make a Solid Hedgerow). Buxus japonica/Japanese Boxwood.

Myrsine africana/African Boxwood.

Photinia fraseri/Red Photinia.

Pittosporum undulatum/Victorian Box.

Raphiolepis indica/India Hawthorn. (Formerly 24H.210.1)

24.590.370 General provisions.

A. Driveways/Walkways.

1. Entry drives and hardscape shall be constructed concurrent with residential construction.

2. Permeable paving is preferred.

3. On an individual owner basis, residence driveways may contain natural colored concrete, stamped concrete, pavers, or patterns of various paving materials.

B. Parking Space Dimensions.

1. On-site parking stalls shall be nine feet by 20 feet.

2. A maximum of 35 percent of parking spaces within the farmworker housing overlay zone may be compact.

3. A maximum of 25 percent of parking spaces within the farmworker housing overlay zone may be tandem.

C. Access to Parking.

1. Parking shall be accessed from alleys or side street when possible.

D. Parking Lot Design for Quadplexes.

1. Landscaping. Parking areas shall be landscaped in compliance with the following requirements:

a. Amount. Where reasonable, each use shall provide landscaping within and/or around the parking area at a minimum ratio of 10 percent of the gross area of the parking lot. Where reasonable, a minimum of one shade tree shall be provided for each four parking spaces or trees of sufficient number and size to achieve 50 percent canopy coverage of paved area at maturity, whichever is greater.

b. Location. Landscaping shall be located to provide shade and soften the appearance of hardscape. Orchard-style planting (placement of trees in uniformly spaced rows) is encouraged for larger parking areas.

c. Parking Lot Perimeter. When a parking lot occurs adjacent to a side street or alley, planting shall be provided within the entire side street and/or rear setback areas. A hedge or wall not to exceed four feet in height may be provided on the parking lot edge of a setback.

d. Reserved.

e. Irrigation. Automatic where reasonable.

f. Variety Selection. Plants and trees shall provide shade, soften hardscape, and be of types which minimize damage or injury to persons and property including vehicles.

2. Lighting. Parking lot lighting shall comply with the following requirements:

a. Fixtures shall be limited to:

i. Sconces attached to the primary building and/or to the detached garage or carport, if present;

ii. Bollards.

b. Lighting shall be shielded or recessed so that:

i. The light source (i.e., bulb, etc.) is not visible from off the site; and

ii. Glare and reflections are confined to the maximum extent feasible within the boundaries of the site. Each light fixture shall be directed downward and away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way.

3. Surfacing, Striping and Identification. For parking areas, a key goal is to reduce the amount of runoff surface area. To the extent permissible under city ordinances and standards and other agency requirements, permeable surfaces for parking and maneuvering areas may be installed. Acceptable permeable surfaces include:

a. Pervious concrete;

b. Pervious pavers (products such as Unipaver, Eco-stone and SF Rima or an approved equivalent);

c. Other permeable surfaces as may be approved by the community development director.

E. Alley Back-Up Area. A back-up area for each alley-accessed garage shall be provided as follows:

1. Minimum 24 feet deep by 16 feet wide to edge of pavement (see Diagrams on following page).

2. Minimum 25 feet deep by 16 feet wide to vertical elements such as garden walls, plantings, and structures.

For further garage location requirements, please refer to the parking and service standards (Article 3 of this chapter) and the vehicle access, parking, and services standards of each building type (Sections 24.590.190(E), 24.590.200(E), 24.590.210(E), 24.590.220(E) and 24.590.230(E)) of this specific plan.

(Formerly 24H.212.1)

24.590.380 Authority for the development code.

This development code is enacted based on the authority vested in the city of San Buenaventura by the state of California, including but not limited to: the State Constitution. (Formerly 24H.214.1)

24.590.390 Responsibility for administration.

This UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code shall be administered by the community development director, referred to as the “director,” and the other decision-making authorities as identified in this UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code zoning ordinance. All findings, approvals, determinations, or other exercises of discretionary judgment, other delegation of authority pursuant to this code by the director, their successors or designees, or any decision-making authorities, shall be carried out in a manner consistent with the purposes of this UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code, the zoning ordinance, the city’s general plan, and the orderly development of the city. (Formerly 24H.214.2)

24.590.400 Applicability of the development code.

This development code applies to all land uses, subdivisions, and development within the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan area, as follows:

A. New Land Uses or Structures and/or Changes to Land Uses or Structures. It shall be unlawful, and a violation of this development code, for any person to establish, construct, reconstruct, enlarge, alter, or replace any use of land or structure, except in compliance with the requirements listed below, including those relating to nonconforming uses, structures, and parcels. No building permit or grading permit shall be issued by the city unless the proposed construction complies with all applicable provisions of this development code.

B. Subdivisions. Any subdivision of land proposed within the city after the effective date of this development code shall enable development of structures consistent with evaluation standards relating to urban standards and building type, including the Thoroughfare Type Diagram (Figure 24.590-5) and Regulating Plan (Figure 24.590-1). A subdivision application shall contain, to the director’s satisfaction, sufficient plans and information to demonstrate existing and/or intended future development upon newly created lots may feasibly conform to the development code.

C. Relationship to Municipal Code.

1. Municipal Code Provisions. This UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code is a subpart of the zoning ordinance and the San Buenaventura Municipal Code. As is the case with other provisions of the zoning ordinance, all other provisions of the San Buenaventura Municipal Code continue to apply within the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan area except as expressly provided to the contrary in the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of this development code and a requirement or other provision of the municipal code because a regulatory subject is addressed elsewhere in the municipal code but not in this development code, such as, by way of example but without limitation, the home occupation requirements set forth in Chapter 24.125, or the sign regulations set forth in Chapter 24.420, the municipal code provision is intended to, and shall, apply.

2. Zoning Ordinance Provisions. This UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code is a subpart of the zoning ordinance. If a conflict occurs between a requirement or other provision of this development code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance, the provision of this UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code shall control regardless of whether the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code provision is more liberal or more restrictive. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of this development code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance because a development-related subject is addressed in the zoning ordinance but not in the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan Development Code, the zoning ordinance provision shall apply.

D. Minimum and Exclusive Standards. The requirements of this development code regarding site development and massing, materials, construction methods, forms and colors are mandatory; standards that do not meet these requirements are not acceptable. The requirements of this development code are also minimum standards for the promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare that may be made more restrictive through use permit or subdivision review by the review authority.

E. Conflicting Requirements.

1. Development Code Provisions. In the event of any conflict within the requirements of this UC Hansen Trust Specific Plan Development Code, the provisions of Sections 24.590.130 and 24.590.140 (Overlay Zones), Article 4 of this chapter (Frontage Type Standards), and Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) shall control over Article 2 of this chapter (Land Use Regulations) and Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards).

2. Development Code and Uniform Building Code. If a conflict occurs between a provision of the Uniform Building Code and a requirement of this development code, the Building Code shall control.

3. Development Agreements. If conflicts occur between the requirements of this development code and standards adopted as part of any development agreement, the requirements of the development agreement shall apply.

4. Private Agreements. This development code applies to all land uses and development regardless of whether it imposes a greater or lesser restriction on the development or use of structures or land than a private agreement or restriction (for example, CC&Rs), without affecting the applicability of any agreement or restriction.

F. State, County, Local Agency, and School District Sites and Facilities. The requirements of this development code shall apply to all sites and facilities of any school district or other local agency to the maximum extent allowed by law.

G. Other Requirements May Apply. Nothing in this development code eliminates the need for obtaining any other permits required by the city, or any permit, approval or entitlement required by any other applicable special district or agency, and/or the regulations of any state or federal agency.

Figure 24.590-5. Thoroughfare Type Diagram

(Formerly 24H.214.3)

24.590.410 Approval requirements.

Each structure and land use shall be established, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged, altered, moved or replaced in compliance with the following requirements:

A. Allowable Use or Function. The land use or function must be allowed by the urban standards in the zone where the site is located. Adult-oriented uses (i.e., Chapter 24.492) are prohibited within the plan area.

B. Permit and Approval Requirements. Any and all planning permits or other approvals required by this development code shall be obtained before the issuance of any required grading, building, or other construction permit, and before the proposed use is constructed, otherwise established or put into operation, unless the proposed use is listed as exempted below.

C. Development Standards, Conditions of Approval. Each land use and structure shall comply with any applicable conditions imposed by a previously granted planning permit and with the following development standards:

1. Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards) and Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards).

D. Legal Parcel. The site of a proposed development or new land use must be a parcel that was legally created or certified in compliance with the Subdivision Map Act and the city’s subdivision ordinance.

E. Design Review. Design review shall be required pursuant to Chapter 24.545. Design review shall be required for any proposed second-story addition to an existing single-story house.

F. Use Permit. A land use identified by Article 2 of this chapter (Land Use Regulations) as a “UP” (use permit) use shall require a use permit. Chapter 24.520 (Use Permit Procedure) specifies the use permit processing procedure.

G. Director’s Permit. Uses or activities of the development code requiring director’s permit approval shall be processed according to the requirements of Chapter 24.505 (Director’s Permit Procedure).

H. Access and Open Space Review. Prior to issuance of building permits, site plans and floor plans may be reviewed by the director to determine that building type access and open space requirements will be met.

I. Consumer Recycling Collection. Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary, consumer recycling collection is permitted in any zone and shall be located on a site whereby they do not occupy or displace required parking spaces or required landscaped areas. No more than six collection bins, containers, or reverse vending machines, not to exceed a total of 200 square feet in area, shall be located on any one site.

J. Other Review Procedures. Procedural requirements of the zoning regulations shall also apply within the plan area, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Development agreement procedure (Chapter 24.550).

2. Specific plan procedure (Chapter 24.555).

3. Standard procedures (Section 24.500.060).

4. Warrants and exceptions (Chapter 24.537).

5. Design review (Chapter 24.545).

6. Subdivision regulations (Title 26). (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.214.4)

24.590.420 Variation from requirements.

A. Variation from a standard or guideline require the following as noted in this development code: (DR) = design review, (W) = warrant, (E) = exception.

B. Warrants and exceptions shall be processed pursuant to Chapter 24.537, and as follows:

1. Warrant.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “(W)” indicates a mandatory requirement unless warrant approval is obtained.

b. Any of the following urban standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of a warrant is obtained:

i. Building placement – architectural encroachments.

ii. Building profile and frontage – height.

iii. Building type – minimum lot width by no more than a 10-foot reduction and where all requirements of Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards), exclusive of those measures designated [DR], are met.

c. Warrants are discouraged but may be permissible when they fulfill the plan’s goals, policies and actions.

2. Exceptions.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “[E]” indicates a mandatory requirement unless exception approval is obtained.

b. Any of the following urban standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of an exception is obtained:

i. Building placement – primary buildings.

ii. Building placement – accessory buildings as it relates to accessory buildings only.

iii. Parking – parking and services placement.

iv. Parking – parking requirements.

3. Design Review.

a. Any building type evaluation standard that, regardless of the use of terms such as “should” and “shall,” is followed by the notation “[DR]” indicates a permissive requirement that is subject to minor design review. No warrant or exception shall be required.

C. Limitations. The following evaluation standards shall not be eligible for warrants or exceptions:

1. Building type – minimum lot width reduction of more than 10 feet and where all requirements of Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards), exclusive of those measures designated [DR] are not met.

2. Land use or activity on a particular site which is not otherwise allowed.

3. Home occupations. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 89 (Exh. E), 12-13-21. Formerly 24H.214.5)

24.590.430 Exemptions from planning permit requirements.

The planning permit requirements of this development code do not apply to the structures, land uses, and activities identified by this article. These are allowed in all planning areas subject to compliance with this article.

A. General Requirements for Exemption. The land uses, structures, and activities identified by subsection B of this section are exempt from the planning permit requirements of this development code only when:

1. The new use, activity or structure associated with the quadplex building, rowhouse, front yard house, side yard house, large lot house, or accessory dwelling unit that are established and operated in compliance with the setback requirements, height limits, and all other applicable standards of Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards), Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards), Chapter 24.430 and, where applicable, those relating to nonconformity regulations; and

2. Any permit or approval required by city regulations other than this development code is obtained (for example, a building permit).

B. Exempt Activities and Land Uses. The following are exempt from the land use permit requirements of this development code when in compliance with subsection A of this section:

1. Decks, Paths and Driveways. Decks, platforms, on-site paths, and driveways that are not required to have a building permit or grading permit.

2. Fences and walls in compliance with height and location requirements in the T3.3 neighborhood general 1, T3.4 neighborhood general 2, and T4.7 general urban zones.

3. Interior Remodeling. Interior alterations that do not increase the gross floor area of the structure, or change the permitted use of the structure.

4. Repairs and Maintenance.

a. Single-Family Dwellings. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, single-family dwellings.

b. Multifamily and Nonresidential Structures. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, multifamily residential and nonresidential structures, if:

i. The work does not change the approved land use of the site or structure, or add to, enlarge or expand the land use and/or structure; and

ii. Any exterior repairs employing the same materials and design as the original construction.

5. Small, Portable Residential Accessory Structures. A single portable structure of 120 square feet or less per lot or unit, including premanufactured storage sheds and other small structures in T3.3 neighborhood general 1, T3.4 neighborhood general 2, or T4.7 general urban zones that are exempt from building permit requirements in compliance with the municipal code and the Uniform Building Code. Additional structures may be approved in compliance with Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards), where allowed by the applicable zoning district.

6. Spas, Hot Tubs, and Fish Ponds. Portable spas, hot tubs, and constructed fish ponds, and similar equipment and structures that do not: exceed 120 square feet in total area including related equipment; contain more than 2,000 gallons of water; or exceed three feet in depth.

7. Utilities. The erection, construction, alteration, or maintenance by a public utility or public agency of utilities intended to service existing or nearby approved developments shall be permitted in any zoning district. These include: water; gas; electric; supply or disposal systems; including wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire-alarm boxes, police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, etc., but not including new transmission lines and structures. Satellite and wireless communications antennas are not exempt, and are instead subject to Article 3 of this chapter (Urban Standards) and Chapter 24.497 (Standards for Wireless Telecommunications Facilities).

8. Open storage in the rear yard of any development property in the specific plan area. Open storage in the front yard is prohibited. (Formerly 24H.214.6)

24.590.440 Rules of interpretation.

A. Authority. The director has the authority to interpret any provision of this development code. Whenever the director determines that the meaning or applicability of any development code requirement is subject to interpretation, the director shall issue an official interpretation.

B. Rules of interpretation.

1. Language. When used in this development code, the words “shall,” “must,” “will,” “is to,” “may be” and “are to” are always mandatory. “Should” is not mandatory but is strongly recommended; and “may” is permissive. The present tense includes the past and future tenses; and the future tense includes the present. The singular number includes the plural number, and the plural the singular, unless the natural construction of the word indicates otherwise. The words “includes” and “including” shall mean “including, but not limited to...”

2. Time Limits. Whenever a number of days is specified in this development code, or in any permit, condition of approval, or notice provided in compliance with this development code, the number of days shall be construed as calendar days. A time limit shall extend to 5:00 p.m. on the following working day when the last of the specified number of days falls on a weekend or holiday.

3. State Law Requirements. Where this development code references applicable provisions of state law (for example, the California Government Code, Subdivision Map Act, or Public Resources Code), the reference shall be construed to be the applicable state law provisions as they may be amended from time to time.

4. Corner Lots. The director shall have the authority, when reviewing an application concerning a corner lot, to determine the primary street setback and side street setback for rowhouse developments that are comprised of multiple units on one parcel (i.e., super pad) in lieu of one rowhouse unit per parcel.

C. Procedure for Interpretations. Whenever the director determines that the meaning or applicability of any requirement of this development code is subject to interpretation generally, or as applied to a specific case, the director shall issue an official interpretation.

1. Findings, Basis for Interpretation. The issuance of an interpretation shall include findings stating the basis for the interpretation. The basis for an interpretation may include technological changes or new industry standards. The issuance of an interpretation shall also include a finding documenting the consistency of the interpretation with the general plan.

2. Record of Interpretations. Official interpretations shall be:

a. Written, and shall quote the provisions of this development code being interpreted, and the applicability in the specific or general circumstances that cause the need for interpretations, and the determination; and

b. Distributed to the council, commission, director, city manager, city attorney, city clerk, and department staff.

Any provision of this development code that is determined by the director to need refinement or revision will be corrected by amending this development code as soon as is practical. Until an amendment can occur, the director will maintain a complete record of all official interpretations to this development code, and indexed by the number of the article that is the subject of the interpretation maintained at the community development department. (Formerly 24H.214.7)

24.590.450 Purpose.

This chapter provides definitions of terms and phrases used in this development code that are technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If a definition in this chapter conflicts with a definition in another provision of the municipal code, these definitions shall control for the purposes of this development code. If a word or phrase used in this development code is not defined in this chapter, elsewhere in the UC Hansen Trust Property Specific Plan, or in the city’s municipal code, the director shall determine the correct definition, giving deference to common usage. (Formerly 24H.300.1)

24.590.460 Definitions of specialized terms and phrases.

As used in this development code, the following terms and phrases shall have the meaning ascribed to them in this article, unless the context in which they are used clearly requires otherwise.

“Accessory building” means a building located on the same lot and customarily incidental and subordinate to the primary building on the lot or to the use of land. Where an accessory structure is attached to the primary building, as by a roof or common wall, such structures shall be considered a portion of the primary building. Typically accessory structures are intended for a variety of uses such as vehicular parking, storage of lawn and garden equipment, storage of household items, play house and green house. Accessory structures may include habitable area such as a home office, recreation room, guesthouse, and sleeping room(s).

Adult Business. See Chapter 24.492.

“Adverse impact” means the negative consequences of the use of a building on adjacent lots, usually as a result of noise, vibration, odor, pollution, or socioeconomic disruption. Negative consequences resulting from the use of the building and confined within the lot boundary are not considered to create adverse impact.

“Affordable housing” means a residential unit that is restricted to occupancy by an income eligible household as defined by a local, state or federal program, as may be amended from time to time.

“Allee” means a regularly spaced and aligned row of trees usually planted along a thoroughfare or pedestrian path.

“Alley” means a public way permanently reserved as a means of access to abutting property.

“Bicycle lane” means a dedicated bicycle lane running within a moderate-speed vehicular thoroughfare, demarcated by striping.

“Block” means the aggregate of private lots, passages, rear lanes and alleys, circumscribed by thoroughfares.

“Building placement” means the placement of a building on its lot.

“Building type” means the structure defined by the combination of configuration, disposition and function, including frontage and height but specifically defined by Article 5 of this chapter.

“Child day care” means facilities that provide nonmedical care and supervision of minor children under 18 years for periods of less than 24 hours. These facilities include the following, all of which are required to be licensed by the California State Department of Social Services:

“Large family day care home” means, as defined by Health and Safety Code Section 1596.78, a day care facility in a single-family dwelling where an occupant of the residence provides family day care for seven to 14 children, inclusive, including children under the age of 10 years who reside in the home.

“Small family day care home” means, as defined by Health and Safety Code Section 1596.78, a day care facility in a single-family residence where an occupant of the residence provides family day care for eight or fewer children, including children under the age of 10 years who reside in the home.

“Civic building” means a building, or building function, owned or leased by a public agency or nonprofit organization, for the primary purpose of providing a service to the general public. Such organizations conduct land uses that are dedicated to arts, culture, education, recreation, government, transit and municipal/public parking. New civic buildings or changes to existing civic buildings shall not be subject to the requirements of Articles 3 through 7 of this chapter. Civic building design shall be approved by design review and requires issuance of a warrant. Changes to existing buildings not previously designed and used for civic functions shall be subject to design review.

“Civic space” means an outdoor area dedicated for public use. Civic spaces are defined by a combination of physical elements that define the relationship between their intended use, size, landscaping and/or enfronting buildings.

“Commercial” is a term defining workplace, office and retail use collectively.

“Director” means the community development director of the city of Ventura, or their designee.

“Dooryard” means a yard between the street and a building, raised at least 18 inches above the grade of the sidewalk adjacent, or bounded by a garden wall, between 18 inches and 36 inches in height built on the frontage line(s).

“Facade” means the exterior wall of a building that is set along a primary street setback line or side street setback line.

“Front porch” means a roofed structure, that is not enclosed, attached to the facade of a building.

“Frontage line” means the property lines of a lot fronting a street or other public way, or a park, green or paseo.

“Frontage type” means site and/or building design feature that interfaces between public (or semipublic) and private spaces. The interface occurs physically according to horizontal and vertical parameters with a principal purpose of identifying and mediating access to a building entry point. Design instruction and diagrammatic examples of permitted frontage types are provided in Article 4 of this chapter.

“General plan” means the 2005 Ventura General Plan.

“Home occupation” means an occupation conducted at a premises containing a dwelling unit as an incidental use by the occupant of that dwelling unit.

“Lot line” means the boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a lot.

“Lot width” means the length of the principal frontage lot line.

Multifamily. See “Quadplex.”

“Net floor area” means the enclosed area of a building, excluding unglazed porches, arcades and balconies.

“Noxious” means harmful to health or physical well-being.

“Park” means an outdoor recreation facility that may provide a variety of recreational opportunities including playground equipment, open space areas for passive recreation and picnicking, and sport and active recreation facilities.

Parking Spaces. Off-street parking spaces shall be a minimum of nine feet by 19 feet, except that in off-street parking lots of more than 10 spaces, up to 20 percent of the spaces may be a minimum of eight feet by 16 feet. The parking requirement may be accommodated on the lot and on the street on the corresponding frontage, or on another site by way of a shared parking proposal approved by the director. Pairs of on-site parking spaces for use by employees of a single business, or for use by residents of a single dwelling unit, may be provided in tandem configuration (one behind the other) when approved by the director.

“Primary building” means the main building on a lot, usually located toward the frontage.

“Primary street setback” means building setback distance varying by zone designation that is measured from the property line abutting a street at which point a building must be placed. For corner lot scenarios, the director shall have the authority to determine the applicability of a primary street setback line and/or side street setback line.

“Primary unit” means the larger dwelling unit on a site with a second unit.

“Private frontage” means the privately held layer between the frontage line and the primary building facade. The structures and landscaping within the private frontage may be held to specific standards. The variables of private frontage are the depth of the setback and the combination of architectural elements such as fences, stoops, porches and galleries.

“Prohibited uses” means any use not specified in Table 24.590-1.

“Public frontage” means the area between the curb of the vehicular lanes and the frontage line. Physical elements of the public frontage include the type of curb, sidewalk, planter, street tree and streetlight.

“Public realm” means those parts of the urban fabric that are held in common such as plazas, squares, parks, thoroughfares and civic buildings.

“Quadplex” means a residential structure containing four dwelling units. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards).

“Residential” means premises available for long-term human dwelling.

“Rowhouse” means a building with two or more single-family dwellings located side by side, with common walls, the facades reading in a continuous plan.

“Secondary building” means a building that accommodates the secondary use of the site.

“Setback” means the mandatory distance between a property line and a building or appurtenance. This area must be left free of structures that are higher than three feet excluding streetwalls, except as noted in the urban standards.

“Side street setback” means building setback distance applying to corner lots that varies by zone designation and that is measured from the property line abutting a street at which point a building must be placed. The director shall have the authority to determine the applicability of a primary street setback line and/or side street setback line.

“Single dwelling housing” means a residential structure containing a single dwelling unit. Includes for the purposes of this development code: large lot houses, side yard houses, front yard houses, and rowhouses. See Article 5 of this chapter (Building Type Standards) for definitions of each of these types.

“Single-family” means the use of a site for one dwelling within one building.

“Story” means a habitable level within a building that, depending upon zone location, may extend between nine to 18 feet in height from finished floor to finished ceiling. Attics and raised basements are not considered stories for the purposes of determining building height.

“Story, half-story” means a story under a gable, hip, or gambrel roof, the wall plates of which on at least two opposite exterior walls are not more than two feet above the floor of each story, and the habitable floor area measured at a height of six feet above the floor does not exceed 75 percent of the floor area of the story immediately below it.

“Substantial conformance” occurs when physical improvements to the existing development site are completed which constitute the greatest degree of compliance with current development provisions.

“Terminated vistas” means a location at the axial conclusion of a thoroughfare. A building located at a terminated vista designated on a regulating plan is required to be designed in response to the axis.

“Thoroughfare” means a vehicular way incorporating moving lanes and parking lanes within a public right-of-way.

“Transect” means a system of ordering human habitats in a range from the most natural to the most urban. The Ventura general plan identifies six transect zones that describe the physical character of place at any scale, according to the density and intensity of land use and urbanism.

Transect Zone (T-Zone). Transect zones are administratively similar to the land use zones in conventional codes, except that in addition to the usual building use, density, height, and setback requirements, other elements of the intended habitat are integrated, including those of the private lot and building and the enfronting public streetscape. The elements are determined by their location on the transect scale. The T-zones are: T1 natural, T2 rural, T3 suburban, T4.7 general urban, T5 urban center, and T6 urban core.

“Type” means a category determined by function, disposition, and configuration, including size or extent. There are community types, street types, civic space types, etc. (See also “Building type.”)

“Utility infrastructure” means pipelines for water, natural gas, and sewage collection and disposal; and facilities for the transmission of electrical energy for sale, including transmission lines for a public utility company. Also includes telephone, telegraph, cable television and other communications transmission facilities utilizing direct physical conduits. Does not include offices or service centers, or distribution substations.

“Zoning ordinance” or “zoning regulations” means the city of Ventura zoning ordinance, this title. (Formerly 24H.300.2)

24.595.010 Title and purposes of the development code.

This chapter of the city of San Buenaventura zoning ordinance shall be known, and may be cited, as the “Midtown Corridors Development Code: Main Street and Thompson Boulevard” or may be cited simply as the “Midtown Corridors Code.” References to “code” or “development code” within the text of this Midtown Corridors Code are references to this Midtown Corridors Code unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, e.g., references to the “municipal code” mean the San Buenaventura Municipal Code; references to the “Government Code” are to the California State Government Code, and so on. Chapter 3 of the Ventura general plan (“Our Well Planned and Designed Community”) describes how the city’s planning area is comprised of certain planning communities, including the Midtown Community, and further designates, among other things, certain significant “corridors” for future evaluation and implementation actions. Included among these corridors are the Main Street and Thompson Boulevard corridors located within the Midtown Community (the Main Street and Thompson Boulevard corridors may be collectively referred to from time to time hereafter as the “Midtown Corridors”). This Midtown Corridors Code carries out the policies of the Ventura general plan by classifying and regulating the types and intensities of development and land uses within the Midtown Corridors area consistent with, and in furtherance of, the policies and objectives of the general plan. The 2005 General Plan is only applicable outside of the coastal zone. The certified 1989 Comprehensive Plan is applicable to all areas within the coastal zone. This Midtown Corridors Code is adopted to protect and promote the public health, safety, comfort, convenience, prosperity, and general welfare of the community. More specifically, the purposes of this Midtown Corridors Code are to:

A. Ensure that development is of human scale, primarily pedestrian-oriented, and designed to create attractive streetscapes and pedestrian spaces;

B. Moderate vehicular traffic by providing for a mixture of land uses, pedestrian-oriented development, compact community form, safe and effective traffic circulation, and appropriate parking facilities;

C. Provide standards for the continuing orderly growth and development of the city that will assist in protecting and enhancing the community identity of Ventura;

D. Conserve and protect the city’s natural beauty and setting, including scenic vistas, cultural and historic resources, hills and trees;

E. Ensure that proposed development and new land uses conserve energy and natural resources;

F. Facilitate the development and redevelopment of walkable, complete neighborhoods with a variety of housing types to serve the needs of a diverse population; and

G. Provide for compatibility between different types of development and land uses through effective urban and architectural design. (Formerly 24M.100.010)

24.595.020 Authority.

This development code shall be administered by: the Ventura city council, hereafter referred to as the “council”; the planning commission, referred to as the “commission”; the community development director, referred to as the “director”; the zoning administrator; the community development department, hereafter referred to as the “department,” and other city bodies and officials as identified in this development code. (Formerly 24M.100.020)

24.595.030 Responsibility for administration.

This Midtown Corridors Code shall be administered by the community development director, referred to as the “director,” and the other decision-making authorities as identified in this Midtown Corridors Code and the zoning ordinance. All findings, approvals, determinations, or other exercises of discretionary judgment or any other delegation of authority pursuant to this code by the director, their successors or designees, or any other decision-making authorities, shall be carried out in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Midtown Corridors Code, the zoning ordinance, the city’s general plan, and the orderly development of the city. (Formerly 24M.100.030)

24.595.040 Applicability.

This Midtown Corridors Development Code applies to all development, subdivisions, and land uses within the regulating plan boundaries in Section 24.595.100, as follows.

A. Requirements for New Structures or Land Uses, or Changes to Structures or Land Uses. It is unlawful, and a violation of this Midtown Corridors Development Code for any person to establish, construct, reconstruct, alter, or replace any structure or land use, except in compliance with the following requirements, and Chapter 24.465 (Nonconformity Regulations). No planning permit, building permit or grading permit shall be issued by the city unless the proposed construction complies with all applicable provisions of this Midtown Corridors Code and all other applicable provisions of law.

1. Design and Development Standards, Conditions of Approval. Each structure and land use shall comply with all applicable standards of this Midtown Corridors Code, any additional regulations within the zoning ordinance for specific use types that are cited in Section 24.595.230, Land use tables – Table B: Specific Function, and any applicable conditions imposed by a previously granted discretionary planning permit or approval.

The provisions of Chapter 24.420, Sign Regulations, would regulate the use of all signs. Signs for nonresidential uses would be subject to provisions outlined in Section 24.420.140, Commercial zones.

Domestic Animals. Domestic animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are permitted in all midtown zones; provided, that no more than four adult animals over the age of four months are permitted per dwelling unit or establishment; and further provided, that no more than three adult dogs shall be permitted per dwelling unit or establishment.

Livestock Animals. Livestock animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are not permitted in any of the midtown zones.

Wild Animals. Wild animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are not permitted in any of the midtown zones.

2. Allowable Use. Land uses are allowed by this Midtown Corridors Code as permitted, or conditionally permitted, in the zone applied to the site. The basis for determining whether a use is allowed is described in Section 24.595.220 (Land Use Tables).

3. Permit and Approval Requirements. Any discretionary planning permit or other approval required by Section 24.595.220 (Land Use Tables) must be obtained before the issuance of any required grading, building, or other construction permit, and before the proposed use, and any structures related to the proposed use, are constructed, otherwise established or put into operation.

4. Legal Lot. The site of a proposed development or new land use must be a lot or lots legally created in compliance with the Subdivision Map Act and the city’s subdivision regulations.

B. Subdivisions. Any subdivision of land proposed within the city shall comply with all applicable requirements of this Midtown Corridors Code, Subdivision Map Act and the city’s subdivision ordinance.

C. Minimum Requirements. The provisions of this Midtown Corridors Code are minimum requirements for the protection and promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare. When this Midtown Corridors Code provides for discretion on the part of a city official or body, that discretion may be exercised to impose conditions on the approval of any project proposed in the Midtown Corridors Code, as may be determined by the review authority to be necessary to establish or promote appropriate development and land use, environmental resource protection, and the other purposes of this code.

D. Interface With Other Regulatory Requirements.

1. Municipal Code Provisions. This Midtown Corridors Code is a subpart of the zoning ordinance and the San Buenaventura Municipal Code. As is the case with other provisions of the zoning ordinance, all other provisions of the San Buenaventura Municipal Code continue to apply within the Midtown Corridors Code area except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Midtown Corridors Code. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of this Midtown Corridors Code and a requirement or other provision of the municipal code because a regulatory subject is addressed elsewhere in the municipal code but not in the Midtown Corridors Code, such as, by way of example but without limitation, the entertainment permit requirements set forth in Chapter 10.450, or the encroachment permit requirements set forth in Chapter 18.100, the municipal code provision is intended to, and shall, apply.

2. Zoning Ordinance Provisions. This Midtown Corridors Code is a subpart of the zoning ordinance. If a conflict occurs between a requirement or other provision of this Midtown Corridors Code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance, the provision of this Midtown Corridors Code shall control regardless of whether the Midtown Corridors Code provision is more liberal or more restrictive. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of this Midtown Corridors Code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance because a development-related subject is addressed in the zoning ordinance but not in the Midtown Corridors Code, the zoning ordinance provision shall apply.

3. Midtown Corridors Code Requirements. In the event of any conflict within the requirements of this Midtown Corridors Code, the provisions of Articles 4 (Overlay Zones), 6 (Frontage Type Standards), and 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter shall control over Articles 5 (Allowable Land Uses) and 3 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

4. Development Agreements or Specific Plans. If a conflict occurs between a requirement of this development code and an applicable standard adopted as part of a development agreement or specific plan, the requirement of the development agreement or specific plan shall apply.

5. Private Agreements. This Midtown Corridors Code applies to all development and land uses regardless of whether it imposes a greater or lesser restriction on the development or use of structures or land than a private agreement or restriction (for example, CC&Rs), without affecting the applicability of the agreement or restriction. (Formerly 24M.100.040)

24.595.045 Approval requirements.

Each structure and land use shall be established, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged, altered, moved or replaced in compliance with the following requirements:

A. Allowable Use or Function. The land use or function must be allowed by the urban standards in the zone where the site is located. Adult-oriented uses (i.e., zoning regulations Chapter 24.492) are prohibited within the plan area.

B. Permit and Approval Requirements. Any and all planning permits or other approvals required by this development code shall be obtained before the issuance of any required grading, building, or other construction permit, and before the proposed use is constructed, otherwise established or put into operation, unless the proposed use is listed as exempted below.

C. Development Standards, Conditions of Approval. Each land use and structure shall comply with the development standards of Articles 3 and 4 (Zones and Development Standards and Overlay Zones), 7 (Building Type Standards) and 9 (Mixed Type Development Standards) of this chapter, any applicable standard of this title, and conditions imposed by a previously granted planning permit.

D. Development in Coastal Zone. All development proposals within the coastal zone shall comply with Chapters 24.310 and 24.515. Chapter 24.515 (Coastal Permit Procedure) specifies the coastal development permit processing procedure. The 2005 City of Ventura General Plan is only applicable outside of the coastal zone. The certified 1989 Comprehensive Plan is applicable to all areas within the coastal zone.

E. New Nonresidential Land Use in an Existing Building or on Developed Site. A land use identified by Articles 3 and 4 (Zones and Development Standards and Overlay Zones) as a “P” (permitted) use, that is proposed on a site where no construction requiring a building permit will occur, shall require a zoning clearance as provided for below to ensure that the site complies with all applicable standards of this development code, including parking, landscaping, signs, trash enclosures, etc. Zoning clearance shall not be granted and the proposed land use shall not be established unless the site and existing improvements comply with all applicable requirements of this development code, except as provided by the nonconformity regulations of Chapter 24.465. No zoning clearance may be issued if the request in question is located on the same site where there are existing violations of this plan, including, without limitation, violations of the terms of a discretionary permit or approval relating to the site. Zoning clearances shall expire 180 days after issuance, unless otherwise indicated on the clearance or unless the use of land or structures or building construction has commenced and is being diligently pursued.

F. Design Review. Design review shall be required pursuant to Chapter 24.545, except for front yard house, side yard house, and accessory dwelling unit.

G. Use Permit. A land use identified by Article 5 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter as a “UP” (use permit) use, shall require a use permit. Chapter 24.520 (Use Permit Procedure) specifies the use permit processing procedure.

H. Director’s Permit. Uses or activities of the development code requiring director’s permit approval shall be processed according to the requirements of Chapter 24.505 (Director’s Permit Procedure).

I. Floodplain Overlay Zone Permit. Floodplain overlay zone development permits are required for development or redevelopment within any area of the coastal zone identified on the Official Floodplain Overlay Zone Map as being within the floodplain overlay zone. Zoning regulations Chapter 24.530 (Floodplain Overlay Zone Development Permit Procedure) specifies the floodplain overlay zone development permit processing procedure.

J. Residential Condominium Conversions. In order to regulate development in a manner that provides a variety of housing types and neighborhoods for residents, both renters and owners, the provisions of zoning regulations Chapter 24.425 (Residential Condominium Conversion Regulations) shall apply to all proposed residential condominium conversion projects located within the T4.5 and T5.2 zones.

K. Access and Open Space Review. Prior to issuance of building permits, site plans and floor plans may be reviewed by the director to determine that building type access and open space requirements will be met. This review shall preclude or lessen the possibility that dwellings without compliant access and sufficient open space, including sufficient off-street parking space(s), might be installed during or after construction. During building access and open space review process, additional changes may be required in the placement of exterior doors, windows, stairways, hallways, utility connections, or other fixtures or architectural features when determined by the director to be necessary or desirable to preclude or lessen the likelihood of unlawful dwelling unit creations in the future.

L. Consumer Recycling Collection. Consumer recycling collection is permitted in either zone and shall be located on a site whereby they do not occupy or displace required parking spaces or required landscaped areas. No more than six collection bins, containers, or reverse vending machines, not to exceed a total of 200 square feet in area, shall be located on any one site.

M. Other Review Procedures. By way of example but without limitations, the following procedural requirements of the zoning regulations and state law shall also apply within the plan area:

Alcoholic beverage establishments (Chapter 24.460).

Parking determination procedure (Chapter 24.512).

Design review (Chapter 24.545).

Development agreement procedure (Chapter 24.550).

Specific plan procedure (Chapter 24.555).

Standard procedures (Section 24.500.060).

Warrants and exceptions (Chapter 24.537).

Subdivision regulations (Title 26).

Treatment of potential historic resources (Sections 24.455.125 and 24.545.030(A)(3)). (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 91 (Exh. G), 12-13-21. Formerly 24M.100.045)

24.595.047 Variances – Warrants and exceptions.

A. Variations from a standard or guideline require the following as noted in this development code: (DR) = Design Review, (W) = Warrant, (E) = Exception.

B. Warrants and exceptions shall be processed pursuant to Chapter 24.537, and as follows:

1. Warrant.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “[W]” indicates a mandatory requirement unless warrant approval is obtained.

b. All of the following zone and development standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of a warrant is obtained:

i. Building placement: architectural encroachments.

ii. Building type: minimum lot width – by no more than a 10-foot reduction and where all requirements of Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, exclusive of those measures designated [DR], are met.

c. Warrants may be obtained for approval of civic buildings that do not conform to the zone and development standards Article 3 of this chapter.

2. Exceptions.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “[E]” indicates a mandatory requirement unless exception approval is obtained.

b. All of the following zone and development standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of an exception is obtained:

i. Building placement: primary buildings.

ii. Building placement: accessory buildings as it relates to accessory buildings only.

iii. Parking: parking placement.

iv. Parking: parking requirements.

3. Design Review.

a. Any building type evaluation standard that, regardless of the use of terms such as “should” and “shall,” is followed by the notation “[DR]” indicates a permissive requirement that is subject to minor design review. No warrant or exception shall be required.

C. Limitations. The following evaluation standards shall not be eligible for warrants or exceptions:

1. Building type – minimum lot width reduction of more than 10 feet and where all requirements of Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, exclusive of those measures designated [DR] are not met.

2. Land use or activity on a particular site which is not otherwise allowed.

3. Home occupations. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 91 (Exh. G), 12-13-21. Formerly 24M.100.047)

24.595.048 Exemptions from planning permit requirements.

The planning permit requirements of this development code do not apply to the structures, land uses, and activities identified by this section. These are allowed in all planning areas subject to compliance with this section.

A. General Requirements for Exemption. The land uses, structures, and activities identified by subsection B of this section are exempt from the planning permit requirements of this development code only when:

1. The new use, activity or structure associated with the accessory dwelling unit, front yard house, side yard house, duplex and accessory dwelling unit that are established and operated in compliance with the setback requirements, height limits, and all other applicable standards of Articles 3 and 4 (Zones and Development Standards and Overlay Zones), and 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, and, where applicable, those relating to nonconformity regulations; and

2. All permits or approvals required by city regulations other than this development code are obtained (for example, a building permit).

B. Exempt Activities and Land Uses. The following are exempt from the land use permit requirements of this development code when in compliance with subsection A of this section.

1. Decks, Paths and Driveways. Decks, platforms, on-site paths, and driveways that are not required to have a building permit or grading permit.

2. Fences and walls in compliance with height and location requirements in the T4.5 general urban, T5.2 urban central zones.

3. Interior Remodeling. Interior alterations that do not increase the gross floor area of the structure, or change the permitted use of the structure.

4. Repairs and Maintenance.

a. Single-Family Dwellings. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, single-family dwellings.

b. Multifamily and Nonresidential Structures. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, multifamily residential and nonresidential structures, if:

i. The work does not change the approved land use of the site or structure, or add to, enlarge or expand the land use and/or structure; and

ii. Any exterior repairs employing the same materials and design as the original construction.

5. Small, Portable Residential Accessory Structures. A single portable structure of 120 square feet or less per lot or unit, including premanufactured storage sheds and other small structures in T4.5 general urban, T5.2 urban central zones that are exempt from building permit requirements in compliance with the municipal code and the California Building Code. Additional structures may be approved in compliance with Article 3 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter, where allowed by the applicable zoning district.

6. Spas, Hot Tubs, and Fish Ponds. Portable spas, hot tubs, and constructed fish ponds, and similar equipment and structures that do not: exceed 120 square feet in total area including related equipment; contain more than 2,000 gallons of water; or exceed two feet in depth.

7. Utilities. The erection, construction, alteration, or maintenance by a public utility or public agency of utilities intended to service existing or nearby approved developments shall be permitted in any zoning district. These include: water; gas; electric; supply or disposal systems; including wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire-alarm boxes, police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, etc., but not including new transmission lines and structures. Satellite and wireless communications antennas are not exempt, and are instead subject to Article 3 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter and zoning regulations Chapter 24.497 (Standards for Wireless Telecommunications Facilities). (Formerly 24M.100.048)

24.595.050 Rules of interpretation.

Except for Article 2 (relating to the interpretation of regulating plan and transect zone boundaries) of this chapter and Section 24.595.220 (relating to the interpretation of land use tables), the interpretation of any provision of this Midtown Corridors Code, including the implementation of the regulating plan, shall be carried out in accordance with Section 24.105.080. (Formerly 24M.100.050)

24.595.060 Design intent and use of code.

A. Urban Design Intent. The Midtown Corridors Development Code defines development standards for the design of buildings and related site improvements within the areas mapped on the regulating plan, Section 24.595.100.

Generally, the zoning ordinance mainly regulates the intensity and use of development, while this Midtown Corridors Code implements the general plan more closely by defining and regulating the urban form and character of development as well as its intensity and use. The key organizing principle of this Midtown Corridors Code, and of the general plan, is the transect, which is a conceptual and design-oriented device that systematically correlates urban form and character with development intensity and use. Areas of more intense activity and use are required to take on a “more urban” character, while areas of lower intensity activity and use take on a “less urban” or “more rural” character. A summary presentation of the transect concept may be found in Chapter 3 of the general plan and its implementation is the basis for Article 2 (Regulating Plan and Transect Zones) of this chapter.

Many of the standards in this code are similar to those in other zones throughout the city, including setbacks and height limits. However, this Midtown Corridors Code also provides standards for specific “building types” and “frontage types” that ensure an urban form and character that is suitable to Ventura. These “types” have been selected, and are defined herein, to ensure that the form of new buildings, and their location and configuration upon their lot, is specifically appropriate to Ventura, and to these particular Midtown Corridors, as they abut existing neighborhoods.

It is important to note that building types describe the general form, scale, organization and urban character of buildings. This is different from and generally independent of architectural style. The several building types and several frontage types available in a zone may be combined in a virtually unlimited number of ways by a skilled designer to meet programmatic requirements, to respond with sensitivity to the existing surrounding urban context, and to become a seamless part of a varied yet unified streetscape and public realm.

The general plan defines a number of corridors, including Main Street and Thompson Boulevard as they pass through the Midtown Community. The general plan directs that these corridors evolve over time to become active mixed-use environments that include residential and mixed-use buildings with higher densities than in the neighborhood interiors, along with a range of amenities within a pleasant walking distance of the adjoining neighborhoods, in transit-oriented use patterns, intensities and urban character.

In order to define and regulate development that will achieve these goals, while ensuring that it is also compatible with the scale and character of adjoining neighborhoods, two transect zones have been established for the Midtown Corridors. The T4.5 and T5.2 zones describe and regulate the intended scale and character of development for properties fronting Main Street and Thompson Boulevard within the Midtown Community, as mapped on the regulating plan, Section 24.595.100. For a complete description of these zones see Section 24.595.090.

B. How to Use This Code. To find the development standards that apply to a particular parcel of land, the following steps should be taken:

1. Locate the subject parcel on the regulating plan (Section 24.595.100).

2. Note the zone designation for that parcel, either T4.5 or T5.2.

3. Also note any special designations for that parcel that may also be present on the regulating plan, such as a “two-story height” overlay or a “shopfront required” overlay, as these requirements will supersede other provisions in the T4.5 or T5.2 zone standards.

4. To determine the uses that are allowed in that zone, refer to the land use tables (Section 24.595.230).

5. Then refer to the zone standards for the zone that applies to the subject parcel. T4.5 standards are located in Section 24.595.110, and T5.2 standards are located in Section 24.595.120. These standards provide all the basic setback and height requirements for the parcel. Remember that any special designations on the regulating plan supersede the information on the zone page.

6. The zone standards specify the setback and height regulations for buildings, parking and associated site improvements, and also identify the building types and frontage types that are allowed.

7. A range of building types – from least urban/intense to most urban/intense – is presented in Article 7 of this chapter.

8. A range of frontage types – from least urban to most urban – is presented in Article 6 of this chapter. One of the types allowed in the applicable zone must be selected. One of the types allowed in the applicable zone must be selected, and integrated with the selected building type.

9. Note that building types may be combined, as described in Section 24.595.640 (Mixed type development standards). To promote a diversity of building types, and to control the visual scale of new development projects, type mixing is required on parcels over 30,000 square feet in area.

10. Sections 24.595.500 through 24.595.580 describe a range of suggested improvements for Main Street and Thompson Boulevard that would be implemented over time. These are provided for reference only, representing likely conceptual designs for future public improvements, and do not have any regulatory force or effect. It is anticipated that mobility plan and Midtown community plan efforts will yield final designs for these streets, which will then be incorporated into an amendment to this code. (Formerly 24M.100.060)

24.595.070 Purpose.

This article establishes the zones applied to property within the city and adopts the regulating plan for the Midtown area as its zoning map. (Formerly 24M.102.010)

24.595.080 Regulating plan and transect zones.

The council hereby adopts the Midtown regulating plan (hereafter referred to as the “regulating plan”), as shown in Figure 1-1 (Section 24.595.100), as an amendment to the zoning district map authorized by Section 24.105.040 (Adoption of zoning district map).

A. Transect Zones Established. The area within the regulating plan boundaries (the “Midtown Corridors Area”) is subject to this Midtown Corridors Development Code, and shall be divided into transect zones that implement the Ventura general plan. The transect zones described in Section 24.595.090 (Transect zone descriptions) are hereby established, and shall be shown on the regulating plan for the Midtown Corridors area.

B. Interpretation Zone Boundaries. If there is uncertainty about the location of any zone boundary shown on the regulating plan, the location of the boundary shall be determined by the director as follows:

1. Where a zone boundary approximately follows a lot line, alley, or street line, the lot line, street or alley centerline shall be construed as the zone boundary, as applicable;

2. If a zone boundary divides a parcel and the boundary line location is not specified by distances printed on the regulating plan, the location of the boundary will be determined by using the scale appearing on the regulating plan; and

3. Where a public street or alley is officially vacated or abandoned, the property that was formerly in the street or alley will be included within the zone of the adjoining property on either side of the vacated or abandoned street or alley.

C. Transect Zones, Subzones and Overlay Zones. Each of the six basic transect zones represents a spectrum of development characters and intensities. Within T4, for example, these range from the almost exclusively residential, quiet neighborhood interiors, to more active and mixed-use neighborhood activity centers, or neighborhood edges abutting larger, busier streets and transit corridors. Similar systematic variations exist in each zone. In order to describe these important differences, and to create a regulatory structure with some precision, a number of subzones may be defined.

The use of subzones enables development standards that subtly increase or decrease the intensity and urban character from one area to the next, encouraging a seamless transition from street to street and block to block. This tool also allows the standards to be calibrated to existing neighborhood characteristics on adjacent land that are intended to be preserved, protected or extended. The two basic zones defined in this code are subzones T4.5 and T5.2, as described in Article 3 of this chapter.

To provide an even finer level of precision and subtlety the technique of “overlay zones” is added. Overlay zones are applied to specific areas of the regulating plan, modifying selected development standards of the underlying transect zone. For instance, such an “overlay zone” would modify some combination of the allowed building height, or allowed frontage types, or specific setback requirements within the overlay area as designated on the regulating plan, while leaving the other standards of that zone intact. Four overlay zones are defined in this code, as described in Article 4 of this chapter. (Formerly 24M.102.020)

24.595.090 Transect zone descriptions.

TABLE A: Transect Zone Descriptions. This table provides a generalized transect for Ventura. A detailed description of the transect refinements used in this development code is in subsections A (General Urban Zone (T4.5)) and B (Urban Center Zone (T5.2)) of this section.

T1

THE NATURAL ZONE consists of the natural and permanent open space areas within Ventura that are intended for preservation. These include the sand beach along the ocean, the Ventura River corridor, the Santa Clara River corridor, the hillsides to the north, and the Ventura/Oxnard Greenbelt to the south, and certain barrancas within the city fabric. The T1 zone may also include lands unsuitable for settlement due to topography, hydrology or vegetation.

T2

THE RURAL ZONE consists of areas of Ventura that are reserved for agricultural use (SOAR), and have an open “country road” character and are sparsely settled. Significant T2 areas are present between the 101 Freeway and the Santa Clara River in the Olivas, Northbank, Montalvo and Serra communities; in the “internal greenbelt” running north to Foothill Road through the Serra and Poinsettia communities; south of Foothill Road in the Juanamaria and Wells communities, and in small patches of the North Avenue community.

T3

THE SUBURBAN ZONE consists of low-density suburban residential areas within the College, Thille, Montalvo, Poinsettia, Juanamaria, Serra, Saticoy and Wells communities. Planting is naturalistic with relatively deep setbacks. Blocks may be large and the roads irregular to accommodate natural conditions.

T4

THE GENERAL URBAN ZONE consists of a mixed-use but primarily residential urban fabric. It has wide range of building types. Setbacks and landscaping are variable. Streets typically define medium sized blocks.

T5

THE URBAN CENTER ZONE consists of higher density mixed-use building types that accommodate retail, office, rowhouses and apartment uses. It has a tight network of streets with wide sidewalks, steady tree planting, and buildings set close to the frontages.

T6

THE URBAN CORE ZONE consists of the heart of Downtown Ventura, which has the highest development intensities in the city and the greatest variety of uses, and important civic buildings. The Downtown is the city’s historic and cultural heart, and the code is intended to encourage the area to also become richly mixed use, with specialty retail, offices, and residential in mixed-use buildings, and a wide variety of quality restaurants. Buildings are generally simpler and boxier in their massing than in other parts of the city, predominantly mixed in use, between 2 and 6 stories in scale, attached to one another, and set close to street frontages. Streetscapes are intended to include wide sidewalks with steady street tree plantings set in the pavement.

Note: T1, T2, T3 and T6 are shown above for reference, and are not applied to the Midtown Corridors area by this development code.

A. General Urban Zone (T4.5).

The general neighborhood zone (T4) consists of a balanced mix of residential and neighborhood-serving commercial and civic uses within a walkable setting. This is the predominant existing urban condition in Ventura to the west of Mills Road – specifically the Westside, Downtown and Midtown and Pierpont communities – in which the neighborhoods include walkable streets, reasonably scaled blocks, and building types that generally relate well to the pedestrian. In addition to these mostly pre-1950 neighborhoods, the T4 condition is envisioned by the general plan as the preferred pattern for most future new neighborhood development in the city.

The T4 “base zone” has been identified as T4.0, and is the quiet neighborhood interior environment, prototypically characterized by single-family detached houses, porch and fence frontages, and narrow neighborhood streets with low traffic speeds and volumes. Such conditions are typical of the neighborhoods north and south of Main Street and Thompson Boulevard, from their origins on the west side of town easterly to 5-Points. The T4.0 zone is expected to be formalized as a zone when those areas are coded, as part of a future Midtown community plan and code process.

Because the character of T4 within the Downtown specific plan is unique, T4.1, T4.2 and T4.3 have been used to describe and regulate various Downtown neighborhood areas, and T4.4 to describe the neighborhood edge condition along portions of Thompson Boulevard. Those subzones have been highly customized to the unique conditions of the Downtown, and are thus not well suited to describing future development along the Main and Thompson Corridors as they pass through Midtown. T4.5 is created herein for that purpose, and is applied to portions of the Midtown Corridors with and without overlay zones.

The design intent of the T4.5 zone is to encourage mixed-use and higher density residential infill development within the areas mapped on the regulating plan, to achieve the goals of the general plan, the Midtown By Design plan and the Midtown Charrette plan. Those goals include:

1. Providing new commercial and civic amenities along the corridors, within pleasant walking distance of residences in the adjoining neighborhoods;

2. Providing housing at higher densities to help reduce the city’s rate of expansion into farmland and natural open space;

3. Creating a living environment that can be effectively served by transit, which will provide Venturans with a new and sustainable lifestyle alternative;

4. Ensuring that the scale and character of new development is compatible with the existing adjoining neighborhoods.

Certain overlay zones are provided to modulate that scale and to ensure compatibility with adjacent neighborhoods; see Article 4 of this chapter.

B. Urban Center Zone (T5.2). The prototypical T5 zone for Ventura is characterized by mixed-use buildings set close to the sidewalk – many with ground floor commercial uses and higher density housing or office uses on upper floors – streets with wide sidewalks and street trees in tree grates, and abundant and managed curbside parking. Building heights will typically be in the two-through-four-story range.

The corridor area near Five-Points, where Main and Thompson meet one another, is identified in key planning documents – including the general plan, and the Midtown By Design and Midtown Charrette documents – as a more intense “activity center” – with a greater emphasis on commercial use. Accordingly, the portion of this area north of Thompson Boulevard is classified as T5, urban center.

The 5-Points corridor area has greater block and lot sizes than the rest of these corridors, and is thus able to accommodate larger buildings and denser parking configurations. It also has preexisting zoning that allows building heights up to six stories, and the adjacent Community Memorial Hospital facilities are of that scale already.

Accordingly, the subzone T5.2 urban center is defined for this area. See Section 24.595.120, allowing buildings and streetscapes that are more urban in character than the rest of the corridors, with buildings up to six stories in height. Certain overlay zones are provided to modulate that scale and to ensure compatibility with adjacent neighborhoods; see Article 4 of this chapter.

(Formerly 24M.102.030)

24.595.100 Regulating plan.

The following is the regulating plan for the Midtown Corridors Development Code. The regulating plan is the coding key for the Midtown Corridors Development Code.

(Formerly 24M.102.040)

24.595.110 The general urban zone (T4.5).

A. Building Placement.

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

a. Front setback: zero feet minimum, 20 feet maximum, and per allowed frontage types.

b. Side street setback: five feet minimum, and per allowed frontage types.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback:

i. With alley:

(A) If the alley is 20 feet wide: five feet minimum to any one- or two-story buildings, 10 feet minimum to three-story elements.

(B) If the alley is less than 20 feet wide: five feet minimum to any one- or two-story buildings, 20 feet minimum to three-story elements.

ii. Without alley: 20 feet minimum to any one- or two-story buildings, 30 feet minimum to any three-story elements.

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement).

a. Street setback: within the 50 percent of lot nearest the rear lot line.

b. Side street setback: five feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback:

i. One-story buildings: five feet minimum.

ii. Two- or three-story buildings: same as for primary building.

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC.

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits:

a. Maximum height: three stories to parapet or ridge line for primary building. For flat roof, the maximum height of the parapet cannot exceed 40 feet; and for sloping roof, the maximum height of the roof ridge cannot exceed 45 feet.

b. Minimum floor to floor: 15 feet minimum for a primary building ground floor.

c. Accessory buildings: 24 feet maximum to eave.

2. Allowed Frontage Types. Only the following frontage types are allowed within the T4.5 zone, except that, within the shopfront overlay, only the shopfront and awning type is allowed. The streetfacing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 6 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter.

a. Common yard – 15 feet minimum setback.

b. Door yard – 10 feet minimum setback.

c. Porch and fence – 15 feet minimum setback.

d. Stoop – 10 feet minimum setback.

e. Forecourt – 15 feet minimum setback.

f. Lightcourt – 10 feet minimum setback.

g. Shopfront and awning – zero feet minimum setback.1

h. Gallery.

3. Side Yard Plane. As applicable to north-south through streets (see definition).

Note:

1Five feet minimum setback on side streets, see shopfront overlay zone.

C. Parking and Services.

1. Parking and Services Placement.

a. Off-street parking and services shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area shown on the diagram above, unless subterranean.

i. Street setback: within the 50 percent of lot nearest the rear lot line.

ii. Side street setback: five feet minimum (with alley), 20 feet minimum (no alley).

iii. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

iv. Rear setback: five feet minimum.

b. Subterranean parking shall not extend beyond building footprint, and may extend to a height of three feet maximum above finished grade; provided, that garage perimeter wall either aligns with face or building or becomes part of a stoop or door yard frontage type.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415.

a. Residential Uses.

One to two dwelling units: two-car garage per unit.

Three dwelling units (apartments):

One covered for one bedroom units.

One covered plus one uncovered for two-plus bedroom units.

One-quarter uncovered/unit for guest parking.

Condominiums:

Two and one-half spaces per unit (two of which need to be in the garage).

b. Nonresidential. One parking space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.

D. Building Types.

Only the building types shown in the table above are allowed in the T4.5 general urban zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

E. Allowed Land Uses. Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.595.230 (Land use tables – Table B: Specific Function) shall be established on a lot in the T4.5 general urban zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.595.210.

Note:

1Mixed type development is described in Article 9 of this chapter. Mixed type development is required on parcels of 30,000 square feet or more and allowed on parcels of any size.

(Formerly 24M.200.040)

24.595.120 The urban center zone (T5.2).

A. Building Placement.

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

a. Front setback: zero feet minimum, 10 feet maximum, and per allowed frontage types.

b. Side street setback: same as street setback.

c. Side yard setback: zero feet minimum.

d. Rear setback:

i. With alley: five feet minimum to any one- or two-story buildings, 10 feet minimum to any three-story elements, 20 feet minimum to any elements four stories or higher.

ii. Without alley: 20 feet minimum to any one- or two-story buildings, 30 feet minimum to any three-story elements, 40 feet minimum to any elements four stories or higher.

e. Buildings on corner lots shall be set back from side street frontage (right-of-way) line as required by the chosen frontage type, except that side street shopfronts shall be set back a minimum of five feet from side street frontage line.

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement).

a. Street setback: within the 50 percent of lot nearest the rear lot line.

b. Side street setback: five feet minimum.

c. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

d. Rear setback:

i. One-story buildings: five feet minimum.

ii. Two- or three-story buildings: same as for primary building.

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC.

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits:

a. Maximum height: six stories to parapet or ridge line for primary building. For flat roof, the maximum height of the parapet cannot exceed 70 feet; and for sloping roof, the maximum height of the roof ridge cannot exceed 75 feet.

b. Minimum floor to floor: 15 feet minimum for a primary building ground floor.

c. Accessory buildings: 24 feet maximum to eave.

d. Buildings or portions of the buildings two stories high shall be set back a minimum of 20 feet from any single-family residential lot.

2. Allowed Frontage Types. Only the following frontage types are allowed within the T5.2 zone, except that within the shopfront overlay, only the shopfront and awning type is allowed. The streetfacing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 6 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter.

a. Stoop – five feet minimum setback.

b. Forecourt – 10 feet minimum setback.

c. Shopfront and awning – zero feet minimum setback.1

d. Gallery.

e. Arcade.

3. Side Yard Plane. As applicable to north-south through streets (see definition).

Note:

1Five feet minimum setback on side streets, see shopfront overlay zone.

C. Parking and Services.

1. Parking and Services Placement.

a. Off-street parking and services shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the hatched area shown on the diagram above, unless subterranean.

i. Street setback: within the 50 percent of lot nearest the rear lot line.

ii. Side street setback: five feet minimum.

iii. Side yard setback: five feet minimum.

iv. Rear setback: three feet minimum.

b. Subterranean parking shall not extend beyond building footprint, and may extend to a height of three feet maximum above finished grade; provided, that garage perimeter wall either aligns with face or building or becomes part of a stoop or door yard frontage type.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415.

a. Residential Uses.

One to two dwelling units: two-car garage per unit.

Three dwelling units (apartments):

One covered for one bedroom units.

One covered plus one uncovered for two-plus bedroom units.

One-quarter uncovered/unit for guest parking.

Condominiums:

Two and one-half spaces per unit (two of which need to be in the garage).

b. Nonresidential. One parking space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.

D. Building Types.

Only the building types shown in the table above are allowed in the T5.2 urban center zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

E. Allowed Land Uses. Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.595.230 (Land use tables – Table B: Specific Function) shall be established on a lot in the T5.2 urban center zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.595.210.

Special hospital development standards will warrant city consideration of specific plan proposals for future major hospital developments.

Note:

1Mixed type development is described in Article 9 of this chapter. Mixed type development is required on parcels of 30,000 square feet or more and allowed on parcels of any size.

(Formerly 24M.200.050)

24.595.130 Purpose.

To provide an even finer level of precision and subtlety – without the need to describe dozens of subzones for each of the six basic transect zones – the technique of “overlay zones” is added. Overlay zones are applied to specific areas of the regulating plan, modifying selected development standards of the underlying transect zone. For instance, such an “overlay zone” would modify some combination of the allowed building height, or allowed frontage types, or specific setbacks requirements within the overlay area as designated on the regulating plan, while leaving the other standards of that zone intact.

This article provides regulations for development and new land uses in the overlay zones that are identified in this article applied to property by the regulating plan (Article 2 of this chapter). Overlay zones provide standards that apply in addition to those of the primary zone, to address important and localized site, environmental, safety, compatibility, or design issues. (Formerly 24M.202.010)

24.595.140 Applicability of overlay zones.

The provisions of this article apply to proposed development and land uses in addition to all other applicable requirements of the primary zone. In the event of a conflict between a requirement in this article and the primary zone, the requirement in this article shall control.

A. Mapping of Overlay Zones. The applicability of an overlay zone to a specific site is shown by the regulating plan (Article 2 of this chapter).

B. Allowed Land Uses, Permit Requirements, Development Standards. Except as may be otherwise provided by this article for a specific overlay zone:

1. Development and new land uses within an overlay zone shall comply with all applicable development standards of the primary zone, and all other applicable provisions of this development code;

2. Any land use normally allowed in the primary zone by this development code may be allowed within an overlay zone, subject to any additional requirements of the overlay zone; and

3. Development and new land uses within an overlay zone shall obtain the zoning approvals required by this development code for the primary zone. (Formerly 24M.202.020)

24.595.150 Residential overlay one (1).

The provisions of this section apply to proposed development and land uses in addition to all other applicable requirements of the primary zone. In the event of a conflict between a requirement in this section and the primary zone, the requirement in this section shall control.

A. Purpose. The residential overlay one (1) is intended to limit the allowable scale of new construction so as to maintain compatibility with existing adjacent development and provide a gradual transition to areas of greater building intensity.

B. Applicability. Buildings in the residential overlay one (1) shall satisfy all of the following requirements:

1. No building shall exceed a height of two stories. For flat roof, the maximum height of the parapet cannot exceed 30 feet; and for sloping roof, the maximum height of the roof ridge cannot exceed 35 feet.

2. The commercial block building type is prohibited.

3. The live/work and rowhouse building types are allowed, but only with a maximum unbroken facade length of 50 feet. (Formerly 24M.202.030)

24.595.160 Residential overlay two (2).

A. Purpose. The residential overlay two (2) is intended to limit the allowable scale of new construction so as to maintain compatibility with existing adjacent development and provide a gradual transition to areas of greater building height.

B. Applicability. Buildings in the residential overlay two (2) shall satisfy all of the following requirements:

1. No building shall exceed a height of three stories. For flat roof, the maximum height of the parapet cannot exceed 40 feet; and for sloping roof, the maximum height of the roof ridge cannot exceed 45 feet. (Formerly 24M.202.040)

24.595.170 Shopfront overlay (SF).

A. Purpose. The shopfront overlay identifies street frontages intended to become or be maintained as areas for retail shops and other pedestrian-oriented businesses at the sidewalk level.

B. Applicability. The street-facing facade of each building within the shopfront overlay shall be designed as the shopfront and awning frontage type, in compliance with Section 24.595.320 (Shopfront and awning), and with ceiling heights no less than 12 feet. (Formerly 24M.202.050)

24.595.180 Terminated vista overlay.

A. Purpose. The terminated vista overlay identifies locations where streets terminate. Some of the locations identified are civic/school sites and future planning of these sites should include special building or landscape elements, whenever possible.

B. Applicability.

1. Where the side street does not continue through from either the north to the south, or vice-versa, the following shall be provided:

a. A paseo, courtyard or significantly articulated building facade shall be required to terminate the vista. As determined by the decision-making authority. See regulating plan.

2. Buildings on the north side of a terminated vista may have a third story; provided, that the third story is set back or otherwise designed so that the ridge line of the applicable vista is visible from a point 200 feet south of the parcel and five feet high located in the centerline of the abutting north-south street. (Formerly 24M.202.060)

24.595.190 Intersection height overlay.

A. Purpose. The intersection height overlay identifies locations at the intersections of major thoroughfares where additional building height and mass is desirable.

B. Applicability. Buildings in the intersection height overlay may include elements, including usable square footage, that do not exceed four stories. For flat roof, the maximum height of the parapet cannot exceed 50 feet; and for sloping roof the maximum height of the roof ridge cannot exceed 55 feet. The fourth story element shall not dominate the building frontage, as determined by the decision-making authority. (Formerly 24M.202.070)

24.595.200 Purpose.

This article identifies the land use types allowed in each zone established by the regulating plan and determines the type of city approval required for each use. (Formerly 24M.203.010)

24.595.210 Applicability.

A lot or building shall be occupied by only the land uses allowed by Table B within the zone applied to the site by the regulating plan. Each land use listed in Table B is defined in Article 11 (Definitions) of this chapter. (Formerly 24M.203.020)

24.595.220 Land use tables.

A. Allowed Land Uses.

1. Establishment of an Allowed Use. Any one or more land uses identified by Table B as being allowed within a specific zone may be established on any lot within that zone, subject to the planning permit requirement listed in the Table B, and in compliance with all applicable requirements of this development code.

2. Use Not Listed.

a. A land use that is not listed in Table B, and is determined by the director to not be included in Article 11 (Definitions) of this chapter under the definition of a listed land use, is not allowed, except as otherwise provided in subsection (A)(3) of this section.

b. A land use that is listed in the table, but not within a particular zone, is not allowed within that zone, except as otherwise provided in subsection (A)(3) of this section.

3. Similar and Compatible Use May Be Allowed. The director may determine that a proposed use not listed in Table B is allowable in compliance with the procedure in Section 24.115.130.

4. Permit Requirements and Development Standards. When the director determines that a proposed, but unlisted, use is similar to a listed use, the proposed use will be treated in the same manner as the listed use in determining where it is allowed, what permits are required, and what other standards and requirements of this development code apply.

5. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses are allowed in compliance with the temporary use permit requirements of the zoning ordinance.

B. Permit Requirements. Table B provides for land uses that are:

1. Permitted subject to compliance with all applicable provisions of this development code. These are shown as “P” uses in the table;

2. Allowed subject to the approval of a use permit (Chapter 24.520) or director’s permit (Chapter 24.505), and shown as “UP” or “DP” uses in the table;

3. Not allowed in particular zones, and shown as a “–” in the table.

C. Standards for Specific Land Uses. Where the last column in Table B (“Additional Regulations”) includes a section number, the regulation in the referenced section also applies to the use. Requirements in other sections of this development code or the zoning ordinance may also apply.

D. Additional City Approval Requirements. Where the last column in Table B (“Additional Regulations”) includes a section number, the regulation in the referenced section also applies to the use. Requirements in other sections of this development code or the zoning ordinance may also apply. (Formerly 24M.203.030)

24.595.230 Land use tables – Table B: Specific Function.

This table expands the building function categories of Table A to delegate specific functions within the transect zones.

Table B. Specific Function

Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Midtown Zones

P Permitted Use

DP Director’s Permit

UP Use Permit Required

– Not Allowed

Land Use Types(1)

PERMIT REQUIRED BY ZONE

Additional Regulations

T4.5

T4.5-SF

T5.2

INDUSTRY, MANUFACTURING AND PROCESSING, WHOLESALING

Laboratory – Medical, analytical

P(2)

P(2)

Printing and publishing

DP

DP(4)

P(2)

Research and development

DP

DP(4)

P(2)

RECREATION, EDUCATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY

Adult business

Community meeting

UP

UP

UP

Chapter 24.480

Health/fitness facility

P

P

P

Library, museum

P

P

P

Live entertainment

UP

UP

School, public or private

UP

UP

UP

Studio – Art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.

P

P

P

RESIDENTIAL

Dwelling – Multi-unit

P

P

P

Dwelling – Second unit/carriage house

P

P

Dwelling – Single dwelling

P

Home occupation

P

P

P

Live/work

DP

P

P

Residential accessory use or structure

P

P

P

Special residence

UP

UP

UP

RETAIL

Bar, tavern, night club

UP

UP

UP

Chapter 24.460

Farmers’ market, certified

DP

DP

DP

Gas stations

UP

General retail, except with any of the following features

P

P

P

Alcoholic beverage sales

UP

UP

UP

Chapter 24.460

Auto- or motor-vehicle-related sales or services

(6)

(6)

(6)

Drive-through facility

Floor area over 20,000 s.f.

UP

Operating between 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.

UP

UP

Thrift stores

DP

DP

DP

Chapter 24.505

Restaurant

P*

P

P

SERVICES – BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, PROFESSIONAL

Bank, financial services

P

P

P

Business support service

P

P

P

Medical/dental

P

P(2)

P(2)

Office

P

P

P

SERVICES – GENERAL

Catering service

P

P

P

Day care

P

P

P

Drive-through service

Emergency shelter

P

P

P

Chapter 24.437

Lodging

P*

UP

P

Mortuary, funeral home

UP

UP

UP

Personal services

P

P

P

Personal services: restricted

Section 24.115.3325

TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATIONS, INFRASTRUCTURE

Parking facility, public or commercial

P

Wireless telecommunications facility

UP

UP

UP

Chapter 24.497(3)

Transit station or terminal

UP

UP

UP

Key to Zone Symbols

T4.5 Urban General

T4.5-SF Urban General – Shopfront Overlay

T5.2 Urban Center

CTO Refer to Regulating Plan Figure 1-1 for parcels within the coastal zone subject to provisions of Section 24.310.050 for low cost visitor service facilities

Notes:

(1)A definition of each listed type is in Article 11 (Definitions) of this chapter.

(2)Use allowed only on second or upper floor, or behind ground floor street frontage use.

(3)Use permit as may be required by Chapter 24.497.

(4)Permitted by right on second floor and above.

(5)Director’s permit may be required (Chapter 24.505).

(6)Sales and maintenance of electric vehicles with federally rated top speed of 45 miles per hour permitted by right.

*Permitted use within the coastal area.

(Formerly 24M.203.031)

24.595.240 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the frontage types allowed within the Midtown area, and provides design standards for each type, to ensure that proposed development relates to its street frontage as necessary to appropriately form the public realm of the street.

B. Applicability. Each proposed building shall be designed to incorporate a frontage type designed in compliance with the standards of this article for the applicable type, except for public and institutional buildings, which because of their unique disposition and application are not required to comply with frontage type requirements.

C. Allowable Frontage Types by Zone. A lot may be developed only with a building having a frontage type allowed by Section 24.595.110 or 24.595.120 in the transect zone applicable to the lot. (Formerly 24M.204.010)

24.595.250 Frontage summary and definitions.

The character and arrangement of the private frontage is regulated by the frontage type standards herein; these shall be applied to each neighborhood zone to create a particular and appropriate transitional relationship between the private and public realm. This relationship between the private and public realm is what collectively defines the nature of the streetscape. Frontage types are required for all buildings within each zone as shown in Table C. Frontage types represent a range of extensions of the basic facade of the building. While the urban standards of this code provide a range of frontage types permitted within each zone, the actual choice and review of a type shall be dictated by individual building designs and, ultimately, the design review committee’s discretion.

Table C: Private Frontages. The private frontage is the area between the building and the lot lines.

a. Common Yard: a frontage wherein the facade is set back substantially from the frontage line. The front yard created remains unfenced and is visually continuous with adjacent yards, supporting a common landscape. The deep setback provides a buffer from the higher speed thoroughfares.

b. Porch and Fence: a frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line with an attached porch permitted to encroach. A fence at the frontage line maintains the demarcation of the yard. The porches shall be no less than eight feet deep.

c. Dooryard: a frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line with an elevated garden or terrace permitted to encroach. This type can effectively buffer residential quarters from the sidewalk, while removing the private yard from public encroachment. The terrace is suitable for cafes as the eye of the sitter is level with that of the standing passerby.

d. Stoop: a frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with the first story elevated from the sidewalk sufficiently to secure privacy for the windows. The entrance is usually an exterior stair and landing. This type is recommended for ground floor residential use.

e. Forecourt: a frontage wherein a portion of the facade is close to the frontage line and the central portion is set back. The forecourt created is suitable for vehicular drop-offs. This type should be allocated in conjunction with other frontage types. Large trees within the forecourts may overhang the sidewalks.

f. Lightcourt: a frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line by a sunken lightcourt. This type buffers residential use from urban sidewalks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. The lightcourt is suitable for conversion to outdoor cafes.

g. Shopfront and Awning: a frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with the building entrance at sidewalk grade. This type is conventional for retail use. It has a substantial glazing on the sidewalk level and an awning that may overlap the sidewalk to the maximum extent possible.

h. Gallery: a frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with an attached cantilevered shed or a lightweight colonnade overlapping the sidewalk. This type is conventional for retail use. The gallery shall be no less than 10 feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within two feet of the curb. Notwithstanding the graphic, encroachments will not be permitted.

i. Arcade: a frontage wherein the facade is a colonnade that overlaps the sidewalk, while the facade at sidewalk level remains at the frontage line. This type is conventional for retail use. The arcade shall be no less than 12 feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within two feet of the curb. Notwithstanding the graphic, encroachments will not be permitted.

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 91 (Exh. G), 12-13-21. Formerly 24M.204.012)

24.595.260 Common yard.

A. Description. A frontage wherein the facade is set back substantially from the property line/frontage line. The front yard created remains unfenced and is visually continuous with adjacent yards, supporting a common landscape. The deep setback provides a buffer from the higher speed thoroughfares.

(Formerly 24M.204.020)

24.595.270 Porch and fence.

A. Description. Fences are common frontages associated with single-family houses, where the facade is set back from the right-of-way with a front yard. A fence or wall at the property line may be used to define the private space of the yard. An encroaching porch may also be appended to the facade. A great variety of porch and fence designs are possible, including a raised front yard with a retaining wall at the property line with entry steps to the yard.

B. Design Standards.

1. Porch encroachment into street build-to-line: eight feet maximum.

2. Porches shall be eight feet minimum deep (clear), 12 feet minimum wide (clear) and nine feet minimum tall (clear).

3. Porches shall be raised 18 inches minimum and three feet maximum from the adjacent finished grade, and located at the first story.

4. Fences enclosing the front yard shall not exceed four feet in height from the adjacent sidewalk.

5. Fences may be made of wood or wrought iron. Wood fences shall be 30 percent opaque minimum. Wrought iron shall be vertical, five-eighths-inch minimum dimension, four-inch through six-inch spacing.

6. The length shall be at least 40 percent of the facade when in keeping with traditional architectural expressions (e.g., Victorian, Greek Revival, Gothic Revival, etc.).

(Formerly 24M.204.030)

24.595.280 Dooryard (a synonym of terrace).

A. Description. Dooryards are elevated gardens or terraces that are set back from the frontage line. This type can effectively buffer residential quarters from the sidewalk, while removing the private yard from public encroachment. The terrace is also suitable for restaurants and cafes as the eye of the sitter is level with that of the standing passerby.

B. Design Standards.

1. Dooryards/terraces shall be 10 feet minimum deep, and raised at least 12 inches above, but no more than five feet above, the finished grade.

2. A retaining wall may be built around the dooryard or terrace.

3. The retaining wall may not be higher than structurally necessary.

4. The retaining wall may be constructed of stucco, brick, or stone, alone or in combination.

(Formerly 24M.204.040)

24.595.290 Stoop.

A. Description. Stoops are elevated entry porches/stairs placed close to the frontage line with the ground story elevated from the sidewalk, securing privacy for the windows and front rooms. The stoop is suitable for ground floor residential use at short setbacks. A shed roof may also cover the stoop. This type may be interspersed with the shopfront and awning frontage type.

B. Design Standards.

1. Street build-to-line encroachment: eight feet maximum.

2. Stoops shall be raised 18 inches minimum and 36 inches maximum from the finished grade.

3. Stoops must correspond directly with the building entry(s) and be at least three feet wide (perpendicular to or parallel with the adjacent walk).

4. Stoops shall be six feet minimum and 10 feet maximum wide.

5. There may be a low (30 inches or less) decorative fence along the property lines.

(Formerly 24M.204.050)

24.595.300 Forecourt.

A. Description. Forecourts are uncovered courts within a storefront, gallery or arcade frontage, wherein a portion of the facade is recessed from the building frontage. The court is suitable for outdoor dining, gardens, vehicular drop-offs, and utility off-loading. A fence or wall at the property line may be used to define the private space of the court. The court may also be raised from the sidewalk, creating a small retaining wall at the property line with entry steps to the court. This type should be used sparingly and in conjunction with stoops and shopfronts.

B. Design Standards.

1. A forecourt shall be 10 feet deep minimum (clear) and 30 feet deep maximum (clear).

2. A forecourt shall be 10 feet wide minimum and 50 feet wide maximum or 50 percent of lot width, whichever is less.

3. Forecourts between 10 feet and 15 feet in depth shall be substantially paved, and enhanced with landscaping. Forecourts between 15 feet and 30 feet in depth shall be designed with a balance of paving and landscaping.

4. A one-story fence or wall at the property line may be used to define the private space of the court.

5. If the forecourt is raised above the adjacent grade, it should not be more than three feet above the grade of the sidewalk.

(Formerly 24M.204.060)

24.595.310 Lightcourt.

A. Description. Lightcourts are frontages wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line by a sunken lightcourt. This type buffers residential use from urban sidewalks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. The lightcourt is suitable for conversion to outdoor cafes.

B. Design Standards.

1. Basements accessed by a lightcourt shall be depressed at least five feet below, but not more than seven feet below, the adjacent sidewalk.

2. Ground floors accessed by a lightcourt shall be raised at least 12 inches above, but no more than five feet above, the adjacent sidewalk.

3. Lightcourts must correspond directly with the building entry(s) and the stairs may be perpendicular to or parallel with the adjacent walk.

4. Lightcourts shall be at least 10 feet wide, clear of the stair to the raised ground floor.

(Formerly 24M.204.070)

24.595.320 Shopfront and awning.

A. Description. Typically, the shopfront and awning frontage type applies to storefronts. Storefronts are facades placed at or close to the right-of-way line, with the entrance at sidewalk grade. They are conventional for retail frontage and are commonly equipped with cantilevered shed roof(s) or awning(s). Recessed storefronts are also acceptable. The absence of a raised ground floor precludes residential use on the ground floor facing the street. Residential use would be appropriate above the ground floor and behind another use that fronts the street.

B. Design Standards. Storefronts are like small buildings with their own base, “roofline,” and pattern of window and door openings.

1. Storefronts shall be between 10 feet and 16 feet tall, as measured from the adjacent walk, and 10 feet wide minimum.

2. Storefront assemblies (the doors, display windows, bulkheads and associated framing) should not be set back into the shopfront openings more than two feet maximum, so that passing pedestrians have a clear view of the shop interior.

3. Storefronts may be set back up to 12 feet, but not less than eight feet, for up to 25 feet of the building frontage in order to create a covered alcove, in which outdoor dining or merchandising can occur within the volume of the building.

4. Base. A panel of tile or other special material is recommended below display windows. Materials recommended for walls are generally suitable. Base materials should be the same or “heavier” materials visually than walls.

a. Brick and wood should only be used if the rest of the wall surface is the same material; neither material should be used exclusively.

b. Ceramic tile is frequently used as a storefront base. Dark tile with light stucco is an effective combination. Different colors and sizes of tile may be used for decorative effect.

5. Display Windows. The corresponding storefront(s) opening(s) along the primary frontage shall be at least 65 percent of the first floor wall area, and not have opaque or reflective glazing. Where privacy is desired for restaurants and professional services, etc., windows should be divided into smaller panes.

6. Clerestory windows are horizontal panels of glass between the storefront and the second floor. They are a traditional element of “main street” buildings, and are recommended for all new or renovated storefronts. Clerestory windows can be good locations for neon, painted-window and other relatively nonobtrusive types of signs.

7. Recessed entries are recommended as another traditional element of the main street storefront. Recommended treatments include:

a. Special paving materials such as ceramic tile;

b. Ornamental ceilings such as coffering; and

c. Decorative light fixtures.

8. Doors should be substantial and well detailed. They are the one part of the storefront that patrons will invariably touch and feel. They should match the materials, design and character of the display window framing. “Narrowline” aluminum framed doors are not recommended.

9. Cornices should be provided at the second floor (or roofline for a one-story building) to differentiate the storefront from upper levels of the building and to add visual interest; this also allows the storefront to function as the base for the rest of the building.

10. Awnings, signs, and related fixtures shall be located eight feet minimum above the adjacent sidewalk.

11. Awnings shall only cover storefronts and openings, so as not to cover the entire facade.

12. New or renovated storefronts within historic buildings should emulate or recreate a previous storefront (from historic photos or drawings) in order to harmonize with the overall building architecture. This can be flexibly interpreted, for example when the general form of a new storefront is like the original but the materials are contemporary. (Formerly 24M.204.080)

24.595.330 Gallery.

A. Description. Galleries are attached colonnades.

B. Design Standards.

1. Galleries shall be no less than 10 feet wide clear in all directions, with two feet maximum between curb face and gallery eave.

2. Along primary frontages, the gallery shall correspond to storefront openings.

3. Primary frontage storefront openings shall be at least 65 percent of the first floor wall area and not have opaque or reflective glazing.

4. Placement: first and second stories. (Formerly 24M.204.090)

24.595.340 Arcade.

A. Description. Arcades are facades with an attached colonnade that is covered by upper stories.

B. Design Standards.

1. Arcades shall be no less than 10 feet wide clear in all directions.

2. Along primary frontages, the arcade shall correspond to storefront openings.

3. Primary frontage storefront openings shall be at least 65 percent of the first floor wall area and not have opaque or reflective glazing. (Formerly 24M.204.100)

24.595.350 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the building types allowed within the Midtown area, and provides design standards for each type, to ensure that proposed development is consistent with the city’s goals for building form, character, and quality.

B. Applicability. Each proposed building shall be designed in compliance with the standards of this article for the applicable building type, except for public and institutional buildings, which because of their unique disposition and application are not required to comply with building type requirements.

C. Allowable Building Types by Zone. A lot may be developed only with a building type allowed by Section 24.595.110 or 24.595.120 in the transect zone applicable to the lot.

D. Mixed Type Development. The development regulations of this code are structured by the definition of distinct building types that have been identified as specifically appropriate to Ventura, and to the Midtown Corridors, in scale, configuration and character. Particularly on deep lots, there is an opportunity to successfully mix these types within a single development project. The Downtown specific plan, for instance, allows and in some cases requires that this be done, to ensure a reasonable degree of variety in the massing and organization of the buildings and open spaces on the lot, and variation on the frontages at a scale appropriate to Downtown Ventura, thus avoiding a “mega-project” appearance.

The guiding principles for such development are:

1. That the scale and character of the building(s) be calibrated to the existing urban context, often breaking down the scale of a large site into building masses and elements that are of a scale similar to lotting and design of neighboring buildings.

2. That buildings that do not have direct street frontage are provided with “addresses” and very direct and straightforward access for pedestrians unfamiliar with the development, by extending the public realm into the lot via new streets, or pedestrian paseos, or courtyards.

In the Midtown Corridors opportunities for such mixing of types within a development project are limited. Certain sites however – particularly on the south side of Thompson Boulevard and within the T5.2 zone near 5-Points – are inherently deep, or have the potential to be large and deep through parcel assemblage. In such cases it may likely be appropriate to mix multiple types within a development project. And in cases where a development site exceeds 30,000 square feet, multiple buildings and/or multiple building types are required (see Article 9 of this chapter).

Examples of ways to do this are as follows:

1. A deep site fronting a busy street, and abutting existing residences at the rear.

a. Live/work buildings or commercial block buildings may be the best choice for the busy street frontage. Parking may be on surface behind, below the building, or in a parking structure behind the building(s).

b. If the site includes frontage on a quieter side street, row houses or even detached houses might be appropriate, perhaps served by an alley behind.

c. Residential addresses for courtyard or rowhouse buildings or stacked dwellings within the interior of the site might be created either by introducing a small new street through the site, or by creating courtyards or gardens within the site, connected to the street(s) by paseos or connecting courtyards.

2. A wide but shallow site formed by the assemblage of parcels fronting Main or Thompson, which are typically around 100 feet deep.

a. A small commercial block building might be appropriate at the corner of the major street and a residential side street, with rowhouses, live/work buildings, a quadplex, or other residential type next to it fronting the major street.

b. In such a case it is important that the frontage type for each different building type be well calibrated to that building and to its intended use. The corner building would have a shopfront or gallery frontage type, an adjacent rowhouse would likely have a dooryard or stoop frontage, and a quadplex or detached house type would likely have a stoop or even a porch and fence. Buildings along the south sides of Main or Thompson, particularly in the westerly portions of these corridors, where the land generally falls away from the street toward the ocean, might likely employ the lightcourt frontage type which enables a habitable floor below the street, while raising the main floor level above the street. Behind that habitable space below the street may be a parking lot or parking basement.

c. Parking would be behind or below buildings in all cases, either in a unified parking field for the several building types, or with individual assigned spaces for each individual building.

Note that the stacked dwelling building type is only permitted when it is a part of a mixed type development. Multifamily buildings that are not part of a mixed type development should conform to one of the several available multifamily types: duplex, triplex, quadplex, villa, sidecourt housing, courtyard housing, or commercial block, as allowed on a particular lot by the regulating plan. (Formerly 24M.206.010)

24.595.360 Reserved.

Editor’s note(s): Section 4.F. of Ord. No. 2017-015, adopted November 6, 2017, repealed Section 24M.206.020, which pertained to carriage house and second units, and derived from Ord. No. 2007-029, adopted December 17, 2007.

(Formerly 24M.206.020)

24.595.370 Front yard house.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A detached building designed as a single dwelling unit that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. A front yard house may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). A front yard house is accessed from the sidewalk adjacent to the street build-to line. The following text provides performance standards for front yard houses.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance shall be located within the facade and accessed directly from the street through an allowed frontage type. [W]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot minimum planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway of 18 feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be within a garage. The remainder of required parking may be provided in a garage, carport or as open. [W]

2. An alley-accessed or non-alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate up to three cars. [W]

3. Parking facing a side street build-to line shall be accommodated in a two-car garage with one-car garage doors. [W]

4. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas should be located on the alley. [DR]

5. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the house and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the front yard house at no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [W]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape is encouraged to not separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees are encouraged to be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Side yard trees may be placed to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree is encouraged for planting within each rear yard for shade and privacy. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. [DR]

2. Houses on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be composed of one and/or two story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.030)

24.595.380 Side yard house.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A detached building designed as a single dwelling unit that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. A side yard house may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). A side yard house is flanked by a side yard of a width comparable to the street build-to line and is accessed via a walkway parallel to that yard area. The following text provides performance standards for side yard houses.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance shall be accessed directly from the street through an allowed frontage type or side yard area equal in width to the street build-to line. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, this type is allowed only on a corner lot. [E]

4. For a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway of 18 feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be within a garage. The remainder of required parking may be provided in a garage, carport or as open. [W]

2. An alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate up to three cars. A non-alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate no more than two cars. Parking facing a side street must be accommodated in a garage (carports are not allowed). A side street facing garage shall have one-car garage doors. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas should be located on the alley. [DR]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the house and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. One side yard shall provide usable, outdoor space equal in width to the street build-to line but not less than 15 feet, with ground floor living areas (e.g., living room, family room, dining room, etc.) opening to it with large windows and, where possible, French doors. This side yard shall be enclosed by a wall or hedge no more than six feet high, and shall encompass no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). [E]

3. On a corner lot, the side yard required by subsection (D)(2) of this section shall abut the street, and the enclosing wall or hedge shall be set back at least five feet from property line with a height of no more than six feet. The opposite side yard may not have a fence at the property line, with an easement instead allowing use of the yard by the neighbor. Windows facing this opposing yard shall be relatively small and high, providing light and ventilation while allowing for privacy. [E]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Trees in the front yard should be of porch scale (no more that one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. This building type shall provide a permitted frontage type at the street build-to line or within the side yard required by subsection D (Open Space) of this section. [E]

2. Notwithstanding setback requirements of the applicable zone, the front setback need not exceed 10 feet. [W]

3. A gallery, either one or two stories in height, or an arcade frontage type shall occur for at least half the building length along the building elevation facing the side yard required by subsection D (Open Space) of this section.

4. Because a frontage type is not mandatory at the street build-to line, special care shall be taken to ensure that the composition of fenestration and other architectural details are scaled to the public rooms of the house. [DR]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.040)

24.595.390 Duplex, triplex, quadplex.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A building containing two, three, or four dwelling units that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. Each dwelling unit is individually accessed directly from the street. A duplex, triplex, quadplex may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for duplex, triplex, quadplex.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to each dwelling shall be accessed directly from, and face, the street. Access to second floor dwellings shall be by a stair, which may be open, roofed or enclosed. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. One parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carports, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Each dwelling at the first floor shall have a usable, outdoor space of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of eight feet. [W]

3. Each dwelling accessed above the first floor shall have a usable, outdoor space that may be in balconies or loggias and of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of seven feet. [W]

4. Dwellings accessed at the first floor should provide outdoor space at-grade that is enclosed by landscaping or a wall. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape should not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. On corner lots, dwellings are encouraged to obtain access through a permitted frontage type from either street; particularly in triplexes and quadplexes. [DR]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be massed as large houses, composed principally of two-story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR]

4. Dwellings within buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.050)

24.595.400 Villa.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A large house containing anywhere from two to eight dwelling units that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. Each dwelling unit is individually accessed from a central lobby, which in turn is accessed directly from the street. A villa may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for villas.

B. Access.

1. Access to the building shall occur directly from and face the street. Said access shall be a single point leading to a central lobby which provides access to the individual dwellings without use of a corridor. Second floor dwellings shall be accessed by a stair located in the lobby and, again, without use of a corridor. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. On an interior lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed from the side street by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

5. Subterranean parking entrances should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

C. Parking and Services.

1. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the side street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Rear yards shall contain a usable, outdoor space of no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). This yard area is intended for common use by all dwelling occupants. [E]

3. Dwelling units accessed above the first floor may provide usable, outdoor space in balconies or loggias with a minimum dimension of seven feet. [DR]

4. Dwelling units accessed at the first floor may provide usable, outdoor space, exclusive of the common yard area required above. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree should be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be massed as large houses, composed principally of two-story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR]

4. Dwellings within buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.060)

24.595.410 Bungalow court.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. Four or more detached houses arranged around a shared courtyard, with pedestrian access to the building entrances from the courtyard and/or street. Bungalow courts may be located upon qualifying lots in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones. A bungalow court may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for bungalow courts.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to dwellings shall be directly from the front yard or from the courtyard. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed from the side street by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On an interior lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking shall be at-grade. One parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the side street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Dwelling entrances shall face a courtyard that comprises at least 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). [E]

3. Each dwelling shall have a usable, outdoor space of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of eight feet. This space shall be exclusive of the courtyard and may be located in a side yard and/or the rear yard. [E]

4. Required outdoor space shall be enclosed by a fence, wall or hedge. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of one- and/or two-story volumes and massed as houses. [DR]

2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR]

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

4. Dwellings within the buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.070)

24.595.420 Rowhouse.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. Two or more detached two- or three-story dwellings with zero side yard setbacks located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones. A rowhouse may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for rowhouses.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each dwelling shall be accessed directly from and face the street. [E]

2. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley or subterranean garage in a mixed type development. This type is not allowed on a lot without an alley or outside of a mixed type development. [E]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be in a garage, which may be attached to, or detached from, the dwelling. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Corner lots shall not have garages that face the side street. [W]

3. Services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the rowhouse at no less than 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees, if provided, shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of two- and/or three-story volumes in compliance with the regulations for the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. In a three-story building, a townhouse dwelling may be stacked over a ground floor flat. In this case, the flat shall be accessed by its own front door at the street build-to line, and the townhouse dwelling shall be accessed by a separate front door and an internal stair. [DR]

4. In a two-story building, the rowhouse consists of a townhouse dwelling which is accessed from and faces the street. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.080)

24.595.430 Live/work.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. An integrated housing unit and working space, occupied and utilized by a single household in a structure, either single-family or multifamily, that has been designed or structurally modified to accommodate joint residential occupancy and work activity at the ground floor. Nonresidential uses are identified under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). A live/work building may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones. The following text provides performance standards for live/work buildings.

B. Access.

1. Live/work buildings have one of two methods of pedestrian access. Both methods segregate access to residential occupancy and work activity in either of the following manners:

a. The main entrance to the ground floor flex space shall be accessed directly from and face the street, and the upstairs residential occupancy area shall be accessed by a separate entrance and internal stair that is also accessed from and which faces the street; or [E]

b. The main entrance to the ground floor flex space shall be accessed directly from and face the street, and the upstairs residential occupancy area shall also be accessed by that same entrance but the ground-level floor plan shall control access between floor levels through use of a small lobby, room partitions and doors. The intention is to prevent residential occupants and/or guests from needing to traverse through the flex space. [E]

2. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley or subterranean garage in a mixed type development. This type is not allowed on a lot without an alley or outside of a mixed type development. [E]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be in a garage, which may be attached to, or detached from, the dwelling. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Corner lots shall not have garages that face the side street. [W]

3. Services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the live/work building at no less than 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not obscure front yards on adjacent lots or the front of the ground floor flex space. Front yard trees, if provided, shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. As a building that provides both residential and nonresidential uses, the commercial/flex space on ground floors should be oriented toward the street to allow pedestrian exposure and direct access to the commercial/flex space. [DR]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of two- and/or three-story volumes in compliance with the height limitations of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.090)

24.595.440 Side court housing.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A building or group of buildings containing dwelling units arranged on a lot in a row with the first unit facing the street upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones. The primary entrance to each unit is from the side yard or, in the case of units facing the street, the front yard. Side court housing may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed by under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). A side court building is flanked by a side yard or court of a width comparable to the street build-to line and dwellings are accessed via a walkway parallel to that area. The following text provides performance standards for side court housing.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to dwellings shall be directly from the front yard or side yard area equal in width to the street build-to line. Access to no more than three second-story dwellings shall be through an open or roofed (but not enclosed) stair. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have direct or indirect access to their parking stalls(s), or direct access to stalls enclosed within the garage. A combination of these conditions is encouraged. [DR]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Dwellings shall face an active side yard with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

3. Major ground floor rooms shall be open to the active side yard with large windows and, where possible, doors. [DR]

4. When located in an active side yard, a driveway shall be integrated into the design of the yard through the use of a reduced paved area, permeable paving materials or comparable surface area that provides a landscaped aesthetic and usable outdoor space. [DR]

5. Rear yards are not required for this type, as the private, useable outdoor space is provided in the side yard. [E]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Each ground-level dwelling shall have a frontage type that may not encroach into the active side yard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be massed to the street as large houses of primarily two-story volumes, and to the side yards as one- and two-story masses at the scale of houses. [DR]

2. The building elevation abutting an inactive side yard shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. [DR]

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

4. Dwellings within the buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.100)

24.595.450 Courtyard housing.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A group of dwelling units arranged to share one or more common courtyards upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones. Dwellings take access from the street or the courtyard(s). Dwelling configuration occurs as townhouses, flats, or flats located over or under flats or townhouses. The courtyard is intended to be a semipublic space that is an extension of the public realm. Courtyard housing may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for courtyard housing.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each ground floor dwelling shall be directly off a common courtyard or directly from the street. [E]

2. Access to no more than three second story dwellings shall be through an open or roofed (but not enclosed) stair. [W]

3. Except for dwellings occurring at the fourth story, elevator access from subterranean parking may be provided between the garage and podium only. [W]

4. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [W]

5. Where an alley is not present on an interior lot, parking and services should be accessed from the street by a driveway near the side lot line and be flanked by planters, at least one foot wide. [DR]

6. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have direct or indirect access to their parking stall(s) or direct access to stalls enclosed within the garage. A combination of these conditions is encouraged. [DR]

3. Where an alley is present, services, including all utility access and above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Courtyard housing shall be designed to provide a central courtyard and/or partial, multiple, separated or interconnected courtyards with a cumulative total of at least 15 percent of the lot. [E]

3. In a project with multiple courtyards, at least two of the courtyards shall conform to the patterns below. [W]

4. Minimum courtyard dimensions shall be 40 feet when the long axis of the courtyard is oriented east/west and 30 feet when the courtyard is oriented north/south. [W]

5. In 40-foot-wide courtyards, the frontages and architectural projections allowed within the applicable zone are permitted on two sides of the courtyard; they are permitted on one side of a 30-foot-wide courtyard. [W]

6. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards, and in courtyards. [DR]

7. Courtyards shall be connected to the public way and/or to each other by zaguans or paseos. [E]

a. Zaguans shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide. [W]

b. Paseos shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide. [W]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

3. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

4. At least one large tree planted directly in the ground shall be provided in at least one courtyard for shade, privacy and scale. [DR]

5. Courtyards located over garages shall be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Entrance doors, living space (e.g., living rooms and dining rooms) shall be oriented toward courtyards and the street to the degree possible. Service rooms shall be oriented to side and rear yards to the degree possible. [DR]

2. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

3. Stoops up to three feet in height and dooryards up to two feet in height may be placed above subterranean parking; provided, that they are landscaped and scaled to the street and building. [W]

4. Dooryards that face and/or encroach into a courtyard shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any four combinations of dwelling unit configurations: flats, flats over flats, townhouses, and townhouses over flats. [W]

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique as deemed by individual designs. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be composed of one-, two- and three-story masses, each designed to house scale, and not necessarily representing a single dwelling. [DR]

4. Four-story masses shall be minimized inside courtyards and apparent on street frontages. [DR]

5. The intent of these performance standards is to provide for courtyard housing buildings with varying heights. Suggested height ratios are as follows:

a. Two stories: 80 percent two stories, 20 percent one story. [W]

b. Two and one-half stories: 60 percent two stories, 40 percent three stories. [W]

c. Three stories: 35 percent two stories, 50 percent three stories, 15 percent four stories. [W]

d. Three and one-half stories: 15 percent two stories, 60 percent three stories, 25 percent four stories. [W]

6. These height ratios are maximums that correspond to the applicable zone.

7. Dwellings at fourth stories shall be accessed by single-loaded corridors or exclusive elevator service and configured as flats. [E]

8. The visibility of elevators and of exterior corridors at the third and/or fourth stories should be minimized by incorporation into the mass of the building. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.110)

24.595.460 Stacked dwelling.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. An exclusively residential building comprised of flats and/or other residential units which does not meet the requirements of any other building type herein; and located on a qualifying lot in T4.5 and T5.2 zones. Stacked dwelling buildings may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Sections 24.595.110 and 24.595.120). The following text provides performance standards for stacked dwelling.

B. Access.

1. The entrance to the building shall be through a street level lobby or through a combination of street/podium lobby directly accessible from the street. [E]

2. The main entrance to each ground floor dwelling shall be directly from the street. Secondary access may be through an elevator and corridor. Stacked dwelling buildings within the T5 zone must have nonresidential uses at the ground level. [E]

3. Elevator access shall be provided between the subterranean garage and each level of the building where dwelling access occurs. [W]

4. Interior circulation to each dwelling shall be through a corridor which may be single- or double-loaded. [E]

5. Where an alley is present, parking shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

6. Where an alley is not present, parking shall be accessed from the street through the building. [E]

7. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking shall be accessed from the side street through the building. [E]

8. Dwellings can be accessed via a single-loaded, exterior corridor, provided the corridor is designed per the following requirements:

a. The open corridor length does not exceed 40 feet. [W]

b. The open corridor is designed in the form of a Monterey balcony, a loggia, a terrace, or a wall with window openings. [DR]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have indirect access to their parking stalls. [DR]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. The primary shared open space is the rear yard, which shall be designed as a courtyard. Courtyards may be located on the ground or on a podium. Side yards may also be provided for common use gardens. [E]

3. Minimum courtyard dimensions shall be 40 feet when the long axis of the courtyard is oriented east/west, and 30 feet when the courtyard is oriented north/south. [W]

4. Courtyards shall not be of a proportion of less than one to one between their width and height. [W]

5. In 40-foot-wide courtyards, the frontages and architectural projections allowed within the applicable zone are permitted on two sides of the courtyard; they are permitted on one side of a 30-foot-wide courtyard. [W]

6. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Front yard trees, if used, shall be less than the height of the buildings, except at the margins of the lot, where they may be used to frame and separate the building from its neighbors. [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to create a particular sense of place. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard, planted directly in the ground; except for podium courtyards. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

4. Courtyards located over garages shall be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any of three dwelling type configurations: flats, townhouses, and lofts. [W]

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique, as determined by individual designs. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be composed of one dominant volume, flanked by secondary ones. [DR]

4. The intent of these regulations is to provide for buildings with varying heights through adherence to the applicable zones height ratios. (Formerly 24M.206.120)

24.595.470 Commercial block.

Building Type Diagram

Allowed Lots (if Qualified by Size)

A. Description. A building designed for occupancy by retail, service, and/or office uses on the ground floor street frontage, with upper floors configured for commercial use or for dwelling units. A commercial block may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 and T5.2 zones.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each ground floor area shall be directly from and face the street. [E]

2. Entrance to the residential and/or nonresidential portions of the building above the ground floor shall be through a street level lobby or through a podium lobby accessible from the street. [E]

3. Elevator access shall be provided between the subterranean garage and each level of the building where dwelling and/or commerce access occurs. [W]

4. Interior circulation to each dwelling shall be through a corridor which may be single- or double-loaded. [E]

5. Where an alley is present, parking shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

6. Where an alley is not present, parking shall accessed from the street through the building. [E]

7. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking shall be accessed from the side street through the building. [E]

8. Dwellings can be accessed via a single-loaded, exterior corridor, provided the corridor is designed per the following requirements:

a. The open corridor length does not exceed 40 feet. [W]

b. The open corridor is designed in the form of a balcony, a loggia, a terrace, or a wall with window openings. [DR]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have indirect access to their parking stalls. [DR]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

D. Open Space.

1. Front yards are defined by the street build-to line and frontage type requirements of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. The primary shared open space is the rear yard, which shall be designed as a courtyard. Courtyards may be located on the ground or on a podium. Side yards may also be provided for outdoor patios connected to ground floor commercial uses. [E]

3. Minimum courtyard dimensions shall be 40 feet when the long axis of the courtyard is oriented east/west, and 30 feet when the courtyard is oriented north/south. [W]

4. The minimum courtyard area shall be 15 percent of the lot area. [W]

5. Courtyards shall not be of a proportion of less than one to one between their width and height. [W]

6. In 40-foot-wide courtyards, the frontages and architectural projections allowed within the applicable zone are permitted on two sides of the courtyard; they are permitted on one side of a 30-foot-wide courtyard. [W]

7. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards. [DR]

Illustrative Photo

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. No private landscaping is required in front of the building. [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to create a particular sense of place. [DR]

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard, planted directly in the ground; except for podium courtyards. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

4. Courtyards located over garages shall be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any of three dwelling types: flats, townhouses, and lofts. [W]

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique, as determined by individual designs. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be composed of one dominant volume, and may be flanked by secondary ones. [DR]

4. The intent of these regulations is to provide for buildings with varying heights. Suggested height ratios are as follows:

a. One story: 100 percent one story. [W]

b. Two stories: 85 percent two stories, 15 percent three stories. [W]

c. Three stories: 85 percent three stories, 15 percent four stories. [W]

d. Four stories: 75 percent four stories, 25 percent five stories. [W]

5. These height ratios are maximums that may exceed that allowed by the applicable zone.

6. The visibility of elevators and of exterior corridors at the third, fourth and/or fifth stories shall be minimized by incorporation into the mass of the building. [DR] (Formerly 24M.206.130)

24.595.480 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the street and streetscape types allowed within the Midtown area, and provides design standards for each type, to ensure that proposed development is consistent with the city’s goals for character and quality of the public realm of the street.

B. Applicability.

1. This article applies to alleys and the various configurations of Main Street and Thompson Boulevard respectively. The proposed standards herein are conceptual and will be studied and may be revised accordingly during the Mobility Plan and Midtown Community Plan. Development projects do not need to comply with this article.

2. Corner lots located on Main Street and Thompson Boulevard shall provide a 10-foot-wide sidewalk along the side street.

2005 GENERAL PLAN

Main Street

Currently a commerce-oriented area with a limited amount of mixed-use development, this corridor displays the broadest range of architectural types and styles in the city, as well as the widest spectrum of transect characteristics. It has the most potential for increased mixed use and housing with improved streetscape and pedestrian enhancement to slow traffic.

Thompson Boulevard

A commercial thoroughfare in need of streetscape improvements and pedestrian amenities, this corridor is much like Main Street in that it boasts tremendous history as a “gateway to Ventura” and epitomizes a beach town character. It is a natural for a major transit or streetcar corridor, where nodes of mixed-use development and pedestrian and bike enhancement could support parallel neighborhoods and increase access to the ocean.

Chapter 3: Our Well Planned and Designed Community

(Formerly 24M.208.010)

24.595.490 Alley – Proposed.

A. Description. Alleys are located in the rear of lots and provide the primary vehicular access to residential as well as nonresidential property. Garages are oriented to and accessed from alleys. Garages are located a minimum of four feet from the rear property line and may be set back further to allow for parking in front of the garage (maximum setback: 24 feet). All pavement beyond the 12-foot travel lane shall be enhanced pavement (E.P.). Enhanced pavement can be permeable or nonpermeable, and includes types such as brick, stone or grass pavers, exposed aggregate concrete, or stamped and stained concrete. Trash cans, gas and electric meters and other utilities are located in the alleys.

Alley

Thoroughfare Type

Rear Lane

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5, T5.2

Right-of-Way Width

20' max.

Pavement Width

12'

Movement

Yield Movement

Design Speed

10 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

3.5 seconds

Traffic Lanes

1 lane

Parking Lanes

None

Curb Radius

25'

Public Frontage Type

None

Walkway Type

None

Planter Type

Between Driveways

Curb Type

Inverted Crown or Rolled

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.020)

24.595.500 Main Street – A.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Lincoln Drive to N. Catalina St., Main Street is defined by one- and two-story buildings which are primarily of a residential character. Many of these buildings were constructed in the early 1920s and reflect a distinct and historically significant architectural period. This segment of Main Street represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhoods and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The northern streetscape is defined by stoops and dooryards towards the west and shopfronts toward the east. The southern streetscape is defined almost entirely by shopfronts. It is an urban thoroughfare with two travel lanes, a turning lane, a bike lane and parallel parking each side. The pedestrian experience is fairly austere as no landscape elements exist, only archaic serpent-head street lights and power poles.

Existing Main Street A

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

64'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

3 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 9'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 8' min.

Planter Type

None

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

None

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on maintaining the existing street’s residential character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Main Street is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Main Street should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed two stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking helps to support the businesses along both sides of Main Street.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Decrease the bike lane to five feet, each side.

2. Decrease the parking lane to eight feet, each side.

3. Increase the sidewalk to seven feet, each side.

4. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

5. Relocate power poles underground.

6. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Main Street A

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

56'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

3 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.030)

24.595.510 Main Street – B.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately N. Catalina Street to Seaward Avenue, Main Street is defined by the Ventura High School campus on the north and by nondescript one-story buildings on the south. This segment of Main Street represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhoods and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The Ventura High School buildings are set back considerably from the right-of-way; given the size of the campus, this creates a significant interruption in the rhythm of the Main Street frontage. The southern streetscape is defined by a combination of shopfronts, gas-station and vacant lots. The combination of frontage types along this segment of Main Street does not provide a unified or distinct character. Main Street is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes, a turning lane, and parallel parking on one side. The pedestrian experience is weak given that there are limited and inconsistent landscape elements, archaic serpent-head street lights and power poles.

Existing Main Street B

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

64'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

5 lanes

Parking Lanes

One side @ 10'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 8' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 3'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Tree wells

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on establishing the street’s character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Future development on Main Street should establish a streetscape and complement the existing land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed three stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have consistent street tree species and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking is adequate to support the businesses along the southern edge of Main Street.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Decrease the parking lane to eight feet, one side.

2. Increase the sidewalk to 12 feet, one side.

3. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

4. Relocate power poles underground.

5. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Main Street B

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

56'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

5 lanes

Parking Lanes

One side @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12'/8' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.031)

24.595.520 Main Street – C.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Seaward Avenue to Loma Vista Road, Main Street is defined by one- and two-story buildings which are primarily of a commercial nature. This segment of Main Street represents the edge of the neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The northern and southern streetscapes are defined by shopfronts. It is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parallel parking each side. Landscape elements are limited and inconsistent.

Existing Main Street C

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

64'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 8' min.

Planter Type

None

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Tree wells

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the existing street’s character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Main Street is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Main Street should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed three stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking is adequate to support the businesses along Main Street.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Decrease the travel lanes to 10 feet, each.

2. Increase the sidewalk to 12 feet, each side.

3. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

4. Relocate power poles underground.

5. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Main Street C

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

56'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.032)

24.595.530 Main Street – D.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Loma Vista Road to 5-Points is defined by one- and two-story buildings which are entirely of a commercial nature. This segment of Main Street represents a neighborhood node and has been identified as a T5.2 zone. The northern and southern streetscapes are defined by shopfronts. There are a significant number of probable redevelopment sites within this segment of Main Street. One of the most notable buildings that adds to the character of the streetscape is the Sears building that was converted into a warehouse shopping center. It is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parallel parking each side. Blank facades and vacant lots significantly degrade the pedestrian experience.

Existing Main Street D

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T5.2

Right-of-Way Width

90'

Pavement Width

64'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk 10' min.

Planter Type

Tree well, 3'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Tree wells

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the existing street’s character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Main Street is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Main Street should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should be at least two stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The proposed diagonal parking helps to support the businesses along Main Street.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Remove two travel lanes.

2. Add diagonal parking at 17 feet, each side.

3. Increase the travel lanes to 13 feet, each side.

4. Increase the sidewalk to 12 feet, each side.

5. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

6. Relocate power poles underground.

7. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Main Street D

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T5.2

Right-of-Way Width

80'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

2 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 17'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min. North side; 15' min. South side

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.033)

24.595.540 Main Street – E.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately 5-Points to Mills Road, Main Street is defined by one- and two-story buildings commercial buildings on the north and one-story single-family houses on the south. This segment of Main Street represents the edge of the neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The northern streetscape is defined by shopfronts and the southern streetscape is delineated with a masonry block wall. It is a highway that was converted to an urban thoroughfare, with five travel lanes and parallel parking on one side. Landscape elements are limited, inconsistent, and do not create a pleasant pedestrian experience.

Existing Main Street E

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

120'

Pavement Width

102'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

5 lanes

Parking Lanes

One side @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 10' min.

Planter Type

None

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Median

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on mitigating the negative impacts of the existing thoroughfare’s highway character. The modifications intend to improve the quality of the pedestrian experience and enhance the accessibility of the existing businesses that front Main Street. Main Street is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Main Street should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed two stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking helps to support the businesses along Main Street.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

2. Relocate power poles underground.

3. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Main Street E

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

120'

Pavement Width

102'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

2 lanes

Parking Lanes

One side @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Median, Tree wells @ 30' o.c. Avg.

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Tree wells at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.034)

24.595.550 Thompson Boulevard – A.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Sanjon Road to Santa Cruz Street, Thompson Boulevard is defined by one- and two-story buildings which are primarily of a residential character. Thompson Boulevard was once a highway but this segment has since been populated with a variety of single- and multifamily building types, though a few motorist oriented services still remain. This segment of Thompson Boulevard represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The streetscape is primarily defined by residential frontage types with a few instances of commercial frontage types. Thompson Boulevard is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parking each side. Thompson Boulevard was designed as a highway with little consideration given to the pedestrian experience; this deficiency is mitigated by a parkway on each side.

Existing Thompson Boulevard A

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

84'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Parkway

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the street’s existing residential character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. This segment of Thompson Boulevard is almost exclusively a residential street. Future development on Thompson Boulevard should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed two stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking helps to support the residences along Thompson Boulevard.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Relocate power poles underground.

2. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Thompson Boulevard A

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

84'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Parkway

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.040)

24.595.560 Thompson Boulevard – B.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Santa Cruz Street to Seaward Avenue, Thompson Boulevard is defined by one- and two-story buildings which are primarily of a commercial nature. There are a number of underutilized and neglected sites along Thompson Boulevard. Many of the businesses are not currently oriented to serving the adjacent neighborhood. This segment of Thompson Boulevard represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The streetscape is primarily defined by commercial frontage types. Thompson Boulevard is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parking each side. Sidewalks and landscape elements are inconsistent.

Existing Thompson Boulevard B

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

92'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the existing street’s character, increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Thompson Boulevard is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Thompson Boulevard should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed two stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking is adequate to support the businesses along Thompson Boulevard.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

2. Relocate power poles underground.

3. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Thompson Boulevard B

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

92'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.041)

24.595.570 Thompson Boulevard – C.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Seaward Avenue to Howard Street, Thompson Boulevard is defined by one-story buildings which are primarily of a commercial nature. There are a number of underutilized and neglected sites along Thompson Boulevard. Many of the businesses are not currently oriented to serving the adjacent neighborhood. This segment of Thompson Boulevard represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. The streetscape is primarily defined by commercial frontage types. Thompson Boulevard is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parking each side. Sidewalks and landscape elements are inconsistent.

Existing Thompson Boulevard C

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

84'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the existing street’s character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Thompson Boulevard is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Thompson Boulevard should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Buildings should not exceed three stories in height and, where appropriate, be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking helps to support the businesses along Thompson Boulevard.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

2. Relocate power poles underground.

3. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Thompson Boulevard C

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

84'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

4 lanes

Parking Lanes

Both sides @ 8'

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 12' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.042)

24.595.580 Thompson Boulevard – D.

A. Existing Condition. From approximately Howard Street to Main Street, Thompson Boulevard is defined by one-story buildings which are commercial in nature and sit on relatively large sites. There is no cohesive or distinct character among this segment of Thompson Boulevard. Many of the businesses are not currently oriented to serving the adjacent neighborhood. This segment of Thompson Boulevard represents the edge of the surrounding neighborhood and has therefore been identified as a T4.5 zone. There are large gaps in the streetscape, which is not defined on either side of the street. Thompson Boulevard is an urban thoroughfare with four travel lanes and parking each side. Sidewalks and landscape elements are inconsistent.

Existing Thompson Boulevard D

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

100'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

5 lanes

Parking Lanes

None

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 20' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees, spacing varies

Transportation Provision

None

B. Proposed Approach. The proposed alterations are focused on reinforcing the existing street’s character and increasing the quality of the pedestrian experience. Thompson Boulevard is almost exclusively a commercial street with a few mixed-use buildings. Future development on Thompson Boulevard should maintain the established streetscape and land use pattern. Where appropriate, buildings should be provided with awnings that strengthen a sense of enclosure for shoppers and strollers. The pedestrian experience should be enhanced with sidewalks that have street trees in wells and pedestrian-scale lighting. The existing on-street parallel parking is adequate to support the businesses along Thompson Boulevard.

Recommended Adjustments.

1. Add five-foot tree wells at 30 feet o.c., each side.

2. Relocate power poles underground.

3. Replace serpent-head street lights with single-head column street lights.

Proposed Thompson Boulevard D

Thoroughfare Type

Street

Transect Zone Assignment

T4.5

Right-of-Way Width

100'

Pavement Width

60'

Movement

Free Movement

Design Speed

35 MPH

Pedestrian Crossing Time

8 – 11 seconds

Traffic Lanes

5 lanes

Parking Lanes

None

Curb Radius

10'

Public Frontage Type

Walkway Type

Sidewalk, 20' min.

Planter Type

Tree wells, 5'

Curb Type

Curb

Landscape Type

Trees at 30' o.c. Avg.

Transportation Provision

None

(Formerly 24M.208.043)

24.595.590 Public frontages.

Table D-1: Public Frontages – General. The public frontage is the area between the private lot line and the edge of the vehicular lanes. Dimensions are given in Table D-2 (Public Frontages – Specific)

A. (HW) For Highways: This frontage has open swales drained by percolation, bicycle trails and no parking. The landscaping consists of the natural condition or multiple species arrayed in naturalistic clusters. Buildings are buffered by distance or berms.

B. (RR) For Rural Roads: This frontage has open swales drained by percolation, without parking. The landscaping consists of multiple tree and shrub species arrayed in naturalistic clusters.

C. (SR) For Standard Roads: This frontage has open swales drained by percolation and a walking path or bicycle trail along one or both sides and yield parking. The landscaping consists of multiple species arrayed in naturalistic clusters.

D. (RS) For Residential Street: This frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets and narrow sidewalks separated from the vehicular lanes by a wide continuous planter, with parking on one or both sides. The landscaping consists of street trees of a single or alternating species aligned in a regularly spaced allee.

E. (SS) (AV) For Standard Streets or Avenues: This frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets and wide sidewalks separated from the vehicular lanes by a narrow continuous planter with parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of a single tree species aligned in a regularly spaced allee.

F. (CS) (AV) For Commercial Streets or Avenues: This frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets and very wide sidewalks along both sides separated from the vehicular lanes by separate tree wells with grates and parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of a single tree species aligned with regular spacing where possible but clears the shopfront entrances.

G. (BV) For Boulevards: This frontage has slip roads on both sides. It consists of raised curbs drained by inlets and sidewalks along both sides, separated from the vehicular lanes by planters. The landscaping consists of double rows of a single tree species aligned in a regularly spaced allee.

Table D-2: Public Frontages – Specific. This table assembles prescriptions and dimensions for the public frontage elements – curbs, walkways and planters – relative to specific thoroughfare types within transect zones. Locally appropriate planting species should be filled in to the calibrated code.

RURAL TRANSECT URBAN

Transect Zone Public Frontage Type

A. Assembly: The principal variables are the type and dimension of curbs, walkways, planters and landscape.

Total Width

16 – 24 feet

12 – 24 feet

12 – 18 feet

12 – 18 feet

18 – 24 feet

18 – 30 feet

B. Curb: The detailing of the edge of the vehicular pavement, incorporating drainage.

Type

Open Swale

Open Swale

Raised Curb

Raised Curb

Raised Curb

Raised Curb

Radius

10 – 30 feet

10 – 30 feet

5 – 20 feet

5 – 20 feet

5 – 20 feet

5 – 20 feet

C. Walkway: The pavement dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity.

Type

Path Optional

Path

Sidewalk

Sidewalk

Sidewalk

Sidewalk

Width

n/a

4 – 8 feet

4 – 8 feet

4 – 8 feet

12 – 20 feet

12 – 30 feet

D. Planter: The layer which accommodates street trees and other landscape.

Arrangement

Clustered

Clustered

Regular

Regular

Regular

Opportunistic

Species

Multiple

Multiple

Alternating

Single

Single

Single

Planter Type

Continuous Swale

Continuous Swale

Continuous Planter

Continuous Planter

Continuous Planter

Tree Well

Planter Width

8 feet – 16 feet

8 feet – 16 feet

8 feet – 12 feet

8 feet – 12 feet

4 feet – 6 feet

4 feet – 6 feet

(Formerly 24M.208.200)

24.595.600 Purpose.

This article regulates the development of large parcels or parcel assemblages. The intent is to generate buildings whose massing and articulation reflects the scale of the Midtown Corridors development pattern, and to prevent large monolithic and repetitive buildings. Large development projects shall be composed of multiple structures and/or shall be designed to have the appearance of multiple independent buildings. A variation in building height and a mix of various building and dwelling types within the same project is required in order to reflect the scale and the rhythm of the traditional lotting pattern that characterizes Midtown Ventura. (Formerly 24M.210.010)

24.595.610 Applicability.

Any parcel or parcel assemblage with a contiguous area of 30,000 square feet or more shall be developed as mixed type development in accordance with the standards in this article. Parcels or parcel assemblages with a contiguous area less than 30,000 square feet may also be developed as mixed type development. (Formerly 24M.210.020)

24.595.620 Submittal requirements.

An application for a development qualifying under this article shall include, at a minimum, a plan sheet, inclusive of diagrams and text, which identifies proposed individual building sites and their dimensions, existing adjacent thoroughfares, proposed new thoroughfares, proposed building type(s), proposed frontage type(s) and the relationship of the project site to its surrounding context. (Formerly 24M.210.030)

24.595.630 Relationship to zones and development standards and building type standards.

Each building within a mixed type development shall comply with the applicable requirements in the zones and development standards, building type standards and frontage type standards. However, standards and requirements shall be amended as follows:

A. Street Setback. For buildings not abutting a street this requirement shall be waived. Buildings shall instead conform with the dimensions and requirements for semipublic paseos and/or courtyards described below.

B. Access. For buildings not abutting a street pedestrian access shall be taken directly from a paseo or courtyard that functions as the extension of the public realm as described above.

C. Side and/or Rear Setback. The overall project site shall be governed by the applicable urban standards. Nominal lots shall be governed by the interior side setback for the applicable zone as per the urban standards. (Formerly 24M.210.040)

24.595.640 Mixed type development standards.

Each building within a mixed type development shall comply with the applicable requirements in the zones and development standards, building type standards and frontage type standards. However, standards and requirements shall be amended as follows:

A. Mixed Building Types.

1. Developments on parcels or parcel assemblages between 30,000 square feet and 50,000 square feet shall be composed of at least two buildings which may be of the same or different building types as allowed by the applicable zone.

2. Developments on parcels or parcel assemblages exceeding 50,000 square feet shall be composed of at least three buildings which may be of the same or different building types as allowed by the applicable zone.

3. Stacked dwellings are generally not permitted in the Midtown Corridors as they do not contribute much to enliven the street facade and do not provide direct street access for individual dwelling units. However, mixed type developments allow for the inclusion of stacked dwellings if they are integrated into the overall design of a project. The units located within a stacked dwelling building type shall comprise no more than 30 percent of the project’s total number of units and are encouraged to be located toward the rear of a lot.

B. Pedestrian Access. The relatively large midtown blocks and resulting deep lots often accommodate buildings within the block that do not necessarily have direct frontage on any of the block bounding streets. These standards aim at ensuring that all dwelling units and/or residential lobbies independent of their location within a block have access to and are connected with the public realm and thus the life of the city. To that end, the public realm shall extend into the block in the form of new streets, paseos and/or interconnected courtyards that provide direct access to a public street. Paseos and courtyards are limited to pedestrian traffic, and in no case may a vehicular driveway be the sole means of access to a dwelling. Permitted building types shall be arranged around and take their primary access from this semipublic extension of the public realm.

Semipublic paseos and courtyards that serve as an extension of the public realm shall have the following minimum dimensions and setbacks:

1. Paseos shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide between primary building walls. Architectural encroachments are not permitted.

2. Courtyards shall be at minimum 30 feet wide for north/south oriented courtyards, or 40 feet wide for east/west oriented courtyards. See Section 24.595.450(D), Open Space, for further detail. Architectural encroachments are permitted as per the zones and development standards.

C. Vehicular Access.

1. Parking shall be accessed from new internal streets, alleys or driveways. Cul-de-sacs and dead-end streets are prohibited unless topographical constraints prohibit through streets. Alleys may be dead-end if they allow for future connection to adjacent parcels. Garage doors shall face alleys or driveways. Flag lots are prohibited.

2. Thoroughfares shall fluctuate in design (i.e., travel lane widths, sidewalk widths, landscaping, etc.) according to variables including, but not limited to, vehicle capacity, vehicle speed, topography, pedestrian (including bicycle use) circulation, public transit, placement of adjacent buildings and businesses, and function beyond the project development boundaries; all subject to director approval.

D. Massing and Articulation. Development shall be designed as if buildings were to be built on narrow lots, following the 50-foot traditional lotting pattern in Midtown Ventura; subject to decision-making authority discretion for lesser or greater widths. Each building shall have a clear and harmonious pattern of vertically oriented facade openings including entries, windows, and bays and columns or other exposed vertical supports. Vertical articulations can be produced by variations in rooflines, window groupings, applied facade elements such piers or pilasters, bay windows and subtle changes in materials and vertical planes that create shadow lines and textural differences. Vertical elements break up long, monolithic building facades along the street. Major vertical elements should be a maximum of 50 feet apart measured center-to-center, which reflects the established parcel increment found throughout Midtown.

E. Public Buildings. Public buildings that, if included, are located in visually prominent central locations recognizable and accessible to the public. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 91 (Exh. G), 12-13-21. Formerly 24M.210.050)

24.595.650 Illustrative diagrams.

The following diagrams provide an illustrative example of how to comply with Section 24.595.640:

A. Original Site.

B. Introduce Streets.

C. Introduce Alleys.

D. Introduce Lots.

E. Introduce Building Types.

(Formerly 24M.210.060)

24.595.660 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the open space types allowed within the Midtown area, and provides design standards for each type, to ensure that proposed development is consistent with the city’s goals for character and quality of the public realm of the street.

B. Applicability. This article applies to greens, squares, plazas, and playgrounds which are the open space types allowed in the T4.5 and/or T5.2 zones. (Formerly 24M.212.010)

24.595.670 Open space types by zone.

Table: Open Space Types by Zone. This table provides descriptions of the character of open spaces and denotes which transect zone they are allowed in.

A. Park: A natural preserve available for unstructured recreation. A park may be independent of surrounding building frontages. Its landscape shall consist of paths and trails, meadows, woodland and open shelters, all naturalistically disposed. Parks may be lineal, following the trajectories of natural corridors. The minimum size shall be 15 acres. Larger parks may be approved by warrant as districts in all zones.

B. Green: An open space, available for unstructured recreation. A green may be spatially defined by landscaping rather than building frontages. Its landscape shall consist of lawn and trees, naturalistically disposed. The minimum size shall be two acres and the maximum shall be 15 acres.

C. Square: An open space available for unstructured recreation and civic purposes. A square is spatially defined by building frontages. Its landscape shall consist of paths, lawns and trees, formally disposed. Squares shall be located at the intersection of important thoroughfares. The minimum size shall be one acre and the maximum shall be five acres.

D. Plaza: An open space, available for civic purposes and commercial activities. A plaza shall be spatially defined by building frontages. Its landscape shall consist primarily of pavement. Trees are optional. Plazas shall be located at the intersection of important streets. The minimum size shall be one acre and the maximum shall be two acres.

E. Playground: An open space designed and equipped for the recreation of children. A playground shall be fenced and may include an open shelter. Playgrounds shall be interspersed within residential areas and may be placed within a block. Playgrounds may be included within parks and greens. There shall be no minimum or maximum size.

(Formerly 24M.212.030)

24.595.680 Purpose.

This article provides definitions of terms and phrases used in this Midtown Corridors Code that are technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If a definition in this article conflicts with a definition in another provision of the zoning ordinance or any other provision in the municipal code, these definitions shall control for the purposes of this Midtown Corridors Code. If a word or phrase is not defined in this article, the definition of such word or phrase as defined in the general plan or the zoning ordinance shall apply, in that order. If a word or phrase is not defined in this article or the general plan or the zoning ordinance, and a question arises as to how it is to be applied to a development proposal subject to this Midtown Corridors Code, the director shall determine the applicable definition in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 24.505, giving deference to common usage and the purpose and intent of the general plan, the zoning ordinance, and this Midtown Corridors Code. (Formerly 24M.300.010)

24.595.690 Definitions of specialized terms and phrases.

As used in this Midtown Corridors Code, the following terms and phrases shall have the meaning given them in this section, unless the context in which they are used clearly requires otherwise.

A. Definitions “A.”

Adult Business. See Chapter 24.492.

“Affordable housing” means a residential unit that is restricted to occupancy by an income eligible household as defined by a local, state, or federal program, as may be amended from time to time.

“Allee” means a regularly spaced and aligned row of trees usually planted along a thoroughfare or pedestrian path.

B. Definitions “B.”

“Bar, tavern, night club” means an establishment providing entertainment such as live music and dancing, on-site alcohol consumption, but not adult entertainment. The sale of alcoholic beverages is separately regulated by Chapter 24.460 (Alcoholic Beverage Establishments – Use Permits). Entertainment is also separately regulated by Chapter 10.450 (Dance Halls).

“Bicycle lane” (BL) means a dedicated bicycle lane running within a moderate-speed vehicular thoroughfare, demarcated by striping.

“Bicycle route” (BR) means a thoroughfare suitable for the shared use of bicycles and automobiles moving at low speeds.

“Bicycle trail” (BT) means a bicycle way running independently of a high-speed vehicular thoroughfare.

“Block” means the aggregate of private lots, passages, rear lanes and alleys, circumscribed by thoroughfares.

“Block face” means the aggregate of all the building facades on one side of a block. The block face provides the context for establishing architectural harmony.

“Building configuration” means the form of a building, based on its massing, private frontage, and height.

“Building disposition” means the placement of a building on its lot.

“Building function” means the uses accommodated by a building and its lot. Functions (i.e., use) are categorized in Table B, Land Use Tables (Section 24.595.230) and are either permitted by right or via use permit.

“Building height” means the vertical extent of a building measured in stories, not including a raised basement or a habitable attic. Exceptions to height limits specified in this Midtown Corridors Code are the exceptions listed in Section 24.405.030 as it may be amended, revised or replaced from time to time.

“Building type” means a structure category determined by function, disposition on the lot, and configuration, including frontage and height. Building heights are specified in the zones and development standards and illustrated in Table 2: Definitions Illustrated (Section 24.595.700(B)).

“Business support service” means a business that provides services to other businesses. Examples include:

Blueprinting.

Computer-related services (rental, repair).

Copying and quick printing services.

Film processing and photofinishing (retail).

Mailing and mail box services.

C. Definitions “C.”

“Civic” means a use operated by a public agency or nonprofit organization for the primary purpose of providing a service to the general public. Such uses are dedicated to, by way of example but without limitation, arts, culture, education, recreation, government, transit, and municipal/public parking.

“Civic building” means a building owned or leased by a public agency or nonprofit organization for the primary purpose of providing a service to the general public dedicated to arts, culture, education, recreation, government, transit, and municipal/public parking.

“Civic space” means an outdoor area dedicated for public use. Civic space types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationship between their intended use, their size, their landscaping and their enfronting buildings.

“Commercial” is the term collectively defining workplace, office and retail functions.

“Community meeting” means uses consisting of group gatherings conducted indoors. Typical uses include synagogues, mosques, temples, churches, community centers, bingo halls, private clubs, social, philanthropic and charitable organizations, and lodges. Additional typical uses include those providing live or recorded events or performances, or other activities intended for spectators that are conducted within an enclosed building such as motion picture theaters, music performance halls, and sports arenas.

“Context” means surroundings, including a combination of architectural, natural and civic elements that define specific neighborhood or block character.

“Corridor” means a lineal geographic system incorporating transportation and/or greenway trajectories. A transportation corridor may be a lineal urban transect zone.

D. Definitions “D.”

“Day care” means day care centers as defined by the Health and Safety Code, and the day care and supervision of more than 12 children under 18 years of age for periods less than 24 hours per day.

“Density” means the number of dwelling units within a standard measure of land area, usually given as units per acre.

“Design speed” means the velocity at which a thoroughfare tends to be driven without the constraints of signage or enforcement. There are four ranges of speed: very low: (below 20 miles per hour); low: (20 to 25 miles per hour); moderate: (25 to 35 miles per hour); high: (above 35 miles per hour). Lane width is determined by desired design speed.

“Drive-through retail or service” means a retail or service business where services may be obtained by motorists without leaving their vehicles. Examples include automated teller machines (ATMs), banks, pharmacy dispensaries, and restaurants.

“Driveway” means a vehicular lane within a lot, usually leading to a garage.

“Dwelling – multi-unit” means a single structure containing two or more dwelling units, or multiple units arranged with zero lot lines. These include: duplexes, triplexes, quadplexes; rowhouses, courtyard housing, and stacked dwellings.

“Dwelling – single dwelling” means a building designed for and/or occupied exclusively by one housekeeping unit. Also includes factory built, modular housing units, constructed in compliance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC), and mobile homes/manufactured housing units that comply with the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, placed on permanent foundation systems.

E. Definitions “E.”

“Elevation” means an exterior wall of a building not along a frontage line. See “Facade.”

“Emergency shelter” means housing with minimal supportive services for homeless persons and limits the occupancy of six months or less by a homeless person. No individual or household may be denied emergency shelter because of an inability to pay. This use type does not include special residential.

“Enfront” means to place an element along a frontage line, as in “porches enfront the street.”

“Entrance, principal” means the main point of access of pedestrians into a building.

F. Definitions “F.”

“Facade” means the exterior wall of a building that is set along a frontage line (see “Elevation”; “Frontage line”).

“Frontage line” means those lot lines that coincide with a public frontage. Facades along frontage lines define the public realm and are therefore more regulated than the elevations that coincide with other lot lines.

G. Definitions “G.”

“Gas stations” means retail sale, from the premises, of vehicle fuel which may include the incidental sale of other petroleum products, tires, batteries, and replacement items, and the incidental provision of minor repairs and lubricating services. Typical uses include automobile service stations and filling stations and special oil change and lube shops.

H. Definitions “H.”

“Health/fitness facility” means establishments offering predominantly participant sports within an enclosed building. Typical uses include bowling alleys, billiard parlors, pool halls, indoor ice or roller skating rinks, indoor racquetball courts, indoor batting cages and health or fitness clubs.

“Home occupation” means an occupation conducted at a premises containing a dwelling unit as an incidental use by the occupant of that dwelling.

I. Definitions “I.”

“Infill” means a project within existing urban fabric.

“Inside turning radius” means the curved edge of a thoroughfare at an intersection, measured at the inside edge of the vehicular tracking. The smaller the turning radius, the smaller the pedestrian crossing distance and the more slowly the vehicle is forced to make the turn.

J. Definitions “J.”

K. Definitions “K.”

L. Definitions “L.”

“Liner building” means a building specifically designed to mask a parking lot or a parking garage from a frontage.

“Lodging” means establishments providing two or more housekeeping units or six or more rooms or suites for temporary rental to members of the public and which may include incidental food, drink, and other sales and services intended for the convenience of guests. Typical uses include hotels, motels, and timeshare facilities.

“Lot line” means the boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a lot (see “Frontage line”).

“Lot width” means the length of the principal frontage line of a lot.

M. Definitions “M.”

“Medical/dental” means establishments providing medical, psychiatric, surgical, dental or other health-related services. This includes medical, dental, psychiatric or other therapeutic services offered in individual offices or suites, which may include laboratories incidental to the practitioner’s consulting or therapeutic work but excluding licensed health facilities, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1250, except as provided in Health and Safety Code Section 1267.8.

“Mortuary, funeral home” means a funeral home and/or parlor, where deceased are prepared for burial or cremation, and funeral services may be conducted.

N. Definitions “N.”

“Neighborhood” means an urbanized area at least 40 acres that is primarily residential. A neighborhood shall be based upon a partial or entire standard pedestrian shed. The physical center of the neighborhood should be located at an important traffic intersection associated with a civic or commercial institution.

O. Definitions “O.”

“Office” means offices of firms or organizations that primarily provide executive, management, administrative or financial services. It also refers to establishments primarily engaged in providing professional services to individuals or businesses, but excludes uses classified under the medical/dental. Typical uses include corporation headquarters and administrative offices, banks, savings and loans, law offices, real estate offices, public relations firms, advertising firms, insurance offices, travel agencies, and photography studios.

P. Definitions “P.”

“Parking facility – public or commercial” means a parking lot or structure operated by the city, or a private entity providing parking for a fee. Does not include towing impound and storage facilities.

“Parking structure” means a building containing two or more stories of parking. Parking structures shall have liner buildings at the first story or higher.

“Passage” (PS) means a pedestrian connector passing between buildings, providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting rear parking areas to frontages. Passages may be roofed over.

“Path” (PT) means a pedestrian way traversing a park or rural area, with landscape matching the contiguous open space. Paths should connect directly with the urban sidewalk network.

“Pedestrian shed” means an area, approximately circular, that is centered on a common destination. A pedestrian shed is applied to determine the approximate size of a neighborhood. A standard pedestrian shed is one-quarter-mile radius or 1,320 feet, about the distance of a five-minute walk at a leisurely pace. It has been shown that provided with a pedestrian environment, most people will walk this distance rather than drive. The outline of the shed must be refined according to actual site conditions, particularly along thoroughfares. A long pedestrian shed is one-half-mile radius or 2,640 feet, and may be used for mapping when transit is present or proposed. (Sometimes called a “walk-shed” or “walkable catchment.”) A linear pedestrian shed is elongated to follow a commercial corridor.

“Personal services” means establishments primarily engaged in the provision of services for the enhancement of personal appearance, cleaning, alteration or reconditioning of garments and accessories, and similar non-business-related or nonprofessional services. Typical uses include reducing salons, tanning salons, barber shops, tailors, shoe repair shops, self-service laundries, and dry cleaning shops, but exclude uses classified under office and trade school.

“Planter” means the element of the public streetscape which accommodates street trees. Planters may be continuous or individual.

“Principal building” means the main building on a lot, usually located toward the frontage.

“Printing and publishing” means a business that provides printing services using letterpress, lithography, gravure, screen, offset, or electrostatic (xerographic) copying; and other establishments serving the printing trade including bookbinding, typesetting, engraving, photoengraving and electrotyping. This use also includes: businesses that publish newspapers, books and periodicals; establishments manufacturing business forms and binding devices. “Quick printing” services are included in the definition of “business support services.”

“Private frontage” means the privately held layer between the frontage line and the principal building facade. The structures and landscaping within the private frontage may be held to specific standards. The variables of private frontage are the depth of the setback and the combination of architectural elements such as fences, stoops, porches and galleries (see Table C, Section 24.595.250).

“Public frontage” means the area between the curb of the vehicular lanes and the frontage line. Elements of the public frontage include the type of curb, walk, planter, street tree and streetlight (see Table D, Section 24.595.590).

Q. Definitions “Q.”

R. Definitions “R.”

“Rear alley” (AL) means a vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to service areas and parking, and containing utility easements. Alleys should be paved from building face to building face, with drainage by inverted crown at the center or with roll curbs at the edges.

“Rear lane” (LA) means a vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to parking and outbuildings and containing utility easements. Rear lanes may be paved lightly to driveway standards. Its streetscape consists of gravel or landscaped edges, no raised curb and is drained by percolation.

“Research and development” (R&D) means a facility for scientific research, and the design, development and testing of electrical, electronic, magnetic, optical and computer and telecommunications components in advance of product manufacturing; and the assembly of related products from parts produced off site, where the manufacturing activity is secondary to the research and development activities. Includes pharmaceutical, chemical and biotechnology research and development. Does not include soils and other materials testing laboratories (see Section 24.115.3380).

“Residential” means premises available for long-term human dwelling.

“Residential accessory use or structure” means a use and/or structure that is customarily a part of, and clearly incidental and secondary to, a residence, and does not change the character of the residential use. This definition includes, by way of example, the following types of uses or detached accessory structures, and other similar structures normally associated with a residential use of property.

Garage.

Gazebo.

Greenhouse (noncommercial).

Spa, hot tub.

Storage shed.

Studio.

Home office.

Recreation room.

Sleeping room.

Swimming pool.

Tennis or other on-site sport court.

Workshop.

Also includes the indoor storage of automobiles, personal recreational vehicles and other personal property, accessory to a residential use, excluding accessory dwelling units, which are governed by Chapter 24.430.

“Restaurant” means sale of prepared food and beverages in a ready-to-eat state for on-site or off-site consumption. A dining area may or may not be provided. Vehicle drive-up service is prohibited. The restaurant use may be ancillary to another use.

“Retail” means establishments engaged in the sale of goods and merchandise.

“Retail frontage line” means frontage lines that require the provision of a shopfront, causing the ground level to be available for retail use.

“Rowhouse” means a single-family dwelling that shares a party wall with another of the same type and occupies the full frontage line (syn: “Townhouse”).

S. Definitions “S.”

“School” includes the following facilities:

“Elementary, middle, secondary” means a public or private academic educational institution, including elementary (kindergarten through sixth grade), middle and junior high schools (seventh and eighth grades), secondary and high schools (ninth through twelfth grades). May also include any of these schools that also provide room and board.

“Specialized education/training” means a public or private institution that provides education and/or training, including vocational training, in limited subjects. Examples of these schools include:

Art school.

Ballet and other dance school.

Business, secretarial, and vocational school.

Computers and electronics school.

Drama school.

Driver education school.

Establishments providing courses by mail.

Language school.

Martial arts.

Music school.

Professional school (law, medicine, etc.).

Seminaries/religious ministry training facility.

Does not include preschools and child day care facilities (see “Day care”). See also the definition of “Studio – art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.” for smaller-scale facilities offering specialized instruction.

“Setback” means the area of a lot measured from the lot line to a building facade or elevation. This area must be maintained clear of permanent structures with the exception of: galleries, fences, garden walls, arcades, porches, stoops, balconies, bay windows, terraces and decks (that align with the first story level) which are permitted to encroach into the setback.

“Sidewalk” means the paved layer of the public frontage dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity.

“Side yard plane” means a height limitation that, when combined with the maximum height, helps define the building envelope within which each new structure or addition must be contained. The side yard plane is an inclined plane, beginning at 15 feet above average grade (or the first story parapet or eave, whichever is higher), as depicted in the development standards for each zone, and extending into the site at a 45-degree upward angle to the horizontal up to the maximum height limit. The side yard plane may further limit the height or horizontal extent of the building at any specific point where the side yard plane is more restrictive than the height limit applicable at such point on the site. The side yard plane shall apply only to side yards of parcels abutting north-south through streets, and shall not apply to the intersection of Thompson Boulevard and Seaward Avenue.

“Single room occupancy” (SRO) means a building with single rooms that are made available for rental and that provide sleeping areas with shared bathrooms and kitchens.

“Special residential” means a use within or comprising any of the following use types as the definitions of same may be amended from time to time: group care residential (defined in the zoning ordinance), group care (defined in the zoning ordinance), boarding houses (defined in the zoning ordinance), and single room occupancy (defined in this glossary).

“Standard pedestrian shed” means an area, approximately circular, that is centered on a common destination. A pedestrian shed is applied to determine the approximate size of a neighborhood. A standard pedestrian shed is one-quarter-mile radius or 1,320 feet, about the distance of a five-minute walk at a leisurely pace. It has been shown that provided with a pedestrian environment, most people will walk this distance rather than drive. The outline of the shed must be refined according to actual site conditions, particularly along thoroughfares. (Sometimes called a “walkshed” or “walkable catchment.”) See “Pedestrian shed.”

“Story” means a habitable level within a building where ground floor is a minimum of 15 feet in height and upper stories are no more than 14 feet in height from finished floor to floor. Attics and raised basements are not considered stories for the purposes of determining building height.

“Street” (ST) means a local urban thoroughfare of low speed and capacity. Its public frontage consists of raised curbs drained by inlets and sidewalks separated from the vehicular lanes by a planter and parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of regularly placed street trees. This type is permitted within the more urban transect zones (T4 through T6).

“Streetscape” means the urban element that establishes the major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed of thoroughfares (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) as well as the visible private frontages (building facades and elevations, porches, yards, fences, awnings, etc.), and the amenities of the public frontages (street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, etc.).

“Studio – art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.” means small scale facilities, typically accommodating one group of students at a time, in no more than one instructional space. Larger facilities are included under the definition of “Schools – Specialized education and training.” Examples of these facilities include: individual and group instruction and training in the arts; production rehearsal; photography, and the processing of photographs produced only by users of the studio facilities; martial arts training studios; gymnastics instruction, and aerobics and gymnastics studios with no other fitness facilities or equipment. Also includes production studios for individual musicians, painters, sculptors, photographers, and other artists.

T. Definitions “T.”

“Terminated vista” means a location at the axial conclusion of a thoroughfare. A building located at a terminated vista designated on a regulating plan is required to be designed in response to the axis.

“Thoroughfare” means a vehicular way incorporating moving lanes and parking lanes within a right-of-way.

“Thrift stores” means any retail establishment primarily selling used goods that are donated or acquired for less than reasonable wholesale value of the goods.

Townhouse. Syn: “Rowhouse.”

“Transect” means a system of ordering human habitats in a range from the most natural to the most urban as summarized in Chapter 3 of the general plan. Among other applications of the transect, the SmartCode is based upon six transect zones which describe the physical character of place at any scale, according to the density and intensity of land use and urbanism.

“Transect zone” (T zone) means a geographically specific zoning classification established to regulate development patterns in accordance with the transect system. Transect zones are administratively similar to the land-use zones in conventional zoning ordinances, except that in addition to the usual building use, density, height, and setback requirements, other elements of the intended habitat are integrated, including those of the private lot and building and the enfronting public streetscape. The elements are determined by their location on the transect scale. The basic T zones are: T1 natural, T2 rural, T3 suburban, T4 general urban, T5 urban center, and T6 urban core (see Table A, Section 24.595.090).

“Transit station or terminal” means a passenger station for vehicular and rail mass transit systems; also terminal facilities providing maintenance and service for the vehicles operated in the transit system. Includes bus terminals, taxi stands, railway stations, etc.

“Transition line” means a horizontal line spanning the full width of a facade, expressed by a material change or by a continuous horizontal articulation such as a cornice or a balcony.

“Type” means a category determined by function, disposition, and configuration, including size or extent. There are community types, street types, civic space types, etc. (See also: “Building type.”)

U. Definitions “U.”

V. Definitions “V.”

W. Definitions “W.”

“Wireless telecommunications facility” means as defined in Chapter 24.497.

X. Definitions “X.”

Y. Definitions “Y.”

Z. Definitions “Z.”

(Formerly 24M.300.020)

24.595.700 Definitions illustrated.

A. Table 1: Definitions Illustrated.

1. Thoroughfare and Frontages.

2. Turning Radius.

3. Building Disposition.

4. Lot Layers.

5. Frontage and Lot Lines.

B. Table 2: Definitions Illustrated.

1. Courtyard Housing Configurations.

a. Bungalow Court. A bungalow court is comprised of individual, detached single-family dwellings oriented around a common courtyard. This type is the least dense and can seamlessly fit into any single-family residential neighborhood.

b. Side Courtyard. A side courtyard is defined on one or two sides by attached flats and/or townhouses. The courtyard may be completely open to the street (for a more suburban setting) or be hidden from the street by the building (for a more urban setting).

c. Open Courtyard. An open courtyard is a court that is surrounded on three sides by a “U” shaped building. The fourth side is completely open to the street.

d. Forecourt Courtyard. A forecourt courtyard is surrounded by buildings on three sides. The fourth side is partially open to the street, the open, unroofed portion (the forecourt), providing a transition to the street. In this courtyard type, access from the street to the courtyard can be controlled with a gate.

e. Zaguan Courtyard. A zaguan courtyard is very similar to a forecourt courtyard, the only difference being that the passageway leading from the court to the street is covered by a roof. The zaguan, a covered passage that passes through the building and gives access to the street, can be gated.

f. Composite Courtyard. A composite court is a courtyard compromised of a large primary courtyard from which small, secondary patios branch off. The primary courtyard can be any of the previous attached-dwelling types discussed previously.

g. Corner Courtyard. A corner courtyard places the passageway leading from the street to the courtyard at the corner of the lot. The passageway is open to the sky. Access to and from the courtyard can be controlled with a gate.

h. Multiple Courtyard. A multiple courtyard consists of two or more separate courts. Though distinct spaces, these courtyards, comprised of any of the previous types, are connected via public passageways open to the sky or via zaguans.

i. Corner Lot Courtyard. A corner lot courtyard places any of the previous courtyard types at the intersection of two streets. Since this type faces two streets, the side of the courtyard that does not provide access to the street must provide frontages to the street and to the courtyard.

2. Building Height.

(Formerly 24M.300.030)

24.600.010 Purpose.

This article establishes the zones applied to properties within the city and adopts the regulating plan for the Victoria Avenue Corridor area as its zoning map. (Formerly 24V.100.010)

24.600.020 Regulating plan and transect zones.

The council hereby adopts the Victoria Avenue Corridor Regulating Plan (hereafter referred to as the “regulating plan”), as shown in Figure 1, as an amendment to the zoning district map authorized by Section 24.105.040 (Adoption of the zoning district map).

A. Transect Zones Established. The area within the regulating plan boundaries is subject to this Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code, and shall be divided into transect zones that implement the Ventura general plan. The transect zones described in Section 24.600.030 (Transect zone descriptions) are hereby established, and shall be shown on the regulating plan for the Victoria Avenue Corridor area.

B. Interpretation of Zone Boundaries. If there is uncertainty about the location of any zone boundary shown on the regulating plan, the location of the boundary shall be determined by the director as follows.

1. Where a zone boundary approximately follows a lot line, alley, or street line, the lot line, street or alley centerline shall be construed as the zone boundary, as applicable;

2. If a zone boundary divides a parcel and the boundary line location is not specified by distances printed on the regulating plan, the location of the boundary will be determined by using the scale appearing on the regulating plan; and

3. Where a public street or alley is officially vacated or abandoned, the property that was formerly in the street or alley will be included within the zone of the adjoining property on either side of the vacated or abandoned street or alley. (Formerly 24V.100.020)

24.600.030 Transect zone descriptions.

Table A: Transect Zone Descriptions. This table provides a generalized transect for Ventura. A detailed description of the transect refinements used in this development code is in subsections A through D of this section.

T1 THE NATURAL ZONE consists of the natural and permanent open space areas within Ventura that are intended for preservation. These include the sand beach along the ocean, the Ventura River corridor, the Santa Clara River corridor, the hillsides to the north, and the Ventura/Oxnard Greenbelt to the south, and certain barrancas within the city fabric. The T1 zone may also include lands unsuitable for settlement due to topography, hydrology or vegetation.

T2 THE RURAL ZONE consists of areas of Ventura that are reserved for agricultural use (SOAR), and have an open “country road” character and are sparsely settled. Significant T2 areas are present between the 101 Freeway and the Santa Clara River in the Olivas, Northbank, Montalvo and Serra communities; in the “internal greenbelt” running north to Foothill Road through the Serra and Poinsettia communities; south of Foothill Road in the Juanamaria and Wells communities, and in small patches of the North Avenue community.

T3 THE SUBURBAN ZONE consists of low-density suburban residential areas within the College, Thille, Montalvo, Poinsettia, Juanamaria, Serra, Saticoy and Wells communities. Planting is naturalistic with relatively deep setbacks. Blocks may be large and the roads irregular to accommodate natural conditions.

T4 THE GENERAL URBAN ZONE consists of a mixed-use but primarily residential urban fabric. It has wide range of building types. Setbacks and landscaping are variable. Streets typically define medium sized blocks.

T5 THE URBAN CENTER ZONE consists of higher density mixed-use building types that accommodate retail, office, rowhouses and apartment uses. It has a tight network of streets with wide sidewalks, steady tree planting, and buildings set close to the frontages.

T6 THE URBAN CORE ZONE consists of the heart of Downtown Ventura, which has the highest development intensities in the city and the greatest variety of uses, and important civic buildings. The Downtown is the city’s historic and cultural heart, and the code is intended to encourage the area to also become richly mixed use, with specialty retail, offices, and residential in mixed-use buildings, and a wide variety of quality restaurants. Buildings are generally simpler and boxier in their massing than in other parts of the city, predominantly mixed in use, between two and six stories in scale, attached to one another, and set close to street frontages. Streetscapes are intended to include wide sidewalks with steady street tree plantings set in the pavement.

Note: T1, T2, T3, and T6 are shown above for reference, and are not applied to the Victoria Avenue Corridor Plan Area by this development code.

A. General Urban Zone 5 (T4.5). The general urban zone (T4.5) allows both residential and neighborhood-serving commercial uses within a walkable neighborhood setting. Forming the transition between Victoria Avenue’s activity and surrounding residential neighborhoods, the general urban zone includes single-family dwellings and multifamily housing types. Maximum height is three stories for compatibility with adjacent homes. Live/work units fit well in this transitional environment.

B. General Urban Zone 8 (T4.8). This transect zone retains the character of the corridor’s established employment center, with generous setbacks and relatively low frontage coverage in a well-landscaped setting. Dining and business service uses can mix with a variety of office activities in the workplace zone.

C. General Urban Zone 9 (T4.9). A grand avenue edge is created along Victoria Avenue with workplace buildings and vertical mixed use. Multistory buildings of two to six stories are set back sufficiently from the property line to allow construction of public realm improvements.

Behind the corridor edge, workplace buildings and frontage types are arranged with their primary facade oriented to streets. The corridor’s workplace is supported by a limited mix of multistory mixed-use, multifamily housing, and retail development. This zone offers easy walks to convenience uses along Victoria Avenue.

D. Urban Center Zone (T5.3) Town Center. This is the most urban transect zone along Victoria Avenue, featuring multistory buildings up to six floors. This zone calls for a unified, high-intensity, highly walkable mixed-use district with ground floor restaurants and shops and a highly amenitized public realm including a public plaza, ornamental street trees, lights, and public art. Along the edge of Victoria Avenue, active ground floor uses (shops and dining) are required with housing, office, civic, and lodging permitted on upper floors. Shopfront buildings assure frequent entries and a high level of transparency into stores and restaurants.

Table B. Regulations Summary Table

T4.5

T4.8

T4.9

T5.3

General Urban Zone 5

General Urban Zone 8

General Urban Zone 9

Urban Center Zone 3

Building Placement

Primary Building

Front Setback (min/max)

0 ft/20 ft

0 ft/30 ft

0 ft/15 ft

0 ft/10 ft

Side Street Setback (min/max)

5 ft/20 ft

10 ft/30 ft

5 ft/15 ft

0 ft/10 ft

Side Yard Setback

5 ft min

10 ft min

10 ft min

0 ft min

Rear Setback

20 ft min

10 ft min

10 ft min

10 ft min

Alley Setback

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

Frontage Coverage (min)

n/a

50%

60%

90%

Build-To-Corner

not required

not required

required

required

Height

Primary Building

Minimum

n/a

2 floors and 20 feet

1 floor and 20 feet

3 floors and 30 feet

Maximum

3 floors and 45 feet

6 floors and 70 feet

6 floors and 70 feet

6 floors and 70 feet

Maximum (in 1 – 4 story height limit overlay)

n/a

4 floors and 48 feet

4 floors and 48 feet

n/a

Minimum shopfront floor to floor

n/a

15 feet

15 feet

15 feet

Bulk Reduction

n/a

10% above 4th floor

20% above 4th floor

10% above 4th floor

Height Limit Adjacent to Homes

not required

required

required

required

Private Frontage Types

Common Yard

permitted

Dooryard

permitted

Porch and Fence

permitted

Stoop

permitted

permitted

permitted

Forecourt

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Lightcourt

permitted

permitted

permitted

Shopfront and Awning

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Gallery

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Arcade

permitted

permitted

permitted

Grand Lobby Entry

permitted

permitted

permitted

Grand Portico

permitted

permitted

permitted

Building Types

Accessory Dwelling Unit

permitted subject to Chapter 24.430

Front Yard House

permitted

Side Yard House

permitted

Multiplex (duplex, triplex, quadplex)

permitted

Villa

permitted

Mansion

MTD Standards apply

Bungalow Court

permitted

MTD Standards apply

Rowhouse

permitted

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

Live/Work

permitted

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

Side Court Housing

permitted

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

Courtyard Housing

permitted

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

Stacked Dwellings

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

MTD Standards apply

Commercial Block

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Parking and Services

Placement

Street Setback

rear 50% of lot depth

rear 75% of lot depth

rear 75% of lot depth

rear 75% of lot depth

Side Street Setback

20 ft min

10 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

Side Yard Setback

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

0 ft min

Rear Street Setback

5 ft min

10 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

Rear Yard Setback

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

Alley Setback

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

5 ft min

Parking Requirements

Provision

See Transect Zone Urban Standards for parking provision requirements

Blocks and Streets

Block Perimeter

1,600 ft max

1,600 ft max

1,600 ft max

1,600 ft max

New Street Types

Main Street

permitted

permitted

Workplace Avenue and Street

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Neighborhood Avenue and Street

permitted

permitted

permitted

Neighborhood and Workplace Green

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

–: not permitted

permitted: these elements are allowed by right

required: these are required elements of all new development

MTD Standards apply: Subject to Mixed Type Development Standards in Article 11 of this chapter

n/a: not applicable as indicated

(Formerly 24V.100.030)

24.600.040 Standards and guidelines.

This development code allows for variations from standards and guidelines, pursuant to Section 24.600.690 and Chapter 24.537. The type of variation allowed falls into three categories: [DR] = Design Review, [W] = Warrant, and [E] = Exception. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.200.010)

24.600.045 The general urban zone 5 (T4.5).

A. Building Placement.

Diagram A: Building Placement

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter: [E]

Minimum

Max.

a. Front Setback

Per allowed frontage type

20'

b. Side Street Setback

Per allowed frontage type

c. Side Yard Setback

5'

d. Rear Setback (no alley)

1- or 2-story buildings: 20'

3-story buildings: 30'

i. With > 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3-story buildings: 10'

ii. With < 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3-story buildings: 20'

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement): [E]

Minimum

a. Street Setback

Within 50% of the rear lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5'

c. Side Yard Setback

5'

d. Rear Setback

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3-story buildings: See primary building standards

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC. [W]

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

Diagram B: Building Profile

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits: [E]

a. Primary building

Max.: 3 floors and 45 feet

Min.: floor to floor: 15 feet

b. Accessory buildings

Max.: 24 feet to eave

2. Allowed Frontage Types. Only the following frontage types are allowed within the T4.5 zone. The street facing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 5 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter: [W]1

Frontage Type

Minimum Setback

Common Yard

15'

Door Yard

10'

Porch and Fence

15'

Stoop

10'

Forecourt

0'

Lightcourt

10'

Shopfront and Awning

0'

Gallery

0'

C. Parking and Services.

Diagram C: Parking Placement

1. Parking and Services Placement. Compliance with the following requirements, within the maximum parking envelope shown on the diagram, unless subterranean: [E]

a. Street Setback

Within the rear 50% of lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5' min. (with alley), 20' min. (no alley)

c. Side Yard Setback

5' min.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415 and Article 10 of this chapter: [E]

a. Residential.

i. 1 – 2 dwelling units

2-car garage per unit

ii. 3 dwelling units (apartments)

1 covered for 1-bedroom units

1 covered + 1 uncovered for 2+ bedroom units

1/4 uncovered per unit for guest parking

iii. Condominiums:

2-1/2 spaces per unit (2 of which need to be in the garage)

b. Nonresidential:

1 parking space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area

D. Building Types. Only the building types shown in the table below are allowed in the T4.5 general urban zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

Note:

1Mixed type development is described in Article 11 of this chapter. Mixed type development is required on parcels of 30,000 square feet or more and allowed on parcels of any size.

E. Allowed Land Uses. Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.600.180 (Land use table) shall be established on a lot in the T4.5 general urban zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.600.180.

F. Other Standards Specific to Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. Due to the Victoria Avenue Corridor’s unique characteristics and location, additional regulations beyond the T4.5 base urban standards have been created to ensure that the goals of creating a walkable neighborhood setting are met.

1. Public Frontage Types. The Victoria Avenue parkway overlay applies to parcels fronting Victoria Avenue, as specified in Article 3 of this chapter.

2. Blocks and Streets.

a. Block perimeter: 1,600 feet maximum.

b. New Street Types.

i. Workplace avenue and street.

ii. Neighborhood avenue and street.

iii. Neighborhood and workplace green.

3. Signage. See Article 12 of this chapter for permitted sign types. (Formerly 24V.200.045)

24.600.048 The general urban zone 8 (T4.8).

A. Building Placement.

Diagram A: Building Placement

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter: [E]

Minimum

Max.

a. Front Setback

Per allowed frontage type

30'

b. Side Street Setback

Per allowed frontage type

30'

c. Side Yard Setback

10'

d. Rear Setback (no alley)

10'

i. With > 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings:

5'

3 – 6-story buildings:

10'

ii. With < 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings:

5'

3 – 6-story buildings: 20'

e. Frontage Coverage

50%

f. Build-to-Corner

Not required

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement): [E]

Minimum

a. Street Setback Within

50% of the rear lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5'

c. Side Yard Setback

5'

d. Rear Setback

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: See primary building standards

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC. [W]

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

Diagram B: Building Profile

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits: [E]

Primary building

Min.: 2 floors and 20 feet

Max.: 6 floors and 75 feet

Min.: Shopfront floor to floor: 15 ft

Accessory buildings

Min.: 12 feet

Max.: 24 feet

Bulk reduction

10% reduction above the 4th floor

Height limit adjacent to homes

Required

2. Allowed Frontage Types. Only the following frontage types below are allowed within the T4.8 zone. The street facing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 5 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter. For parcels within the Victoria parkway overlay, minimum setbacks shall be calculated from the back of shy distance line.

Frontage Type

Minimum Setback

Forecourt

0'

Lightcourt

10'

Shopfront and Awning

0'

Gallery

0'

Arcade

0'

Grand Portico Entry

15'

Grand Lobby Entry

15'

C. Parking and Services.

Diagram C: Parking Placement

1. Parking and Services Placement. Compliance with the following requirements, within the maximum parking envelope shown on the diagram above, unless subterranean: [E]

a. Street Setback

Rear 75% of the lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

10' min.

c. Side Yard Setback

5' min.

d. Rear Street Setback

10' min.

e. Rear Yard Setback

5' min.

f. Alley Setback

5' min.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415 and Article 10 of this chapter: [E]

a. Industry, manufacturing and processing: one space per 500 square feet of gross floor area.

b. Recreation, education, public safety, retail, services: one parking space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.

D. Building Types. Only the building types shown in the table below are allowed in the T4.8 general urban zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

E. Allowed Land Uses.1 Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.600.180 (Land use table) shall be established on a lot in the T4.8 general urban zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.600.180.

1. Special Conditions With Respect to Use. Gasoline sales is a conditional use. The determining factors in the decision to grant a conditional use permit shall be the proximity of the proposed use to Freeways 101 or 126, with proximity favoring the granting of a use permit, and whether the establishment of a gasoline sales use can be consistent with the vision expressed in this plan.

F. Other Standards Specific to Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. Due to the Victoria Avenue Corridor’s unique characteristics and location, additional regulations beyond the T4.8 base urban standards have been created to ensure that the goals of creating a walkable neighborhood setting are met.

1. Public Frontage Types.

a. The Victoria Avenue parkway overlay applies to parcels fronting Victoria Avenue, as specified in Article 3 of this chapter.

2. Blocks and Streets.

a. Block perimeter: 1,600 feet maximum.

b. New street types:

i. Workplace avenue and street.

ii. Neighborhood and workplace green.

3. Signage. See Article 12 of this chapter for permitted sign types.

Note:

1Mixed type development is described in Article 11 of this chapter. Mixed type development is required on parcels of 30,000 square feet or more and allowed on parcels of any size. Mixed type uses are required on all parcels within the T4.8 transect zone.

(Formerly 24V.200.048)

24.600.049 The general urban zone 9 (T4.9).

A. Building Placement.

Diagram A: Building Placement

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter: [E]

Minimum

Maximum

a. Front Setback

Per allowed frontage type

15'

b. Side Street Setback

Per allowed frontage type

15'

c. Side Yard Setback

10'

d. Rear Setback (no alley)

10'

i. With > 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: 10'

ii. With < 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: 20'

f. Frontage Coverage

60%

g. Build-to-Corner

Required

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement): [E]

Minimum

a. Street Setback

Within 50% of the rear lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5'

c. Side Yard Setback

5'

d. Rear Setback

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: See primary building standards

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC. [W]

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

Diagram B: Building Profile

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits: [E]

a. Primary building

Min.: 1 floor and 20 feet

Max.: 6 floors and 75 feet

Min.: Shopfront floor to floor: 15 feet

b. Accessory buildings

Min.: 12 feet

Max.: 24 feet

c. Bulk reduction

20% reduction above the 4th floor

d. Height limit adjacent to homes

Required

2. Allowed Frontage Types.

a. Only the following frontage types are allowed within the T4.9 zone. The street facing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 5 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter: [W]

Frontage Type

Minimum Setback

Stoop

10'

Forecourt

0'

Lightcourt

10'

Shopfront and Awning

0'

Gallery

0'

Arcade

0'

Grand Portico Entry

15'

Grand Lobby Entry

15'

b. For parcels within the Victoria parkway overlay or the Victoria shopfront overlay, minimum setbacks shall be calculated from the back of shy distance line.

C. Parking and Services.

Diagram C: Parking Placement

1. Parking and Services Placement. Compliance with the following requirements, within the maximum parking envelope shown on the diagram above, unless subterranean: [E]

a. Street Setback

Rear 75% of the lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5' min.

c. Side Yard Setback

5' min.

d. Rear Street Setback

5' min.

e. Rear Yard Setback

5' min.

f. Alley Setback

5' min.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415 and Article 10 of this chapter: [E]

a. Industry, Manufacturing, and Processing

1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area

b. Recreation, Education, Public Safety, Retail, Services

1 parking space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area

c. Residential

i. 1 – 2 dwelling units

2-car garage per unit

ii. 3 dwelling units (apartments)

1 covered for 1-bedroom units

1 covered + 1 uncovered for 2+ bedroom units

1/4 uncovered per unit for guest parking

iii. Condominiums

2-1/2 spaces per unit (2 of which need to be in a garage)

D. Building Types. Only the building types shown in the table below are allowed in the T4.9 general urban zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

E. Allowed Land Uses. Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.600.180 (Land use table) shall be established on a lot in the T4.9 general urban zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.600.180.

1. Special Conditions With Respect to Use.

a. Mixed type development standards apply as specified in Article 11 of this chapter.

b. Shopfront overlay standards apply as indicated on the regulating plan.

c. Neighborhood center overlay standards apply as indicated on the regulating plan.

d. Gasoline sales is a conditional use. The determining factors in the decision to grant a conditional use permit shall be the proximity of the proposed use to Freeways 101 or 126, with proximity favoring the granting of a use permit, and whether the establishment of a gasoline sales use can be consistent with the vision expressed in this plan.

F. Other Standards Specific to Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. Due to the Victoria Avenue Corridor’s unique characteristics and location, additional regulations beyond the T4.9 base urban standards have been created to ensure that the goals of creating a walkable neighborhood setting are met.

1. Public Frontage Types.

a. The Victoria Avenue parkway overlay applies to parcels fronting Victoria Avenue, as specified in Article 3 of this chapter.

b. Public frontage improvements required as part of the Victoria shopfront overlay applies to parcels within the Victoria shopfront overlay, as specified in Article 3 of this chapter.

2. Blocks and Streets.

a. Block perimeter: 1,600 feet maximum.

b. New Street Types.

i. Workplace avenue and street.

ii. Neighborhood avenue and street.

iii. Neighborhood and workplace green.

3. Signage. See Article 12 of this chapter for permitted sign types. (Formerly 24V.200.049)

24.600.053 The urban center zone 3 (T5.3) town center.

A. Building Placement.

Diagram A: Building Placement

1. Primary Buildings. A primary building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope as shown in the diagram above, unless specified otherwise by the standards for an allowed building type in Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter: [E]

Minimum

Maximum

a. Front Setback

Per allowed frontage type

10'

b. Side Street Setback

Per allowed frontage type

10'

c. Side Yard Setback

0'

d. Rear Setback (no alley)

10'

i. With > 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: 10'

ii. With < 20' alley

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: 10'

f. Frontage Coverage

90%

g. Build-to Corner

Required

2. Accessory Buildings. An accessory building shall be placed on a lot in compliance with the following requirements, within the building envelope shown in Diagram C (Parking Placement): [E]

Minimum

a. Street Setback

Within 50% of the rear lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5'

c. Side Yard Setback

5'

d. Rear Setback

1 – 2-story buildings: 5'

3 – 6-story buildings: See primary building standards

3. Architectural Encroachments. Patios, uncovered stoops, roof overhangs, and awnings may encroach eight feet maximum into the required setbacks, as may be further limited by the UBC. [W]

B. Building Profile and Frontage.

Diagram B: Building Profile

1. Height. Each structure shall comply with the following height limits: [E]

a. Primary building

Min.: 3 floors and 35 feet

Max.: 6 floors and 75 feet

Min.: Shopfront floor to floor: 15 ft

b. Accessory buildings

Min.: 12 feet

Max.: 24 feet

c. Bulk reduction

10% reduction above the 4th floor

d. Height limit adjacent to homes

Required

2. Allowed Frontage Types. Only the following frontage types are allowed within the T5.3 zone. The street facing facade of each primary building shall be designed as one of the following frontage types, in compliance with Article 5 (Frontage Type Standards) of this chapter: [W]

Frontage Type

Minimum Setback

Stoop

5'

Forecourt

0'

Shopfront and Awning

0'

Gallery

0'

Arcade

0'

Grand Portico Entry

15'

Grand Lobby Entry

15'

For parcels within the Victoria parkway overlay or the Victoria shopfront overlay, minimum setbacks shall be calculated from the back of shy distance line.

C. Parking and Services.

Diagram C: Parking Placement

1. Parking and Services Placement. Compliance with the following requirements, within the maximum parking envelope shown on the diagram above, unless subterranean: [E]

a. Street Setback

Rear 75% of the lot depth

b. Side Street Setback

5' min.

c. Side Yard Setback

0' min.

d. Rear Street Setback

5' min.

e. Rear Yard Setback

5' min.

f. Alley Setback

5' min.

2. Parking Requirements. Each site shall be provided off-street parking as follows, designed in compliance with the requirements in Chapter 24.415 and Article 10 of this chapter: [E]

a. Industry, Manufacturing, and Processing

1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area

b. Recreation, Education, Public Safety, Retail, Services

1 parking space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area

c. Lodging

1 space per guestroom

d. Residential

i. 1 – 2 dwelling units

2-car garage per unit

ii. 3 dwelling units (apartments)

1 covered for 1-bedroom units

1 covered + 1 uncovered for 2+ bedroom units

1/4 uncovered per unit for guest parking

iii. Condominiums

2-1/2 spaces per unit (2 of which need to be in a garage)

D. Building Types. Only the building types shown in the table below are allowed in the T5.3 urban center zone, on lots of the minimum widths shown. Each allowed building type shall be designed in compliance with Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter.

E. Allowed Land Uses. Only a land use identified as permitted or conditional by Section 24.600.180 (Land use table) shall be established on a lot in the T5.3 urban center zone, in compliance with the planning permit requirements of Section 24.600.180.

F. Special Conditions With Respect to Use.

1. Mixed type development standards apply as specified in Article 11 of this chapter.

2. Shopfront overlay standards apply as indicated on the regulating plan.

3. On new main streets, ground floor uses shall be retail.

4. At least one retail or entertainment anchor tenant shall be located prominently along or at the visible terminus of the required main street, with either the anchor building or its signage visible from Victoria Avenue.

5. Cumulative development must include at least 150,000 square feet of retail, service, and dining uses including at minimum one anchor retail or entertainment use.

6. Public open space in the form of a square or plaza must be located along the main street and may be utilized by restaurants for outdoor dining and entertainment.

G. Other Standards Specific to Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. Due to the Victoria Avenue Corridor’s unique characteristics and location, additional regulations beyond the T5.3 base urban standards have been created to ensure that the goals of creating a walkable neighborhood setting are met.

1. Public Frontage Types.

a. Public frontage improvements required as part of the Victoria shopfront overlay applies to parcels within the Victoria shopfront overlay, as specified in Article 3 of this chapter.

2. Blocks and Streets.

a. Block perimeter: 1,600 feet maximum.

b. New street types.

c. Main Street.

i. A continuous Main Street with a minimum cumulative length of 900 feet is required.

ii. The Main Street must connect with Victoria Avenue. A town center on the west side of Victoria Avenue must have a Main Street that intersects with Victoria Avenue directly across from the main entry to Montalvo Square.

iii. The Main Street may be comprised of multiple continuous segments.

d. Workplace avenue and street.

e. Neighborhood avenue and street.

f. Neighborhood and workplace green.

4. Signage. See Article 12 of this chapter for permitted sign types. (Formerly 24V.200.053)

24.600.060 POS parks and open space.

A. Parks and Open Space Zone. The parks and open space zone provides for public recreational use, active or passive. Urban park areas are intended to be composed as greens, squares, plazas, playgrounds, and bike paths. Any proposed building must be incidental and subordinate to their intended public purpose. Articles 3 through 11 of this chapter are not applicable; however, proposed new buildings, significant landscaping, or site layout require design review.

(Formerly 24V.200)

24.600.070 Purpose.

To provide an even finer level of precision and subtlety – without the need to describe dozens of subzones for each of the six basic transect zones – the technique of “overlay zones” is added. Overlay zones apply to properties within the plan area as shown on the regulating plan. Overlay zones modify selected urban standards of the underlying transect zone while leaving the other urban standards of that zone intact.

This article provides regulations for development and new land uses in the overlay zones that are identified in this article applied to property by the regulating plan (Figure 1, Section 24.600.030). Overlay zones provide standards that apply in addition to those of the primary zone, to address important and localized site, environmental, safety, compatibility, or design issues. (Formerly 24V.202.010)

24.600.080 Applicability of overlay zones.

The provisions of this article apply to proposed development and land uses in addition to all other applicable requirements of the primary zone. In the event of a conflict between a requirement in this article and the primary zone, the requirement in this article shall control.

A. Mapping of Overlay Zones. The applicability of an overlay zone to a specific site is shown by the regulating plan (Section 24.600.020).

B. Allowed Land Uses, Permit Requirements, Development Standards. Except as may be otherwise provided by this article for a specific overlay zone:

1. Development and new land uses within an overlay zone shall comply with all applicable development standards of the primary zone, and all other applicable provisions of this development code;

2. Any land use normally allowed in the primary zone by this development code may be allowed within an overlay zone, subject to any additional requirements of the overlay zone; and

3. Development and new land uses within an overlay zone shall obtain the zoning approvals required by this development code for the primary zone. (Formerly 24V.202.020)

24.600.090 Neighborhood center overlay.

A. Purpose. The neighborhood center overlay identifies locations that shall incorporate a cluster of neighborhood serving uses.

B. Development Standards.

1. Development proposals for this area must show, for the entire overlay zone, an end state buildout including no less than 50,000 square feet of retail, service, and dining uses forming a neighborhood serving retail center.

2. Ground floor uses shall be retail.

3. The street-facing facade of each building within the neighborhood center overlay shall incorporate the shopfront and awning frontage type per Section 24.600.270.

4. Minimum frontage coverage shall be 90 percent along Victoria Avenue.

(Formerly 24V.202.030)

24.600.100 Special corner treatment overlay.

A. Purpose. The special corner treatment overlay identifies locations that shall include special building elements to emphasize an intersection or gateway into a district in the locations indicated on the regulating plan.

B. Development Standards.

1. The special corner treatment uses a distinctive building element to emphasize the corner of a building in special locations such as gateways and other places of significance to the corridor. This treatment differentiates the corner of the building primarily through vertical massing and articulation with elements such as a corner tower, which is created by articulating a separate, relatively slender mass of the building, continuing that mass beyond the height of the primary building mass, and providing the top of the mass with a recognizable silhouette.

2. A corner tower mass may encroach into the required setback areas but may not encroach into the public right-of-way. Corner tower features may exceed the permitted height limit by 20 feet.

3. Other elements can be used to create a special corner treatment. Such elements must place a similarly significant emphasis on the corner. Such elements include facade projections/recessions, balconies, roof articulation, and changing repetitive facade elements such as window type.

(Formerly 24V.202.040)

24.600.110 Open space overlay.

A. Purpose. The open space overlay identifies locations that shall include a centrally located, special public space in order to serve new high intensity districts.

B. Development Standards.

1. As part of new development, properties with the open space overlay shall provide at least one open space larger than one-half acre that:

a. Is centrally located within the town center.

b. Is provided as a publicly accessible green, square, or plaza.

c. Abuts public streets on at least three sides.

2. This requirement shall not apply where an open space meeting this description already exists on the property.

(Formerly 24V.202.050)

24.600.120 One- to four-story height limit overlay.

A. Purpose. The one- to four-story height limit overlay is intended to limit the allowable scale of new construction to maintain compatibility with preexisting adjacent development and provide a gradual transition to areas of greater building intensity.

B. Development Standards.

1. No building in the one- to four-story height limit overlay shall exceed a height of four stories and 53 feet.

2. Buildings in the one- to four-story height limit overlay may be one story with no minimum height limit.

3. The relation to existing homes regulation (see Article 14, Definitions, of this chapter) shall apply.

(Formerly 24V.202.060)

24.600.130 Moon Drive overlay.

A. Purpose. Consistent with the results of the 1972-73 “Moon Drive Study” (Appendix A (which has not been included in this code)), this overlay facilitates eventual redevelopment of the area from single-family residential development to more compatible commercial uses.

B. Development Standards. Development and circulation shall be constructed as follows:

1. Area North of Moon Drive to Eighth Street.

a. Lots Fronting on Victoria Avenue.

i. Minimum lot width 100 feet is required.

ii. No vehicular access from Victoria is permitted.

iii. Access shall be provided by a single driveway from Moon Drive and Eighth Street.

b. Lots Fronting on Alameda Street.

i. Minimum assembly pattern of three lots (approximately 150 feet) is required.

ii. No vehicular access from Alameda is permitted.

iii. Access shall be provided by a new alley in the rear of the lots from Moon Drive and Eighth Street.

2. Area North of Seahawk Street to Moon Drive.

a. Lots Fronting on Victoria/Moon Drive.

i. Minimum lot width of 150 feet shall be required.

ii. Vehicular access from Victoria shall be limited to one two-way driveway located between Walker Street and Moon Drive and not to be located closer than 150 feet from either intersection.

iii. Internal access to be provided at the rear of the properties shall be through the use of a minimum 25-foot-wide shared access driveway.

b. Lots Fronting on Alameda Street.

i. Minimum lot width of 100 feet is required.

ii. Single driveway access from Alameda Street to each development is permitted.

(Formerly 24V.202.070)

24.600.140 Victoria shopfront overlay.

A. Purpose. The Victoria shopfront overlay identifies street frontages intended to be areas for retail shops, restaurants, and other pedestrian oriented businesses. Frontage improvements for safe and convenient pedestrian and vehicular access and parking for businesses fronting Victoria would occur on private property. The resulting public realm would consist of a landscaped sidewalk separated by a slip road and angled parking. An additional walkway would abut retail shops and restaurants.

B. Development Standards.

1. Ground floor uses shall be retail or dining.

2. The Victoria Avenue-facing facade of each building within the shopfront overlay shall incorporate the shopfront and awning frontage type per Section 24.600.270.

3. Minimum frontage coverage shall be 90 percent along Victoria Avenue.

4. The public frontage (the area between the Victoria Avenue property line and the back of the sidewalk line, including any sidewalk, as shown in Figure 3, Section 24.600.150) shall be improved with the following components:

a. A three-foot-wide unobstructed walkway shall be paved as an extension of the public sidewalk along the existing back of sidewalk. Walkway material shall match public sidewalk materials.

b. A 12-foot minimum slip road (local access lane) and 18-foot angled parking.

c. A minimum of a 13-foot-wide walkway adjacent to proposed buildings.

i. Eight feet of the 13-foot walkway shall be unobstructed.

ii. The remaining five-foot shy distance may be improved with landscaping and furnished with outdoor dining amenities, street furniture, merchandise displays, or menu boards.

iii. Landscaping in the form of a variety of street trees in tree wells or planters may be required per stormwater management requirements within the shy distance. Drainage shall be directed towards pervious landscaped areas.

5. For purposes of building placement, front setbacks shall be calculated from the back of the shy distance line as opposed to from the public right-of-way. (Formerly 24V.202.080)

24.600.150 Parkway overlay.

A. Purpose. The parkway frontage would be required on the majority of parcels fronting Victoria Avenue, the exceptions being those parcels within the Victoria shopfront overlay. These frontage improvements would provide safe, comfortable, and convenient pedestrian access for businesses fronting Victoria Avenue.

B. Development Standards. The public frontage (the area between the Victoria Avenue property line and the back of the sidewalk line, including any sidewalk, as shown in Figure 4, Section 24.600.190(B)) shall be improved as follows:

1. A minimum eight-foot-wide walkway shall be paved as extensions of the public sidewalk along the property line and existing back of sidewalk.

a. Six feet of the eight-foot frontage shall be unobstructed.

b. The remaining two-foot shy distance may be improved with landscaping, furniture, displays, or menu boards.

c. Walkway material shall match public sidewalk materials.

2. Landscaping in the form of a variety of street trees in tree wells or planters may be required per stormwater management requirements within the shy distance. Drainage shall be directed towards pervious landscaped areas.

3. For purposes of building placement, front setbacks shall be calculated from the back of the shy distance line as opposed to from the public right-of-way.

(Formerly 24V.202.090)

24.600.160 Purpose.

This article identifies the land use types allowed in each zone established by the regulating plan and determines the type of city approval required for each use. (Formerly 24V.203.010)

24.600.170 Applicability.

A lot or building shall be occupied by only the land uses allowed by Table C within the zone applied to the site by the regulating plan. Each land use listed in Table C is defined in Article 14 (Definitions) of this chapter. (Formerly 24V.203.020)

24.600.180 Land use table.

A. Allowed Land Uses.

1. Establishment of an Allowed Use. Any one or more land uses identified by Table C as being allowed within a specific zone may be established on any lot within that zone, subject to the planning permit requirement listed in Table B, and in compliance with all applicable requirements of this development code.

2. Use Not Listed.

a. A land use that is not listed in Table C, and is determined by the director to not be included in Article 14 (Definitions) of this chapter under the definition of a listed land use, is not allowed, except as otherwise provided in subsection (A)(3) of this section.

b. A land use that is listed in the table, but not within a particular zone is not allowed within that zone, except as otherwise provided in subsection (A)(3) of this section.

3. Similar and Compatible Use May Be Allowed. The director may determine that a proposed use not listed in Table C is allowable in compliance with the procedure in Section 24.115.130.

4. Permit Requirements and Development Standards. When the director determines that a proposed, but unlisted, use is similar to a listed use, the proposed use will be treated in the same manner as the listed use in determining where it is allowed, what permits are required, and what other standards and requirements of this development code apply.

5. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses are allowed in compliance with the temporary use permit requirements of the zoning ordinance.

B. Permit Requirements. Table B provides for land uses that are:

1. Permitted subject to compliance with all applicable provisions of this development code. These are shown as “P” uses in the table;

2. Allowed subject to the approval of a use permit (Chapter 24.505), and shown as “UP” or “DP” uses in the table;

3. Not allowed in particular zones, and shown as a “0” in the table.

Table C: Allowable Land Uses. This table expands the building function categories of Table A to delegate specific functions within the transect zones.

T4.5

T4.8

T4.9

T5.3

General Urban 5

General Urban 8

General Urban 9

Urban Center 3

Industry, Manufacturing and Processing, Wholesaling

Laboratory – Medical and analytical

0

UP

UP

UP(2)

Printing and Publishing

0

UP

UP

UP(2)

Research and Development

0

UP

UP

UP(2)

Recreation, Education, Public Safety

Adult-Oriented Business

0

0

0

0

Community Meeting

UP

P

P

P

Health/Fitness Facility of 10,000 sq. ft. or greater

0

0

0

P

Health/Fitness Facility < 10,000 sq. ft.

0

0

UP

P

Libraries, Museums

P

P

P

P

School, public or private

UP

UP

UP

UP

Studio – Art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.

P

P

P

P

Safety Services

UP

P

P

P

Residential

Dwelling: Multifamily

P

0

P

P

Dwelling: Accessory Dwelling Unit

P(4)

0

0

0

Dwelling: Single-Family

P

0

0

0

Home Occupation

P

0

P

P

Live/Work

UP

0

P

P

Residential Accessory Use or Structure

P

0

P

P

Special Residence

UP

0

UP

UP

Retail

Bars, Taverns and Night Clubs

0

0

UP

UP

General Retail – except with following features

P

P

P

P

alcoholic beverage sales

UP

UP

UP

UP

auto or motor vehicle related sales or services

0

0

0

0

drive-through facility

0

0

UP(3)

0

gross floor area over 20,000 s.f.

0

UP

P

P

gross floor area over 100,000 s.f.

0

0

0

0

operating btw. 11pm and 7am

0

UP

UP

UP

Restaurant

UP

UP

P

P

Dining Establishment: Drive-Through Facility

0

0

UP(3)

0

Thrift Stores

DP

DP

DP

DP

Services – General

Emergency Shelter

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

P(1)

Gas Stations

0

UP

UP

0

Lodging Services

UP

P

P

P

Personal Services

P

0

P

P

Mortuary, Funeral Home

UP

UP

UP

UP

Property Maintenance Services

0

P

0

0

Repair Services

0

P

P

P

Services – Business, Financial, Professional

Banking and Financial Services

P

P

P

P

Business Support Services

0

P

P

P

Medical/Dental

P

P

P

P (2)

Office

P

P

P

P

Drive-Through Facility

0

0

UP(3)

0

Transportation, Communications, Infrastructure

Parking Facility, public or commercial

0

P

P

P

Wireless Telecommunications Facility

UP

UP

UP

UP

Transit Facilities, Terminals and Stations

UP

UP

UP

UP

P: Permitted

UP: Use Permit

0: Not Allowed

(1): Subject to Chapter 24.437

(2): Permitted on the 2nd floor or above

(3): Not allowed within the Moon Drive Overlay

(4): Subject to Chapter 24.430

Prohibited in all T Zones:

Adult-oriented businesses

General retail with a gross floor area of 100,000 sq. ft. or greater

Auto or motor vehicle related sales or services

(Formerly 24V.203.030)

24.600.190 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the frontage types allowed within the Victoria Avenue Corridor area, and provides design standards for the configuration of a building’s primary entrance, the treatment of its front and side setback zones, and the type of features permitted to encroach into the required setback to ensure that development relates appropriately to appropriately form the public realm of the street.

B. Applicability. Private frontage includes both:

1. Portions of a property between the back-of-sidewalk line and the primary building facade along any street.

2. All primary building facades up to the top of the first or second floor, including building entrances, located along and oriented toward streets as shown in Figure 4, Private Frontage.

3. Each proposed building shall be designed to incorporate a private frontage type designed in compliance with this regulation. A property’s permitted and/or required private frontage types shall be limited to those specified by transect zone. Permitted frontage types may be combined within a single building. Private frontage regulations apply along the full length of the property frontage, even where there is no building facade. Public and institutional buildings are not required to comply with private frontage type regulations.

Figure 4. Private Frontage

C. Allowable Frontage Types by Zone. A lot may be developed only with a building having a frontage type allowed by Article 2 of this chapter in the transect zone applicable to the lot.

D. Access.

1. The configuration of any private frontage type shall not create a hallway for entry to any ground floor unit in which the sole access for that entry has a wall or railing that requires walking past one or more other entry doors.

2. Front setback areas shall provide pedestrian access connecting the public sidewalk to the front door and to any parking areas.

3. Private frontage types that incorporate stairs shall meet access and visibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act by means of providing alternate entrance(s) with level or ramped connections to the sidewalk, or by adding an ADA-compliant ramp to the design of the required private frontage type.

E. Corner Parcels.

1. Corner parcels must locate an entrance(s) along front streets. Entrances are permitted, but not required, along secondary streets.

2. Where a corner parcel has frontage along either Victoria Avenue or a new Main Street, Victoria Avenue or the Main Street shall be defined as the front street.

3. Where a new Main Street intersects Victoria Avenue, both streets shall be defined as front streets.

4. Along all other streets, front streets may be determined by the developer.

5. Private frontage treatments shall apply to corner parcels as shown in Figure 5, Private Frontage – Corner Parcels.

(Formerly 24V.204.010)

24.600.200 Frontage summary and definitions.

The character and arrangement of the private frontage is regulated by the frontage type standards herein; these shall be applied to each transect zone to create a particular and appropriate transitional relationship between the private and public realms. This relationship between the private and public realms is what collectively defines the nature of the streetscape. Frontage types are required for all buildings within each zone as shown in Table D, Private Frontages. Frontage types represent a range of extensions of the basic facade of the building. While the urban standards of this code provide a range of frontage types permitted within each zone, the actual choice and review of a type shall be dictated by individual building designs and, ultimately, the design review committee’s discretion.

Table D. Private Frontages

A. Common Yard. A frontage wherein the facade is set back substantially from the frontage line. The front yard created remains unfenced and is visually continuous with adjacent yards, supporting a common landscape. The deep setback provides a buffer from the higher speed thoroughfares.

B. Porch and Fence. A frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line with an attached porch permitted to encroach. A fence at the frontage line maintains the demarcation of the yard. The porches shall be no less than eight feet deep.

C. Dooryard. A frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line with an elevated garden or terrace permitted to encroach. This type can effectively buffer residential quarters from the sidewalk, while removing the private yard from public encroachment. The terrace is suitable for cafes as the eye of the sitter is level with that of the standing passerby.

D. Stoop. A frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with the first story elevated from the sidewalk sufficiently to secure privacy for the windows. The entrance is usually an exterior stair and landing. This type is recommended for ground floor residential use.

E. Forecourt. A frontage wherein a portion of the facade is close to the frontage line and the central portion is set back. The forecourt created is suitable for vehicular drop-offs. This type should be allocated in conjunction with other frontage types. Large trees within the forecourts may overhang the sidewalks.

F. Lightcourt. A frontage wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line by a sunken lightcourt. This type buffers residential use from urban sidewalks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. The lightcourt is suitable for conversion to outdoor cafes.

G. Shopfront and Awning. A frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with the building entrance at sidewalk grade. This type is conventional for retail use. It has a substantial glazing on the sidewalk level and an awning that may overlap the sidewalk to the maximum extent possible.

H. Gallery. A frontage wherein the facade is aligned close to the frontage line with an attached cantilevered shed or a lightweight colonnade overlapping the sidewalk. This type is conventional for retail use. The gallery shall be no less than 10 feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within two feet of the curb. Notwithstanding the graphic, encroachments will not be permitted.

I. Arcade. A frontage wherein the facade is a colonnade that overlaps the sidewalk, while the facade at sidewalk level remains at the frontage line. This type is conventional for retail use. The arcade shall be no less than 12 feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within two feet of the curb. Notwithstanding the graphic, encroachments will not be permitted.

J. Grand Portico. A portico is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended to the primary plane of the building’s front facade. A “grand portico” is a portico expressed at a civic scale, meant to project the image of an important community building. A grand portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city halls, libraries, post offices, as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as hotels with ground-level convention facilities, or movie theaters.

K. Grand Lobby Entry. A grand lobby entry is an entrance with a significant architectural expression. A grand lobby entrance should be prominent and easy to identify. This frontage type is appropriate for office and multifamily residential uses accessed from a common lobby. It is also intended for limited use in commercial block buildings featuring ground-level shopfronts, to provide access to lobbies serving upper-level residential, office or hotel uses.

(Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.204.020)

24.600.210 Common yard.

A. Description. A frontage wherein the facade is set back substantially from the property line/frontage line. The front yard created remains unfenced and is visually continuous with adjacent yards, supporting a common landscape. The deep setback provides a buffer from the higher speed thoroughfares.

A common yard features a residence’s main entrance with a deep setback, creating a gracious open space along the property frontage.

This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only.

B. Design Standards. Setback areas must be landscaped.

(Formerly 24V.204.030)

24.600.220 Porch and fence.

A. Description. Fences are common frontages associated with single-family houses, where the facade is set back from the right-of-way with a front yard. A fence or wall at the property line may be used to define the private space of the yard. An encroaching porch may also be appended to the facade. A great variety of porch and fence designs are possible including a raised front yard with a retaining wall at the property line with entry steps to the yard.

B. Design Standards.

1. Porch encroachment into setback line: eight feet maximum.

2. Porches shall be eight feet minimum deep (clear), 12 feet minimum wide (clear) and nine feet minimum tall (clear).

3. Porches shall be raised 18 inches minimum and three feet maximum from the adjacent finished grade, and located at the first story.

4. Fences enclosing the front yard shall not exceed four feet in height as measured from the adjacent sidewalk.

5. Fences may be made of wood or wrought iron. Wood fences shall be 30 percent opaque minimum. Wrought iron shall be vertical, five-eighths-inch minimum dimension, four-to-six-inch spacing. Chain link fencing, barbed-wire, razor-wire, and corrugated metal fencing shall not be permitted.

(Formerly 24V.204.040)

24.600.230 Dooryard (a synonym of terrace).

A. Description. Dooryards are elevated gardens or terraces that are set back from the frontage line. This type can effectively buffer residential quarters from the sidewalk, while removing the private yard from public encroachment. The terrace is also suitable for restaurants and cafes as the eye of the sitter is level with that of the standing passerby.

B. Design Standards.

1. Dooryards/terraces shall be 10 feet minimum deep, and raised a minimum of 12 inches and a maximum of five feet above the finished grade.

2. A retaining wall may be built around the dooryard or terrace.

3. The retaining wall may not be higher than structurally necessary.

4. The retaining wall may be constructed of stucco, brick, or stone, alone or in combination.

Axonometric Diagram

(Formerly 24V.204.050)

24.600.240 Stoop.

A. Description. Stoops are elevated entry porches/stairs placed close to the frontage line with the ground story elevated from the sidewalk, securing privacy for the windows and front rooms. The stoop is suitable for ground floor residential use at short setbacks. A shed roof may also cover the stoop. This type may be interspersed with the shopfront and awning frontage type.

B. Design Standards.

1. Setback encroachment: eight feet maximum.

2. Stoops shall be raised 18 inches minimum and 36 inches maximum from the finished grade.

3. Stoops must correspond directly with the building entry(s) and be at least three feet wide (perpendicular to or parallel with the adjacent walk).

4. Stoops shall be six feet minimum and 10 feet maximum wide.

5. There may be a low (30 inches or less) decorative fence along the property lines.

6. Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of the entrance.

7. Setback areas must be landscaped.

Axonometric Diagram

(Formerly 24V.204.060)

24.600.250 Forecourt.

A. Description. Forecourts are uncovered courts within a storefront, gallery or arcade frontage, wherein a portion of the facade is recessed from the building frontage. The court is suitable for outdoor dining, gardens, vehicular drop-offs, and utility off-loading. The court may also be raised from the sidewalk, creating a small retaining wall at the property line with entry steps to the court.

B. Design Standards.

1. A forecourt shall be 10 feet deep minimum (clear) and 30 feet deep maximum (clear).

2. A forecourt shall be 10 feet wide minimum and 50 feet wide maximum or 50 percent of lot width, whichever is less.

3. Forecourts between 10 and 15 feet in depth shall be substantially paved, and enhanced with landscaping. Forecourts between 15 and 30 feet in depth shall be designed with a balance of paving and landscaping.

4. A fence or wall at the property line, not to exceed three and one-half feet, may be used to define the private space of the court.

5. Entrances and pedestrian “gateways” should be announced by posts or pilasters, and may be combined with trellises, special landscaping, decorative lighting, public art or other special features.

6. If the forecourt is raised above the adjacent grade, it should not be more than three feet above the grade of the sidewalk.

7. When used for retail, restaurant, or service uses, all three sides of the courtyard must feature shopfront entrances and display windows.

Axonometric Diagram

(Formerly 24V.204.070)

24.600.260 Lightcourt.

A. Description. Lightcourts are frontages wherein the facade is set back from the frontage line by a sunken lightcourt. This type buffers residential use from urban sidewalks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. The lightcourt is suitable for conversion to outdoor cafes.

B. Design Standards.

1. Basements accessed by a lightcourt shall be depressed at least five feet below, but not more than seven feet below, the adjacent sidewalk.

2. Ground floors accessed by a lightcourt shall be raised at least 12 inches above, but no more than five feet above, the adjacent sidewalk.

3. Lightcourts must correspond directly with the building entry(s) and the stairs may be perpendicular to or parallel with the adjacent walk.

4. Lightcourts shall be at least 10 feet wide, clear of the stair to the raised ground floor.

Axonometric Diagram

(Formerly 24V.204.080)

24.600.270 Shopfront and awning.

A. Description. Typically, the shopfront and awning frontage type applies to storefronts. Shopfronts are like small buildings with their own base, “roofline,” and pattern of window and door openings. Shopfronts are facades placed at or close to the right-of way line, with the entrance at sidewalk grade. They are conventional for retail frontage and are commonly equipped with cantilevered shed roof(s) or awning(s). Recessed shopfronts are also acceptable. The absence of a raised ground floor precludes residential use on the ground floor facing the street. Residential use would be appropriate above the ground floor and behind another use that fronts the street. It has substantial glazing on the sidewalk level and defines the primary treatment for ground-level commercial uses oriented to display and access directly from public sidewalks.

B. Design Standards.

1. Shopfronts shall be between 10 and 16 feet tall, as measured from the adjacent walk.

2. Shopfront width shall be a minimum of 10 feet and in the T5.3 zone shall not exceed 50 feet (see shopfront width regulations chart at the end of this section). Larger retail space may be enabled by being set behind a row of smaller shopfront spaces; this technique is often referred to as “liner retail.”

3. Restaurant shopfronts may set back a portion of the shopfront facade to create a colonnaded outdoor dining alcove that is a maximum of 12 feet deep; provided, that:

a. The setback portion of the facade that is oriented towards the street shall have display windows.

b. The alcove must also have columns along the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of 15 feet on center.

c. The alcove may not rely on adjacent buildings for enclosure.

4. Each shopfront shall contain:

a. At least one welcoming building entrance at sidewalk grade. Recessed entrances are permitted with a maximum width of 15 feet.

b. Clear-glass display windows framed within storefront pilasters and base.

c. A minimum three-foot zone behind the window glazing that provides an unobstructed view of the establishment’s goods and services.

5. Shopfront composition should include projecting signs, as well as window signs and awning signs. Awnings, signs, and related fixtures shall be located eight feet minimum above the adjacent sidewalk. Awnings shall only cover storefronts and openings so as to not cover the entire facade.

6. Shopfront and awning design should vary from shopfront to shopfront.

7. Side yard setbacks and space between buildings within the T5.3 transect zone may be utilized as extensions of shopfront activities including for location of outdoor displays of goods and for outdoor dining.

8. See Article 8, Standard Design Guidelines, of this chapter for recommended treatments.

(Formerly 24V.204.090)

24.600.280 Gallery.

A. Description. A gallery is an attached, cantilevered shed or a lightweight colonnaded space overlapping the sidewalk resulting in a covered sidewalk space. This frontage type requires the ground floor to be constructed at or close to sidewalk grade, and is not appropriate for buildings with ground-level residential use.

B. Design Standards.

1. Minimum gallery width is 12 feet, with two feet maximum between curb face and gallery eave.

2. Maximum column spacing along the street is 15 feet.

3. Setback areas must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space.

4. Ceiling beams and light fixtures that are located within the column spacing geometry greatly enhance the quality of the space and are recommended.

5. Galleries shall be no less than 10 feet wide clear in all directions.

6. Along primary frontages, the gallery shall correspond to storefront openings.

7. Primary frontage storefront openings shall be at least 65 percent of the first floor wall area and not have opaque or reflective glazing.

8. Galleries generally extend along the entire width of a lot.

9. Placement: first and second stories.

(Formerly 24V.204.100)

24.600.290 Arcade.

A. Description. Arcades are facades with an attached colonnade that is covered by upper stories.

B. Design Standards.

1. Arcades shall be no less than 10 feet wide clear in all directions.

2. Along primary frontages, the arcade shall correspond to storefront openings.

3. Primary frontage storefront openings shall be at least 65 percent of the first floor wall area and not have opaque or reflective glazing.

4. Arcades generally extend along the entire width of a lot.

Axonometric Diagram

(Formerly 24V.204.110)

24.600.300 Grand portico.

A. Description. A portico is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended to the primary plane of the building’s front facade.

A “grand portico” is a portico expressed at a civic scale, meant to project the image of an important community building. A “grand stair” makes an excellent appendage to a grand portico frontage. A grand portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city halls, libraries, post offices, as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as hotels with ground-level convention facilities, or movie theaters. This frontage type is not typically appropriate for residential buildings.

B. Design Standards.

1. The portico may encroach into the front setback area. Setback areas must be landscaped for noncommercial buildings and may be paved for commercial buildings.

2. Maximum setback requirements per the applicable zone district do not apply.

(Formerly 24V.204.120)

24.600.310 Grand lobby entry.

A. Description. A grand lobby entry is an entrance with a significant architectural expression. A grand lobby entrance should be prominent and easy to identify.

This frontage type is appropriate for office and multifamily residential uses accessed from a common lobby.

It is also intended for limited use in commercial block buildings featuring ground-level shopfronts, to provide access to lobbies serving upper-level residential, office or hotel uses.

When used in this way, the setback area treatment is determined by the development’s primary frontage type.

B. Design Standards.

1. Entrances may be inset slightly from the primary building wall and are typically raised above the sidewalk.

2. Setback areas may be landscaped, paved, or be a combination of landscaping and paving.

3. Maximum setback requirements per the applicable zone district do not apply.

Illustrative Photo

(Formerly 24V.204.130)

24.600.320 Generally.

Drive-Through Retail or Service and Dining Establishments: Drive-Through Facility use types shall be required to meet the following drive-through facility standards as part of permit review and final action made by the decision-making authority. The following standards apply to drive-through facilities:

A. Headlight Glare. The location of drive-through facilities in relation to the building, including the location of the pick-up window, stacking lane, and vehicle access, shall be oriented in a manner such that headlight glare is not directed towards adjacent residential uses or oncoming traffic on public streets.

Action required: Incorporation of design standards requiring that the location of drive-through facilities be oriented in a manner that negates nuisances or hazards for residences and oncoming traffic on public streets.

B. Access and Circulation. The Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code shall include the following drive-through facility design standards:

Drive-through lanes shall be designed as follows:

1. Lanes shall not enter or exit directly onto the public right-of-way. Drive-through lane entrances and exits shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from the nearest adjacent street connection (driveway).

2. Drive-through lanes shall be clearly marked with signs and pavement markings delineating the entrance, exit and one-way path of travel.

3. Drive-through stacking lanes shall be delineated from traffic aisles, other stacking lanes, and parking areas with striping, curbing, landscaping and the use of alternative paving materials or raised islands.

4. Internal traffic circulation patterns on the lot shall be adequate to keep traffic from backing into the street or blocking access to any required parking spaces on the lot.

5. A traffic study addressing both on-site and off-site traffic and circulation impacts may be required by the director as part of a permit application for a drive-through facility.

C. Drive-Through Lane Vehicle Stacking. The Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code shall include the following drive-through facility design standards:

Drive-through stacking lanes shall be designed to avoid conflicts with vehicular traffic flows, adjacent streets, and parking areas. Stacking lanes shall be designed to meet minimum stacking spaces set forth in the table below. In the case of unique uses, a queuing study may be performed to determine the stacking requirements, subject to the approval of the director.

Table 1. Drive-Through Lane Stacking Requirements

Land Use

Vehicle Stacking

Measured From

Fast-Food Restaurant

10 Vehicles

Pick-Up Window

Coffee/Donut Shop

12 Vehicles

Pick-Up Window

Pharmacy

4 Vehicles

Pick-Up Window

Bank

8 Vehicles

Teller Window/Remote Teller

Remote ATM

4 Vehicles

ATM Machine

Automated Car Wash

4 Vehicles

Car Wash Entrance

1. Each stacking space shall be a minimum of 20 feet in length and 10 feet in width along straight portions; and a minimum of 12 feet in width along curved segments.

2. The drive-through lane design shall be independent of any on-site parking spaces, parking maneuvering areas, public streets, alleys or traffic ways.

3. Drive-through lanes shall not impede or impair vehicle access into or out of adjacent parking spaces.

D. Avoidance of Pedestrian and Bicycle Conflicts. The Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code shall include the following drive-through facility design standards:

1. Direct pedestrian entry through the front of the building shall be provided from public streets and sidewalks to the building entrance.

2. Well-articulated pedestrian routes and zones shall be provided on the site, linking building entrances and parking areas.

3. Drive-through lanes should be designed to minimize conflicts with pedestrian walkways, bicycle routes, and paths of travel.

4. Drive-through lanes that obstruct a pedestrian pathway between parking areas or sidewalks and entries into the building should be designed with a pedestrian crossing that is delineated by landscaping, striping, curbing, and raised or decorative paving to separate pedestrian and vehicular access and circulation.

Action required: Incorporation of design standards that avoid conflicts with shopfront and parkway overlay standards of the Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.205.010)

24.600.330 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article identifies the building types allowed within the Victoria Avenue Corridor Area and provides design standards for each type to ensure that new development is consistent with the city’s goals for building form, character, and quality.

B. Applicability.

1. Each proposed building shall be designed in compliance with the standards of this article for the applicable building type, except for public and institutional buildings, which, because of their unique disposition and application, are not required to comply with building type requirements.

2. A building type is a typical configuration of a building’s plan layout for intended use(s) and its resulting three-dimensional building mass.

3. A building type is “typical” in that its architectural style, architectural elements, and building massing issues are similar for those of its kind. Some building types are specialized for a particular use and site configuration, while others can accommodate different uses or are readily modified for other uses.

4. Each building type has an accompanying illustration that is provided as a visual aid and does not represent a specific required design or configuration. It diagrammatically indicates the type’s basic massing configuration and its relationship to front, side and back site orientations.

5. A property’s permitted building types shall be limited to those types specified by each transect zone’s urban standards.

C. Lot Width.

1. “Lot width” is defined as the length of a lot or nominal lot’s frontage line.

2. The permitted range of lot widths for each building type shall be limited as specified by each transect zone’s urban standards.

3. Each lot or nominal lot shall be limited to one primary building.

4. Development increments that include multiple buildings shall include a lot or nominal lot for each building.

5. The lot width of each lot or nominal lot shall be within the range permitted by transect zone.

D. Pedestrian Access. The relatively large Victoria Corridor blocks and resulting deep lots often accommodate buildings within the block that do not have direct frontage on any of the block-bounding streets.

Pedestrian access regulations ensure that all dwelling units and/or residential lobbies, independent of their location within a block, have access to and are connected with the public realm.

1. The public realm shall extend into the block in the form of new streets, paseos and/or interconnected courtyards that provide direct access to a public street.

2. Paseos and courtyards are limited to pedestrian traffic.

3. In no case may a vehicular driveway be the sole means of access to a dwelling or multifamily building.

4. Permitted building types shall be arranged around and take their primary access from this semipublic extension of the public realm.

5. Semipublic paseos and courtyards that serve as an extension of the public realm shall have the following minimum dimensions:

a. Paseos shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide between primary building walls. Architectural encroachments are not permitted.

b. Courtyards shall be at minimum 30 feet wide. Architectural encroachments are permitted as per the zones and development standards.

E. Orientation.

1. Street facing facades and all facades containing main entrances shall be designed as front facades.

2. Dwellings shall be designed so that living areas, rather than sleeping areas and service rooms, shall be oriented toward courtyards and fronting street(s) to the degree possible. Service rooms shall be oriented to side yards and service yards to the degree possible.

3. The orientation of primary roof ridges of a new building should align with those of existing homes on the facing and same-side block (i.e., parallel or perpendicular to the street) if one direction is predominant for more than three-fourths of existing buildings.

4. Side yard windows and doors should be located, sized, and otherwise configured to avoid privacy conflicts with neighboring buildings.

5. On corner lots, unit entrances to dwellings should be provided on both street frontages where possible.

6. Windows and doors should be located, sized, and otherwise configured to avoid privacy conflicts with neighboring dwellings and buildings. (Formerly 24V.206.010)

24.600.340 Reserved.

Editor’s note(s): Section 5.E. of Ord. No. 2017-015, adopted November 6, 2017, repealed Section 24V.206.020, which pertained to carriage houses and second units, and derived from Ord. No. 2009-007, adopted April 27, 2009.

(Formerly 24V.206.020)

24.600.350 Front yard house.

A. Description. A detached building designed as a single dwelling unit that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. A front yard house may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). A front yard house is accessed from the sidewalk adjacent to the front street. The following text provides performance standards for front yard houses.

Illustrative Photo

B. Access.

1. The main entrance shall be located within the facade and accessed directly from the street through an allowed frontage type. [W]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot minimum planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway of 18 feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be within a garage. The remainder of required parking may be provided in a garage, carport or as open. [W]

2. An alley-accessed or non-alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate up to three cars.

3. Parking facing a side street shall be accommodated in a two-car garage with one-car garage doors. [W]

4. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

5. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the house and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the front yard house at no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [W]

Illustrative Photo

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape is encouraged to not separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees are encouraged to be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

2. Side yard trees may be placed to protect the privacy of neighbors.

3. At least one large tree is encouraged for planting within each rear yard for shade and privacy.

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet and one vertical break. [DR]

2. Houses on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be composed of one and/or two story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR] (Formerly 24V.206.030)

24.600.360 Side yard house.

A. Description. A detached building designed as a single dwelling unit that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. A side yard house may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under allowed land uses of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). A side yard house is flanked by a side yard of a width comparable to the street maximum setback line and is accessed via a walkway parallel to that yard area. The following text provides performance standards for side yard houses.

Illustrative Photo

B. Access.

1. The main entrance shall be accessed directly from the street through an allowed frontage type or side yard area equal in width to the street maximum setback line. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, this type is allowed only on a corner lot. [E]

4. For a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway of 18 feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be within a garage. The remainder of required parking may be provided in a garage, carport or as open. [W]

2. An alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate up to three cars. A non-alley-accessed garage or carport may accommodate no more than two cars. Parking facing a side street must be accommodated in a garage (carports are not allowed). A side street facing garage shall have one-car garage doors. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the house and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. One side yard shall provide usable, outdoor space not less than 15 feet, with ground floor living areas (e.g., living room, family room, dining room, etc.) opening to it with large windows and, where possible, French doors. This side yard shall be enclosed by a wall or hedge no more than six feet high, and shall encompass no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). [E]

2. On a corner lot, the side yard required by subsection (D)(1) of this section shall abut the street, and the enclosing wall or hedge shall be set back at least five feet from property line with a height of no more than six feet. The opposite side yard may not have a fence at the property line, with an easement instead allowing use of the yard by the neighbor. Windows facing this opposing yard shall be relatively small and high, providing light and ventilation while allowing for privacy. [E]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape should not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels.

2. Trees in the front yard should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors.

4. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. This building type shall provide a permitted frontage type within the side yard required by subsection D (Open Space) of this section. [E]

2. Notwithstanding setback requirements of the applicable zone, the front setback need not exceed 10 feet. [W]

3. A gallery, either one or two stories in height, or an arcade frontage type shall occur for at least half the building length along the building elevation facing the side yard required by subsection D (Open Space) of this section. [DR]

4. Because a frontage type is not mandatory at the front street, special care should be taken to ensure that the composition of fenestration and other architectural details are scaled to the public rooms of the house.

Illustrative Photo

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR] (Formerly 24V.206.040)

24.600.370 Duplex, triplex, quadplex.

Building Type Diagram

Illustrative Photo – Duplex

Illustrative Photo – Triplex

Illustrative Photo – Quadplex

A. Description. A building containing two, three, or four dwelling units that may be located upon a qualifying lot in the T4.5 zone. Each dwelling unit is individually accessed directly from the street. A duplex, triplex, quadplex may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for duplex, triplex, quadplexes.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to each dwelling shall be accessed directly from, and face, the street. Access to second floor dwellings shall be by a stairway, which may be open, roofed or enclosed. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. One parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carports, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Each dwelling at the first floor shall have a usable, outdoor space of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of eight feet. [W]

2. Each dwelling accessed above the first floor shall have a usable, outdoor space that may be in balconies or loggias and of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of seven feet. [W]

3. Dwellings accessed at the first floor should provide outdoor space at-grade that is enclosed by landscaping or a wall.

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape should not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors.

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. On corner lots, dwellings are encouraged to obtain access through a permitted frontage type from either street, particularly in triplexes and quadplexes.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be massed as large houses, composed principally of two-story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR]

4. Dwellings within buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. (Formerly 24V.206.050)

24.600.380 Villa.

Building Type Diagram

A. Description. A large house containing anywhere from two to eight dwelling units. Each dwelling unit is individually accessed from a central lobby, which in turn is accessed directly from the street. A villa may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for villas.

B. Access.

1. Access to the building shall occur directly from and face the street. Said access shall be a single point leading to a central lobby which provides access to the individual dwellings without use of a corridor. Second floor dwellings shall be accessed by a stair located in the lobby and, again, without use of a corridor. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. On an interior lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed from the side street by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

5. Subterranean parking entrances should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot.

C. Parking and Services.

1. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the side street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Rear yards shall contain a usable, outdoor space of no less than 15 percent of the area of each lot and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). This yard area is intended for common use by all dwelling occupants. [E]

2. Dwelling units accessed above the first floor may provide usable, outdoor space in balconies or loggias with a minimum dimension of seven feet.

3. Dwelling units accessed at the first floor may provide usable, outdoor space, exclusive of the common yard area required above.

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. [DR]

2. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors.

4. At least one large tree should be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy.

5. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. Buildings shall be massed as large houses, composed principally of two story volumes, each designed to house scale. [DR]

4. Dwellings within buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. (Formerly 24V.206.060)

24.600.390 Bungalow court.

A. Description. Four or more detached houses arranged around a shared courtyard, with pedestrian access to the building entrances from the courtyard and/or street. A bungalow court may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for bungalow courts.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to dwellings shall be directly from the front yard or from the courtyard. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed from the side street by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On an interior lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking shall be at-grade. One parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Garages on corner lots without alleys may face the side street only if provided with one-car garage doors, and with driveways no more than eight feet wide that are separated by planters at least two feet wide. Garages facing a side street shall not accommodate more than four cars. [W]

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. Dwelling entrances shall face a courtyard that comprises at least 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular). [E]

2. Each dwelling shall have a usable, outdoor space of at least 150 square feet with a minimum dimension of eight feet. This space shall be exclusive of the courtyard and may be located in a side yard and/or the rear yard. [E]

3. Required outdoor space shall be enclosed by a fence, wall or hedge. [DR]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from the front yards on adjacent parcels. [DR]

2. Front yard trees shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors. [DR]

4. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of one- and/or two-story volumes and massed as houses. [DR]

2. Building elevations abutting side yards shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet and one vertical break. Architectural elements such as bay windows, projecting rooms or covered balconies may be provided in lieu of one plane break. [DR]

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

4. Dwellings within the buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. (Formerly 24V.206.070)

24.600.400 Rowhouse.

A. Description. Two or more detached two- or three-story dwellings. A rowhouse may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for rowhouses.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each dwelling shall be accessed directly from and face the street. [E]

2. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley or subterranean garage in a mixed type development. This type is not allowed on a lot without an alley or outside of a mixed type development. [E]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be in a garage, which may be attached to, or detached from, the dwelling. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Corner lots shall not have garages that face the side street. [W]

3. Services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

D. Open Space.

1. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the rowhouse at no less than 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. [DR]

2. Front yard trees, if provided, shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Other than frontage type performance measures, there are no additional frontage requirements for this building type.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of two- and/or three-story volumes in compliance with the regulations for the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

3. In a three-story building, a townhouse dwelling may be stacked over a ground floor flat. In this case, the flat shall be accessed by its own front door at the street line, and the townhouse dwelling shall be accessed by a separate front door and an internal stair. [DR]

4. In a two-story building, the rowhouse consists of a townhouse dwelling that is accessed from and faces the street. [DR] (Formerly 24V.206.080)

24.600.410 Live/work.

A. Description. An integrated housing unit and working space, occupied and utilized by a single household in a structure, either single-family or multifamily, that has been designed or structurally modified to accommodate joint residential occupancy and work activity at the ground floor. Nonresidential uses are identified under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for live/work buildings.

B. Access.

1. Live/work buildings have one of two methods of pedestrian access. Both methods segregate access to residential occupancy and work activity in either of the following manners:

a. The main entrance to the ground floor flex space shall be accessed directly from and face the street, and the upstairs residential occupancy area shall be accessed by a separate entrance and internal stair that is also accessed from and faces the street; or [E]

b. The main entrance to the ground floor flex space shall be accessed directly from and face the street, and the upstairs residential occupancy area shall also be accessed by that same entrance but the ground-level floor plan shall control access between floor levels through use of a small lobby, room partitions and doors. The intention is to prevent residential occupants and/or guests from needing to traverse through the flex space. [E]

2. Parking and services shall be accessed from an alley or subterranean garage in a mixed type development. This type is not allowed on a lot without an alley or outside of a mixed type development. [E]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking for one car shall be in a garage, which may be attached to, or detached from, the dwelling. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Corner lots shall not have garages that face the side street. [W]

3. Services, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located on the alley. [W]

D. Open Space.

1. One usable, outdoor space shall be provided behind the live/work building at no less than 15 percent of the lot area and of a regular geometry (e.g., rectangular) with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not obscure front yards on adjacent lots or the front of the ground floor flex space. Front yard trees, if provided, shall be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity). [DR]

2. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. As a building that provides both residential and nonresidential uses, the commercial/flex space on ground floors should be oriented toward the street to allow pedestrian exposure and direct access to the commercial/flex space.

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be composed of two- and/or three-story volumes in compliance with the height limitations of the applicable zone. [DR]

2. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR] (Formerly 24V.206.090)

24.600.420 Side court housing.

A. Description. A building or group of buildings containing dwelling units arranged on a lot in a row with the first unit facing the street. The primary entrance to each unit is from the side yard or, in the case of units facing the street, the front yard. Side court housing may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). A side court building is flanked by a side yard or court of a width comparable to the street maximum setback line and dwellings are accessed via a walkway parallel to that area. The following text provides performance standards for side court housing.

B. Access.

1. Entrances to dwellings shall be directly from the front yard or side yard area equal in width to the street maximum setback line. Access to no more than three second-story dwellings shall be through an open or roofed (but not enclosed) stair. [E]

2. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

3. Where an alley is not present, parking and services shall be accessed by way of a driveway seven to 10 feet wide, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

4. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have direct or indirect access to their parking stalls(s), or direct access to stalls enclosed within the garage. A combination of these conditions is encouraged.

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [W]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot.

D. Open Space.

1. Dwellings shall face an active side yard with a minimum dimension of 20 feet. [E]

2. Major ground floor rooms shall be open to the active side yard with large windows and, where possible, doors. [DR]

3. When located in an active side yard, a driveway shall be integrated into the design of the yard through the use of a reduced paved area, permeable paving materials or comparable surface area that provides a landscaped aesthetic and usable outdoor space. [DR]

4. Rear yards are not required for this type, as the private, useable outdoor space is provided in the side yard. [E]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. [DR]

2. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors.

4. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. Each ground-level dwelling shall have a frontage type that may not encroach into the active side yard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings shall be massed to the street as large houses of primarily two-story volumes, and to the side yards as one- and two-story masses at the scale of houses. [DR]

2. The building elevation abutting an inactive side yard shall be designed to provide at least one horizontal plane break of at least three feet, and one vertical break. [DR]

3. Buildings on corner lots shall be designed with two facades of equal architectural expression. [DR]

4. Dwellings within the buildings may be flats and/or townhouses. (Formerly 24V.206.100)

24.600.430 Courtyard housing.

A. Description. A group of dwelling units arranged to share one or more common courtyards upon a qualifying lot. Dwellings take access from the street or the courtyard(s). Dwelling configuration occurs as townhouses, flats, or flats located over or under flats or townhouses. The courtyard is intended to be a semipublic space that is an extension of the public realm. Courtyard housing may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for courtyard housing.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each ground floor dwelling shall be directly off a common courtyard or directly from the street. [E]

2. Access to no more than three second-story dwellings shall be through an open or roofed (but not enclosed) stair. [W]

3. Except for dwellings occurring at the fourth story, elevator access from subterranean parking may be provided between the garage and podium only. [W]

4. Where an alley is present, parking and services shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

5. Where an alley is not present on an interior lot, parking and services should be accessed from the street by a driveway near the side lot line and be flanked by planters, at least one foot wide.

6. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking and services shall be accessed by driveways of seven to eight feet maximum width, and with two-foot planters on each side. [W]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, one parking space for each dwelling unit shall be within a garage. The remaining required parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have direct or indirect access to their parking stall(s) or direct access to stalls enclosed within the garage. A combination of these conditions is encouraged.

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot.

D. Open Space.

1. Minimum courtyard dimensions shall be 30 feet by 30 feet. [W]

2. Courtyard housing shall be designed to provide a central courtyard and/or partial, multiple, separated or interconnected courtyards with a cumulative total of at least 15 percent of the lot. [E]

3. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards and in courtyards.

4. Courtyards shall be connected to the public way and/or to each other by zaguans or paseos. [E]

5. Zaguans shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide. [W]

6. Paseos shall be a minimum of 15 fifteen wide. [W]

E. Landscape.

1. Landscape shall not be used to separate a front yard from front yards on adjacent parcels. [DR]

2. Front yard trees should be of porch scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the porch at maturity) except at the margins of the lot, where they may be of house scale (no more than one and one-half times the height of the house at maturity).

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in each rear yard for shade and privacy. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

4. Trees may be placed in side yards to protect the privacy of neighbors.

5. At least one large tree planted directly in the ground shall be provided in at least one courtyard for shade, privacy and scale. [DR]

6. Courtyards located over garages should be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping.

F. Frontage.

1. Entrance doors, living space (e.g., living rooms and dining rooms) shall be oriented toward courtyards and the street to the degree possible. Service rooms shall be oriented to side and rear yards to the degree possible. [DR]

2. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

3. Stoops up to three feet in height and dooryards up to two feet in height may be placed above subterranean parking; provided, that they are landscaped and scaled to the street and building. [W]

4. Dooryards that face and/or encroach into a courtyard shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any four combinations of dwelling unit configurations: flats, flats over flats, townhouses, and townhouses over flats.

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique as deemed by individual designs.

3. Buildings shall be composed of one-, two- and three-story masses, each designed to house scale, and not necessarily representing a single dwelling. [DR]

4. Four-story masses shall be minimized inside courtyards and apparent on street frontages. [DR]

5. The intent of these regulations is to provide for courtyard housing buildings with varying heights. Suggested height ratios are as follows:

a. Two stories: 80 percent two stories; 20 percent one story.

b. Two and one-half stories: 60 percent two stories; 40 percent three stories.

c. Three stories: 35 percent two stories; 50 percent three stories; 15 percent four stories.

d. Three and one-half stories: 15 percent two stories; 60 percent three stories; 25 percent four stories.

6. These height ratios are maximums that correspond to the applicable zone.

7. Dwellings at fourth stories shall be accessed by single-loaded corridors or exclusive elevator service and configured as flats. [E]

8. The visibility of elevators and of exterior corridors at the third and/or fourth stories should be minimized by incorporation into the mass of the building. (Formerly 24V.206.110)

24.600.440 Stacked dwelling.

A. Description. A residential building comprised of flats and/or other residential units that does not meet the requirements of any other building type herein. Stacked dwelling buildings may be used for nonresidential purposes where allowed under subsection E (Allowed Land Uses) of the applicable zone (Article 2 of this chapter). The following text provides performance standards for stacked dwelling.

B. Access.

1. The entrance to the building shall be through a street level lobby or through a combination of street/podium lobby directly accessible from the street. [E]

2. The main entrance to each ground floor dwelling shall be directly from the street. Secondary access may be through an elevator and corridor. Stacked dwelling buildings within the T5 zone must have nonresidential uses at the ground level. [E]

3. Elevator access shall be provided between the subterranean garage and each level of the building where dwelling access occurs. [W]

4. Interior circulation to each dwelling shall be through a single- or double-loaded corridor. [E]

5. Where an alley is present, parking shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

6. Where an alley is not present, parking shall be accessed from the street through the building. [E]

7. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking shall be accessed from the side street through the building. [E]

8. Dwellings can be accessed via a single-loaded, exterior corridor, provided the corridor is designed per the following requirements:

a. The open corridor length does not exceed 40 feet. [W]

b. The open corridor is designed in the form of a Monterey balcony, a loggia, a terrace, or a wall with window openings.

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have indirect access to their parking stalls.

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley.

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways should be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot.

D. Open Space.

1. The primary shared open space is the rear yard, which shall be designed as a courtyard. Courtyards may be located on the ground or on a podium. Side yards may also be provided for common use gardens. [E]

2. Minimum courtyard dimensions shall be 30 feet by 30 feet. [W]

3. Courtyards shall not be of a proportion of less than one to one between their width and height. [W]

4. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards.

E. Landscape.

1. Front yard trees, if used, shall be less than the height of the buildings, except at the margins of the lot, where they may be used to frame and separate the building from its neighbors. [DR]

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to create a particular sense of place.

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard, planted directly in the ground; except for podium courtyards. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

4. Courtyards located over garages shall be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping. [DR]

F. Frontage.

1. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any of three dwelling type configurations: flats, townhouses, and lofts. [W]

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique, as determined by individual designs.

3. Buildings shall be composed of one dominant volume flanked by secondary ones. [DR]

4. The intent of these regulations is to provide for buildings with varying heights through adherence to the applicable zone’s height ratios. (Formerly 24V.206.120)

24.600.450 Commercial block.

A. Description. A building designed for occupancy by retail, service, and/or office uses on the ground floor street frontage, with upper floors configured for commercial use or for dwelling units.

B. Access.

1. The main entrance to each ground floor area shall be directly from and face the street. [E]

2. Entrance to the residential and/or nonresidential portions of the building above the ground floor shall be through a street level lobby or through a podium lobby accessible from the street. [E]

3. Elevator access shall be provided between the subterranean garage and each level of the building where dwelling and/or commerce access occurs. [W]

4. Interior circulation to each dwelling shall be through a single- or double-loaded corridor. [E]

5. Where an alley is present, parking shall be accessed through the alley. [E]

6. Where an alley is not present, parking shall be accessed from the street through the building. [E]

7. On a corner lot without access to an alley, parking shall be accessed from the side street through the building. [E]

8. Dwellings may be accessed via a single-loaded, exterior corridor, provided the corridor is designed per the following requirements:

a. The open corridor length does not exceed 40 feet. [W]

b. The open corridor is designed in the form of a balcony, a loggia, a terrace, or a wall with window openings. [DR]

C. Parking and Services.

1. Required parking may be at-grade or as subterranean. If provided at-grade, parking spaces may be within a garage, carport, or as open. [W]

2. Dwellings may have indirect access to their parking stalls.

3. Where an alley is present, services, above-ground equipment, and trash container areas should be located on the alley. [W]

4. Where an alley is not present, above-ground equipment and trash container areas shall be located at least 10 feet behind the facade of the building and be screened from view from the street with landscaping or a fence. [DR]

5. Parking entrances to subterranean garages and/or driveways shall be located as close as possible to the side or rear of each lot. [DR]

6. Utility, trash, recycling, food waste and service equipment, including satellite receiving dishes, transformers, and backflow devices, shall be located away from streets and enclosed or screened from view by landscaping, fencing or other architectural means. [DR]

7. Trash facilities and recycling containers must always be within structural enclosures and covered as specified in the city of Ventura public works “Trash/Recycling Enclosure Guidelines.” [DR]

8. Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum of 10 feet from building walls, screened on all sides, and integrated into the overall building design. [DR]

9. Trash/recycling enclosures and other facilities serviced by trucks should be strategically placed to minimize blockage of street traffic during servicing.

D. Open Space.

1. Courtyards may be located on the ground or on a podium. Side yards may also be provided for outdoor patios connected to ground floor commercial uses.

2. Courtyards, if provided, shall have a minimum dimension of 30 feet by 30 feet and shall not be of a proportion of less than one to one between their width and length. [W]

3. Private patios may be provided in side and rear yards.

E. Landscape.

1. No private landscaping is required in front of the building.

2. Trees may be placed in side yards to create a particular sense of place.

3. At least one large tree shall be provided in the rear yard planted directly in the ground, except for podium courtyards. All parcels abutting residentially zoned parcels shall provide buffer landscaping to screen and minimize building mass as determined by the decision-making authority. [DR]

4. Courtyards located over garages should be designed to avoid the sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping.

F. Frontage.

1. No arcade or gallery may encroach into the required minimum width of a courtyard. [W]

G. Building Size and Massing.

1. Buildings may contain any of three dwelling types: flats, townhouses, and lofts. [W]

2. Dwellings may be as repetitive or unique, as determined by individual designs.

3. Buildings may be composed of one dominant volume, and may be flanked by secondary ones.

4. The intent of these regulations is to provide for buildings with varying heights. Suggested height ratios are as follows:

a. One story: 100 percent one story.

b. Two stories: 85 percent two stories; 15 percent three stories.

c. Three stories: 85 percent three stories; 15 percent four stories.

d. Four stories: 75 percent four stories; 25 percent five stories.

5. These height ratios are maximums that may exceed that allowed by the applicable zone.

6. The visibility of elevators and of exterior corridors at the third, fourth and/or fifth stories shall be minimized by incorporation into the mass of the building. [DR] (Formerly 24V.206.130)

24.600.460 Purpose.

These standard design guidelines intend to ensure new development embodies architectural characteristics that maintain desired human scale, rhythm, and urban characteristics. This is done without prescribing architectural styles. The standard design guidelines are advisory. The standard design guidelines are organized as follows:

A. Context and architectural character;

B. Building massing and articulation;

C. Building walls;

D. Wall openings;

E. Roofs;

F. Miscellaneous building elements;

G. Site improvements;

H. Green design.

A. Context and Architectural Character. Proposed buildings should relate to the architectural characteristics of surrounding buildings to be more compatible with their neighbors. The intent is not necessarily to replicate or emulate existing buildings, but to allow for a range of architectural expressions that complement the existing urban fabric. Therefore, proposed building designs should be based on and reflect thorough analysis of their surrounding patterns with regard to the following:

1. Building orientation;

2. Horizontal and vertical building articulation;

3. Architectural style;

4. Building scale and proportion;

5. Roof line and form;

6. Fenestration pattern and detailing;

7. Architectural detailing;

8. Exterior finish materials and colors; and

9. Lighting and landscape patterns.

Even where there is no consistent architectural character or pattern found in the surrounding area, building design and massing can be used to complement architectural characteristics of neighboring buildings. In some cases, where the existing context is not so well-defined, or may be undesirable, a proposed project can establish an architectural character and pattern from which future development can take its cues.

B. Building Massing and Articulation.

1. Each building should have at minimum a distinctive: horizontal base; occupied middle; and eave, cornice and/or parapet line that complement and balance one another. Horizontal articulations can be produced by material changes or applied facade elements.

2. Each building should have a clear and harmonious pattern of vertically oriented facade openings including entries, windows, and bays and columns or other exposed vertical supports. Vertical articulations can be produced by variations in rooflines; window groupings; applied facade elements such piers or pilasters, bay windows and balconies; entrance stoops and porches; and subtle changes in materials and vertical planes that create shadow lines and textural differences. Vertical elements break up long, monolithic building facades along the street. Major vertical elements should be a maximum of 50 feet apart measured center-to-center.

3. In T4.5 zone buildings should generally be designed to the scale and form of single-family houses.

4. Building Base – this may be as simple as a small projection of the wall surface and/or a different material or color. It may be created by a heavier or thicker design treatment of the entire ground floor for a building of two or more floors, or by a setback of the upper floors.

5. Pattern of Features – windows, wall panels, pilasters, building bays, and storefronts should be based on a module derived from the building’s structural bay spacing. Features based on this module should be carried across windowless walls to relieve blank, uninteresting surfaces.

6. Building Entrances to Upper Floors – should be directly visible from the street and easy to identify.

a. For buildings in T4.8, T4.9, and T5.3 zones:

i. Main Building Entrances – should be easily identifiable and distinguishable from first floor storefronts. At least one of the following treatments is recommended:

(A) Marked by a taller mass above, such as a tower, or within a volume that protrudes from the rest of the building surface;

(B) Located in the center of the facade, as part of a symmetrical overall composition;

(C) Accented by architectural elements, such as columns, overhanging roofs, awnings, and ornamental light fixtures;

(D) Marked or accented by a change in the roofline or change in the roof type.

ii. Along Victoria Avenue – entries to shops or lobbies should be spaced a maximum of 50 feet apart.

iii. Corner Buildings – should provide prominent corner entrances for shops and other activity-generating uses.

b. For buildings in T4.5 zone:

i. A clear entry sequence should lead from the sidewalk to the front door. The following elements are recommended:

(A) Low Hedges, Fences and/or Entry Gates – to define the edge between the public street and private property.

(B) Stairs, Stoops, and Open Porches – are recommended to create attractive semipublic spaces.

(1) Stairs – all stairs should be boxed and framed by attractive stepped bulkheads walls or balustrade railings. Bullnose treads are recommended. Open or “floating” exterior stairs should not be used.

(2) Open Porches – should have attractive bulkheads or balustrade railings and a roof that complements the pitch and materials of the main roof.

(C) Ornamental Lighting – for porches and walks to add attractiveness, safety, and security.

(D) Freestanding Landscape Elements – such as trellises, arbors, and special landscape materials that add character to yard spaces and/or accent the entry sequence.

(E) Pedestrian Access to Subsurface Parking Garages – should be provided along the building frontages to increase streetside pedestrian activity. Accessways could link directly to the main entrance stoop/porch, or be provided in a separate location. In either case, they should be designed as a prominent, visible element in the overall facade composition.

C. Building Walls.

1. Configuration.

a. Two or more wall materials may be combined on one facade only with one above the other – lighter materials above those more substantial (e.g., wood above stucco or masonry, or stucco above masonry); dependent, however, upon the chosen style.

b. All building elements that project from the building wall by more than 16 inches, including but not limited to decks, balconies, porch roofs and bays, shall be visibly supported by pilasters, piers, brackets, posts, columns, or beams that are sized proportionally to the structure above. This requirement does not apply to cantilevered elements that are typical for a specific style.

2. Wall Surface Materials – if the building mass and pattern of windows and doors is complex, simple wall surfaces are preferable (e.g., stucco); if the building volume and the pattern of wall openings are simple, additional wall texture and articulation should be employed (e.g., bricks or blocks, rusticated stucco, ornamental reliefs). In both cases, pilasters, columns, and cornices should be used to add visual interest and pedestrian scale.

3. The palette of wall materials should be kept to a minimum, preferably two (e.g., stucco and tile, brick and stone) or less. Using the same wall materials as adjacent or nearby buildings helps strengthen the district character.

a. Brick – brick veneers should be mortared to give the appearance of structural brick. If used, brick tile applications should use wraparound corner and bullnose pieces to minimize a veneer appearance.

b. Stone and Stone Veneers – are appropriate as a basic building material or as special material for wall panels or sills in combination with other materials, such as brick or concrete.

c. Poured-in-Place Concrete – options in terms of formwork, pigments, and aggregates should be explored to create rich surfaces. When used, include accents such as ceramic tile or stone for decorative effect.

d. Ceramic Tile – is recommended as an accent material.

e. Stucco – and/or painted stucco may be used in order to reduce maintenance and increase wear. All stucco surfaces should be smooth to prevent the collection of dirt and surface pollutants, and the deterioration of painted surfaces.

f. Wood Siding – wood is the predominant material of most existing residential structures in Ventura and should be widely used in the architectural design of new residential structures. Horizontal sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove; vertical siding such as board and batten; and other horizontal sidings such as smaller wood shingles and shakes may be suitable.

g. Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding – these are exterior siding products composed of Portland cement, ground sand, cellulose fiber and sometimes clay, mixed with water and cured in an autoclave. They are available in planks, panels and shingles and are an acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described above under wood siding.

h. Curtain Wall Systems – should only be used for limited areas, such as connections between buildings, entrance lobbies, etc.

i. Note on Parapet and Cornice Cap Flashings – sheet metal parapet cap flashings should be painted to match wall or trim color.

j. Not Appropriate.

i. Simulated finishes – such as artificial stone.

ii. Wood shingles and shakes – vertical board and batten, shingles, or shakes are not recommended in the T4.8, T4.9, and T-5.3 zones; they have a rural/residential character.

iii. Plywood siding.

4. Side and Rear Building Facades – should have a level of trim and finish compatible with the front facade, particularly if they are visible from streets, adjacent parking areas or residential buildings.

5. Blank Wall Areas – without windows or doors are only permitted on internal-block side-property line walls. Such blank walls should reflect the ground-level building increment, building massing and organization, and facade compositions guidelines. Surface relief, decorative vines, and/or architectural murals and other surface enhancements should also be considered. Any blank exterior wall should also be treated with a graffiti-resistant coating.

6. Color – in general, drab earth tones should not be used. Building walls should contrast trim colors; for example, neutral or light walls with dark colors and saturated hues for accent and ornamental colors; white or light window and door trim on a medium or dark building wall. Colors of adjacent buildings should be taken into consideration.

a. Secondary Color – can be used to give additional emphasis to architectural features such as building bases (like a wainscot), plasters, cornices, capitals, and bands.

b. Bright Colors – should be used sparingly. Typical applications are fabric awnings and banners. A restrained use of bright colors allows display windows and merchandise to catch the eye and stand out in the visual field.

D. Wall Openings.

1. Windows – are an important element of building composition and an indicator of overall building quality:

a. All windows within a building, large or small, should be related in operating type, proportions, and trim. Other unifying elements should be used, such as common sill or header lines.

b. For Storefront Buildings: Window-to-Wall Proportion – in general, upper stories should have a window to wall area proportion (typically 30 through 50 percent) that is smaller than that of ground floor storefronts.

c. Window Inset – glass should be inset a minimum of three inches from the exterior wall surface to add relief to the wall surface; this is especially important for stucco buildings.

d. Shaped Frames and Sills – should be used to enhance openings and add additional relief. They should be proportional to the glass area framed; e.g., a larger window should have thicker framing members.

e. Mullions – “true divided light” windows or sectional windows are recommended where a divided window design is desired; “snap-in” grilles or mullions should not be used.

f. Glazing – clear glazing is strongly recommended. Reflective glazing should not be used. If tinted glazing is used, the tint should be kept as light as possible; green, gray, and blue are recommended.

g. Replacement/Renovation – wood windows should be replaced with wood windows of the same operating type (e.g., double-hung, casement, etc.; vinyl-covered wood windows are available for lower maintenance). If aluminum replacement windows or doors are used, they should be same operating type and orientation as the original windows (e.g., do not replace a double-hung window with a horizontal sliding window):

i. Factory painted – or fluorocoated to match the original; color anodized is also acceptable.

ii. Similar in size – and thickness to the original frame and mullions.

2. Storefronts – are like small buildings with their own base, “roofline,” and pattern of window and door openings; with the exception of styles, for example, as Art Moderne and Art Deco.

a. Base – a panel of tile or other special material is recommended below display windows. Materials recommended for walls (next section) are generally suitable. Base materials should be the same or “heavier” materials visually than walls.

i. Brick and Wood – should only be used if the rest of the wall surface is the same material; neither material should be used exclusively.

ii. Ceramic Tile – is frequently used as a storefront base. Dark tile with light stucco is an effective combination. Different colors and sizes of tile may be used for decorative effect.

b. Display Windows – large pane windows encompassing a minimum of 60 percent of the storefront surface area are recommended. Where privacy is desired for restaurants, professional services, etc., windows should be divided into smaller panes.

c. Clerestory Windows – are horizontal panels of glass between the storefront and the second floor. They are recommended for new or renovated storefronts. Clerestory windows can be good locations for neon, painted-window and other relatively nonobtrusive types of signs.

d. Recessed Entries – are recommended as another traditional element of the main street storefront. Recommended treatments include:

i. Special paving materials – such as ceramic tile;

ii. Ornamental ceilings – such as coffering;

iii. Decorative light fixtures.

e. Doors – should be substantial and well detailed. They are the one part of the storefront that patrons will invariably touch and feel. They should match the materials, design and character of the display window framing. “Narrowline” aluminum frame doors are not recommended.

f. Cornices – should be provided at the second floor (or roofline for a one-story building) to differentiate the storefront from upper levels of the building and to add visual interest; this also allows the storefront to function as the base for the rest of the building.

E. Roofs.

1. Forms – roof forms should complement the building mass and match the principal building in terms of style, detailing and materials. Double-pitched roofs (such as gable, hip, pyramid), dormer windows, and chimneys are recommended to add variety and visual interest when viewed from downtown streets below and hillside areas above. Roofs of historic buildings in Ventura and neighboring cities should be used as an inspiration for new designs. Flat roofs are acceptable, if a strong, attractively detailed cornice and/or parapet wall is provided. Single-pitched or “shed” roofs should not be used for the principal building.

2. Parapet Walls – are recommended; they should have a distinct shape or profile, e.g., a gable, arc, or raised center.

3. “Commercial Mansards” – i.e., wraparound roofing panels that do not enclose a habitable floor should not be used.

4. Mansards – should only be used when emulating a traditional building style that typically employs mansard roofs, e.g., Beaux Arts, Victorian, etc. The following guidelines should apply:

5. Buildings are three stories or greater height.

a. They enclose no more and no less than one floor of habitable space;

b. Dormer windows and other architectural features should occupy a minimum of 25 percent of the roof length.

6. Accent Elements – such as flags, cut-out openings, grilles and latticework, ornamental medallions or building numbers are recommended.

7. Mechanical Equipment – on rooftops should be screened, preferably behind a parapet roof. Latticework, louvered panels, and other treatments that are compatible with the building’s architecture may also be appropriate.

8. Materials – encouraged roof surface materials are identified as follows:

a. Clay, Ceramic or Concrete Tile – colorful glazed ceramic tiles are recommended for decorative roof shapes, such as parapets, domes, and turrets.

b. Tar and Gravel, Composition, or Elastomeric Roofs (at Flat Roof Locations) – light, reflective colors are recommended to minimize heat gain within the buildings. Roof surfaces utilizing these materials should be screened from view from adjacent buildings and sites by parapet walls.

c. Metal Seam Roofing – should be anodized, fluorocoated or painted. Copper and lead roofs should be natural or oxidized.

F. Miscellaneous Building Elements.

1. Trellises, Canopies, Awnings and Other Building-Mounted Accessories.

a. Awnings – are recommended. They should be a colorful fabric mounted over a metal structure that is framed and attractive in design. Fabric awnings are generally preferable to permanent canopies. Backlit awnings are strongly discouraged.

b. Trellises and Canopies – materials, color, and form should be derived from the building architecture.

c. Height and Projection – trellises, canopies and awnings should be a minimum of seven feet above the sidewalk, and project no more than seven feet out from the building wall.

d. Placement – of trellises, canopies and awnings should be above the display windows and below the storefront cornice or sign panel. They should not cover piers, pilasters, clerestory windows or other architectural features. An individual awning or canopy for each storefront or building bay complements the building more effectively than one continuous awning does.

e. Accessories – colorful banners should be used to add variety to the street. Ornamental brackets and poles add further interest. Hanging flower or plant baskets suspended from ornamental brackets of metal or wood are recommended for storefronts.

2. Accessory Buildings.

a. General – outbuildings of all types should have architectural treatments derived from the main building: surface materials, trim, fenestration, roof materials, and colors.

b. Freestanding Garages – should be unobtrusive, preferably located at the rear of properties to minimize visual impact.

c. Single-Car Garage Doors – are strongly recommended, with windows, surface panels, trim, and other forms of architectural detailing to reduce their impact and scale.

d. Built-in Garages – should blend with the form of the residence.

G. Site Improvements.

1. Public and Semipublic Open Space – where provided as part of new development; e.g. pedestrian spaces, arcades, malls, courtyards, etc.

a. Spatial Definition – spaces should be defined by buildings or landscape elements on a minimum of two sides.

b. Linkage – spaces should be publicly accessible during daylight hours and linked to adjacent streets and sidewalks.

c. Sequence – gateways, trellises, special lighting, planting, etc., should be used to create a sequence for pedestrians; for example, an ornamental gate at the sidewalk, a passage lined with columns, and arrival at a courtyard.

2. Walls, Fences and Piers – should be used to define public and private boundaries and spaces.

a. Design – walls, fences, and piers should be designed to be compatible with the character of the principal building(s).

i. Walls and fences should be open and/or low along street frontages – to maintain both a public character and sight distance for driveways where they occur.

ii. Fence and Wall Panels – should be divided into regular modules that reflect the module of the principal building.

iii. Thick and Thin Elements – should be used, with thicker pieces for supports and panel divisions. Fence posts and support columns should be emphasized and/or built-up.

iv. Walls – should have a base and coping.

b. Materials – should be compatible with the principal building. Post or pier materials may differ from fence materials, such as metal fences with masonry piers.

c. Fences – should be wrought iron, cast iron, and welded steel ornamental fences, or wood picket fences of substantial design. Metal fences also may be mounted on a low masonry wall, and/or spanning masonry piers. Wooden fences in nonresidential areas should be painted, preferably a light color.

d. Walls – are recommended to be of brick, stone, concrete, precast concrete, stucco-faced concrete, or concrete block.

e. Piers – for spatial separation, a line of piers is acceptable. A continuous chain suspended between piers can be an effective and attractive device for creating a separation.

i. Spacing – no more than eight feet on center.

ii. Thickness – at least 18 inches per side or diameter.

iii. Height – at least three feet, no more than six feet.

iv. Materials – should be the same as or complementary to the principal building.

f. Not Recommended.

i. Chain link fences – if used, chain link should be coated with nylon, preferably of a dark color. Chain link fences can be made more attractive by using masonry or heavy wood posts.

ii. Unfinished or unsurfaced concrete block walls – should not be used; block walls should be coated with stucco or a similar surface.

iii. Rustic wood fences – should not be used.

iv. Barbed wire/plaza wire – should not be used.

3. Paving Materials – recommended for pedestrian surfaces are listed below. In general, a maximum of two materials should be combined in a particular application:

a. Stone – such as slate or granite.

b. Brick pavers.

c. Concrete unit pavers.

d. Poured-in-Place Concrete – with any of the following treatments: integral pigment color, special aggregate, special scoring pattern, ornamental insets such as tile, or pattern-stamped. All concrete walks should be tinted to reduce glare.

e. Not Recommended – asphalt, with the exception of bike paths.

4. Furnishings, Artwork, and Special Features – are recommended for public and/or common outdoor spaces.

a. Permanent Outdoor Seating – is recommended in all publicly accessible ways and spaces. Seating should be either:

i. Incorporated – as part of the design of the building base, or

ii. Custom Designed – in a style related to the architecture of the building (permanent benches of stone, brick or precast concrete), or

iii. Catalog Items – of substantial materials; e.g., steel or cast iron, precast concrete, or substantial wood.

b. Portable Seating – movable chairs, tables for cafes and other furniture should be of substantial materials; preferably metal or wood rather than plastic. Tables used for outdoor dining within the public right-of-way (i.e., in sidewalk areas) shall be a maximum of three feet in diameter if round and three feet along the longest side if rectilinear.

c. Street Clocks, Directory Kiosks, and Permanent Freestanding Showcase Displays – are encouraged for commercial buildings, subject to city review for adequate clearances, safety, and design. Designs should reflect the architecture of the sponsoring building or storefront.

d. Fountains – are recommended in open courtyard and passage spaces. The design and materials should relate to the principal building.

e. Public Art – such as sculpture, wall murals and other paintings, lighting displays and special public open spaces are encouraged.

i. Location – of public art should be in highly visible places specifically designed or modified for the purpose of accommodating it; public art should not be located in semiprivate areas such as the rear of buildings or in courtyards.

ii. Symbolic Content – of public art should relate to and represent the rich history of Ventura where appropriate; abstract as well as literal representative elements are appropriate.

iii. Murals – should reflect the color and architectural composition of the buildings on which they are painted, and, to the extent appropriate, that of neighboring buildings. Murals are strongly recommended for exposed firewalls and other windowless wall areas that extend two or more floors above neighboring buildings.

f. Surface Parking Lots Should Include Space-Defining Elements – such as arcades, trellises, columns, light standards, walls and railings, stairs and ramps, trees, climbing vines, arbors, and hedges to provide visual interest; use of these elements should be consistent with the principal building and other site features.

5. Plant Materials and Landscaping – should contribute to a comfortable, yet urban, downtown environment. The city of Ventura “City Tree Master Plan” should be referred to in addition to the guidelines listed below. Drought-tolerant plant materials should be used as appropriate.

a. Plant Materials Along Street Frontages – should contribute to a harmonious, civic character.

i. Street Trees – shall be planted along all streets at a spacing of approximately 25 feet on center to create a buffer between pedestrians and automobiles. Consistency in tree species, tree size, and spacing should be used to establish a strong street identity.

ii. Trees with open branching structures should be used. Deciduous trees are recommended to create shade in summer and allow sun in winter.

iii. Curbside planting strips shall be drought-tolerant grasses or low-growing groundcover; materials that might cause pedestrians to trip shall not be used.

iv. Streetside planting areas should have a simple palette of plant species. Drought-tolerant and/or native plants should be used. Common nonnative species such as juniper, oleander, and eucalyptus should not be used.

v. Plant materials that exhibit annual or seasonal color are recommended to highlight special locations; e.g., flanking main building entries and driveways.

b. Shade trees should be planted between every three parking spaces.

Tree species employed shall not drop significant amounts of debris, sap or other materials. Trees shall be round-headed, easy to limb up, and able to thrive in urban conditions.

c. Plant Materials in Other Locations – should be selected and placed to reflect both ornamental and functional characteristics.

i. Deciduous trees should be the predominant large plant material used. They should be located adjacent to buildings and within parking areas to provide shade in summer and allow sun in winter. Species should be selected to be drought-tolerant, provide fall color and minimize litter and other maintenance problems.

ii. Evergreen shrubs and trees should be used as a screening device, for example, along rear property lines, around mechanical appurtenances and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages.

iii. Flowering shrubs and trees should be used where they can be most appreciated: adjacent to walks and recreational areas, or framing building entries, stairs, and walks.

iv. Plants with annual or seasonal color are recommended to highlight special locations, such as courtyards, building entrances, or access drives.

v. Decorative vines should be considered for use along fences, property boundaries, perimeter walls, and on blank building elevations.

vi. Palm trees should be used sparingly.

vii. Drought-Tolerant – and/or native plants should generally be used. Common nonnative species such as juniper, oleander, and eucalyptus should not be used.

d. Mounding Earth – freestanding earth berms and/or earth berms against buildings are a suburban landscape approach that are not appropriate in the Victoria Avenue Planning Area.

H. Green Design. Green design seeks to increase the efficiency with which buildings use energy, water, and materials, while reducing buildings’ impacts on the environment and human health through better siting, design, construction, operation, and maintenance.

1. Siting and Form.

a. The early building location, orientation and massing decisions should consider solar-responsiveness, daylighting and natural ventilation and cooling design.

2. Passive Design Strategies.

a. Roofs. Roof surface should be light colored and reflective roof surface to minimize heat gain.

b. Overhangs. Roof and window overhangs on the south side can be sized to provide shade in the summer, while allowing sunlight and warmth in the building during the winter.

c. Windows. All windows should be sealed, flashed, and properly installed to reduce air and moisture infiltration. The size and number of windows on the heat intensive west side should be reduced in comparison to the recommended use of larger windows for greater ventilation and daylighting on the north and east sides.

3. Stormwater Management.

a. Development should limit the amount of impermeable surfaces on the site, since permeable surfaces both reduce peak stormwater runoff, and treat stormwater pollutants.

4. Landscaping.

a. Slow-growing, drought-tolerant plants that require less water and maintenance, significantly reducing water consumption, should be planted. Native California plants and well-adapted nonnative plants can be combined in wildlife-friendly and visually attractive landscapes suited to urban conditions. (Formerly 24V.207.010)

24.600.470 Purpose.

Block and street regulations determine the requirements for the provision, configuration and design of new streets. They are established to enhance the connectivity of the street network, to create safe and attractive streetscape environments, and to encourage walking to and within the plan area. (Formerly 24V.208.010)

24.600.480 Block perimeter.

A. Definition.

1. “Block perimeter” is a measure of the total length of the property line along all block faces.

2. Alleys and paseos do not define block faces.

3. The required maximum block perimeter for each transect zone is specified in Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

B. Applicability.

1. Development increments that exceed the specified maximum block perimeter standard must construct new public streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not exceed the maximum block perimeter.

2. New streets must be designed, configured, and located in accordance with the standards specified in principles set forth in Section 24.600.490.

3. Figure 6, Breakdown of Large Blocks, illustrates, step-by-step, how to introduce new streets and alleyways to subdivide a large parcel into smaller blocks and parcels.

C. Performance Measures.

1. New streets required by this section shall have a connection to Victoria Avenue and other existing streets.

2. Blocks shall be designed to allow unobstructed bicycle access to the class I and II bikeways.

3. Wherever possible, new streets shall:

a. Align with existing street intersections.

b. Be located along existing parcel boundaries.

c. Be located and aligned to allow for future direct connections to other streets.

Figure 6. Breakdown of Large Blocks

Step 1 – Calculate the parcel size and determine if new blocks and/or streets are required.

Step 2 – Introduce new streets. Create a layout for new streets according to the principles detailed in this article, Blocks and Streets.

Step 3 – Introduce lots. Create a layout for lots or nominal lots using lot widths permitted for desired building types.

Step 4 – Prepare a preliminary master plan showing the layout of buildings and open spaces according to the urban standards for the applicable transect zone. Simultaneously, introduce alleyways that will provide access to properties and enhance their value and livability.

(Formerly 24V.208.020)

24.600.490 New street types.

A. Definition. “New streets” includes the moving lanes, parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas. Streets may be located on private or public land.

B. Applicability.

1. New streets are required in order to satisfy block perimeter regulations (see Section 24.600.480).

2. New streets not required by block perimeter regulations may be built at the developer’s discretion for the purpose of building access or orientation.

C. Performance Measures.

1. For each new street, whether or not it is required by block perimeter regulation, a street type must be selected from the street types permitted for the applicable transect zone.

2. New street types shall be designed as illustrated in this section.

3. An applicant may propose modifications to the accompanying street designs; provided, that it can be shown that the modified street design satisfies or enhances the streetscape environment as regards each of the following stated goals, subject to review by the community development director.

4. The street types are intended to guide the development of new streets to accomplish the following street design goals:

a. Establish a perceivable hierarchy of connected streets that are appropriately designed and scaled to complement development in place and planned.

b. Present the city’s residents and visitors with multiple route and modal options for travel within and between city districts.

c. Provide safe and attractive streetscape environments to provide vehicular capacity while ensuring a safe and welcoming environment for pedestrians, bicyclists and transit riders.

d. Create inviting pedestrian environments to encourage walking to and within the corridor.

e. Provide significant plantings of deciduous trees within planting strips and medians to create a lush and attractive neighborhood setting.

f. Allow shared bicycle and vehicle use of travel lanes on relatively low volume streets.

5. Thoroughfares shall vary in design (i.e., travel lane widths, sidewalk widths, landscaping, etc.) according to variables including, but not limited to, vehicle capacity, vehicle speed, topography, pedestrian use, bicycle use, circulation, public transit, placement of adjacent buildings and businesses, and function beyond the project development boundaries; all subject to director approval.

6. Whenever possible, new streets shall connect to existing streets. Cul-de-sacs are permitted only where natural site conditions or utility easements prohibit connection to the street network. If a new street cannot connect to an existing street, it should be located, configured, and built to allow for a connection in the future.

7. In order to maintain or increase the accessibility provided by the block structure of the corridor districts, existing public streets or alleyways may not be closed permanently unless the closure is part of a plan that will provide new streets in equal or greater numbers. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.208.030)

24.600.500 Main street.

A. Purpose. Organize the primary public realm to create an environment suitable for shopping and strolling along active retail and entertainment uses. Main street sidewalks should be wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for walking, and to encourage activities including outdoor dining, locations for kiosks, food carts, and flower stalls. On-street parking is crucial to the success of main street.

B. Components.

1. On-street parking that is oriented parallel or at a 45-degree angle to the curb.

2. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit, deciduous trees.

3. Trees shall be located in tree grates that are flush-mounted at the back of curb, or may be located in islands within the parking lanes.

4. Trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of 40 feet on center along the back of sidewalk, or, if located within the parking lanes, trees shall be located between each set of two parking spaces.

5. Trees should be fast growing and deciduous so that they may be maintained in a way that provides unobstructed views to showroom windows and building signage.

6. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 40 feet on center. The light source should be located 12 through 14 feet above finished grade.

7. Up-lights at the base of trees and at the base of building pilasters may be used to provide additional ornamental lighting. (Formerly 24V.208.040)

24.600.510 Workplace avenue.

A. Purpose. Provide an attractive primary corridor for vehicular and pedestrian traffic within designated workplace districts. The workplace avenue provides a desirable setting for new office development, accommodates commercial traffic movements, and encourages pedestrians to walk within the district and to nearby activity along Victoria Avenue.

B. Components.

1. A continuous planting strip along the back or curb.

2. Planting strips and medians shall consist of low lying, drought-tolerant groundcovers and shrubs.

3. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit or upright deciduous trees located in the planting strip.

4. Trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of 40 feet on center.

5. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided within the planter strip at a maximum spacing of 80 feet on center. The light source should be located 12 through 14 feet above finished grade.

6. Taller, “boulevard scale” decorative lighting may be provided within planting strip or center median at a maximum spacing of 120 feet on center. (Formerly 24V.208.050)

24.600.520 Workplace street.

A. Purpose. Provide a secondary street within a workplace district to accommodate local pedestrian, bicycle and vehicular circulation.

B. Components.

1. A continuous planting strip along the back or curb.

2. Planting strips shall consist of low lying, drought-tolerant groundcovers and shrubs.

3. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit or upright deciduous or evergreen trees located in the planting strip.

4. Trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of 40 feet on center.

5. Street lighting located within the planting strip shall illuminate both the thoroughfare and sidewalk environment at a maximum spacing of 80 feet on center. (Formerly 24V.208.060)

24.600.530 Neighborhood and workplace green.

A. Purpose. Provide a centrally located open space for public gatherings, surrounded by a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its surroundings.

B. Components.

1. Large, open-habit deciduous trees in planting strips with trees planted at an average spacing of 30 feet on center.

2. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting along the sidewalk and open space edge with an average spacing of 30 feet on center. Light source should be located 12 through 14 feet above finished grade.

3. A neighborhood green open space consists primarily of plaza spaces, lawns, and trees and shall include public seating. (Formerly 24V.208.070)

24.600.540 Neighborhood avenue.

A. Purpose. Provide an attractive street to serve as a primary travel corridor within and between neighborhood districts. The avenue is intended first and foremost to serve residential development and should provide a desirable setting for homes. Applicants are encouraged to include a generously planted central median.

B. Components.

1. A continuous planting strip along the back or curb.

2. Planting strips and medians shall consist of low-lying, drought-tolerant groundcovers and shrubs.

3. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees located in the planting strip.

4. Trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of 40 feet on center or, if located within the parking lanes, trees shall be located between each set of two parking spaces.

5. Where trees are located in the parking lane, trees within the planting strip shall be staggered between the trees in parking and evenly spaced for the length of the avenue.

6. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided within the planter strip at a maximum spacing of 80 feet on center. The light source should be located 12 through 14 feet above finished grade.

7. Taller, “boulevard scale” decorative lighting may be provided within planting strip or center median at a maximum spacing of 120 feet on center.

8. A planted center median may be provided with minimum width of 10 feet. The median can be narrowed to accommodate a left-turn lane at major intersections as needed. (Formerly 24V.208.080)

24.600.550 Neighborhood street.

A. Purpose. Provide an attractive street to serve residential development. The neighborhood street is intended as a narrow yield street to ensure slow moving vehicular traffic.

B. Components.

1. A continuous planting strip along the back or curb.

2. Planting strips shall consist of low-lying, drought-tolerant groundcovers and shrubs.

3. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees located in the planting strip.

4. Trees shall be planted at a maximum spacing of 30 feet on center or, if located within the parking lanes, trees shall be located between each set of two parking spaces.

5. Where trees are located in the parking lane, trees within the planting strip shall be staggered between the trees in parking and evenly spaced for the length of the street or avenue.

6. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided within the planter strip at a maximum spacing of 90 feet on center. The light source should be located 12 through 14 feet above finished grade. (Formerly 24V.208.090)

24.600.560 Parking and services.

This article contains regulations and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the Victoria Avenue Corridor Plan Area is convenient and accessible, accommodates all land uses, and supports the plan’s intended outcomes.

A. Parking and Services Placement.

1. The location of off-street parking and services shall be limited to the portions of a lot identified by Diagram C of each transect zone and shall not encroach into front setback areas unless it is subterranean.

B. Parking Requirements.

1. The required minimum number of parking spaces required is specified in Article 2, Zones and Development Standards, of this chapter.

2. New on-street parking spaces provided adjacent to new development (including spaces provided as part of the Victoria shopfront overlay and other new streets) may be counted toward the minimum parking requirement for that development.

3. Minimum parking requirements may be reduced in developments where it can be demonstrated that shared parking facilities will meet parking demand without providing separate facilities for each use.

a. Developments that contain a mix of workplace and nonworkplace uses may reduce nonresidential parking requirements by five percent without a parking demand analysis.

b. Developments that contain a mix of workplace and nonworkplace uses may be eligible for additional parking requirement reductions if such a reduction is deemed appropriate by an approved parking demand analysis prepared by the applicant (see Urban Land Institute – Shared Parking: Second Edition for a recommended parking demand analysis methodology).

4. Minimum parking requirements may be reduced in developments where it can be demonstrated by an approved parking demand analysis prepared by the applicant that parking demand for the development is lower than assumed by the development code. Potential cases include, but are not limited to:

a. Workplace uses with a limited number of employees and/or customers per square foot of floor area.

b. Reduced automobile use due to factors such as alternative modes of transportation or captive patrons.

C. Access.

1. Parking shall be accessed from new internal streets, alleys or driveways. Cul-de-sacs and dead-end streets are prohibited unless topographical constraints prohibit through streets. Alleys may be dead-end if they allow for future connection to adjacent parcels. Garage doors shall face alleys or driveways. Flag lots are prohibited.

2. Access to parking facilities shall be provided from alleyways wherever possible. Along all streets, the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single building is one two-lane curb cut or two one-lane curb cuts.

3. The maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is 12 feet for a one-lane and 24 feet for a two-lane driveway.

4. The total width of parking access openings on the ground level of structured parking may not exceed 30 feet.

5. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five feet from side property lines, and a minimum of three feet from adjacent buildings.

6. Exterior driveway surfaces should be paved with nonslip, attractive surfaces such as interlocking unit pavers or scored and colored concrete.

D. Lots.

1. Parking lots built to the required parking and services setback line must provide a decorative wall or fence along the setback line (see Article 8, Standard Design Guidelines, Section 24.600.460(G), Site Improvements, for walls and fences).

2. Lots shall provide clear pedestrian circulation routes to main building entrances and sidewalks. These routes shall be designed to include sidewalks and walkways with a minimum five-foot width and be separated from vehicular areas by curbing and trees.

3. Parking lots shall be illuminated to provide clear views both to and within the site.

4. Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated to avoid light pole and tree conflicts.

5. Surface parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent development with landscaping, utilizing shrubs, hedges or trees.

6. Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries shall not obstruct a driver’s clear sight lines to oncoming traffic.

7. In order to provide shade, trees shall be planted in surface parking lots to subdivide continuous rows of parking stalls at a minimum spacing of one tree every five spaces.

8. Trees shall be located between the longer dimension of angled or perpendicular parking stalls. Trees planted between two abutting head-to-head parking stalls do not satisfy the requirement.

9. Trees shall be planted in curbed landscape islands with inlets to allow infiltration of surface water runoff or in flush tree wells with tree guards.

10. Wheel stops shall be used adjacent to tree wells and planter areas to protect landscaping from car overhangs.

11. Trees in parking areas should be large and have a high-branching, broad-headed form to create maximum shade.

12. Curbed planting areas should be provided at the end of each parking aisle to protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles.

13. The main pedestrian route from a parking lot to a building entrance should be easily recognizable, accessible, and demarcated by special paving or landscaping, such as a shaded promenade, trellis, or ornamental planting.

14. Parking lots should utilize permeable paving and biofiltration swales wherever possible.

E. Structures.

1. Parking structures shall be located and designed to minimize their visual impact on public streets and public spaces.

2. Subterranean parking shall not extend beyond the building footprint and may rise to a height of three feet maximum above finished grade; provided, that the garage perimeter wall either aligns with the face of building or becomes part of a stoop or door yard frontage type. (Formerly 24V.209)

24.600.570 Purpose.

This article regulates the development of large parcels or parcel assemblages. The intent is to:

A. Require buildings with massing and articulation that reflects the scale of the Victoria Corridor’s development pattern and prevent large, monolithic, and repetitive buildings.

B. Ensure a mix of workplace, housing, and commercial uses consistent with general plan goals.

C. Create a prestigious business corridor by emphasizing development of offices that would bring about high-value, high-wage jobs, and with supplemental supporting retail and residential uses.

D. Foster a significant concentration of workplace in the plan area, with the objective of creating 500,000 square feet of nonretail, employment generating uses. (Formerly 24V.210.010)

24.600.580 Submittal requirements.

An application for a development qualifying under this article shall include, at a minimum, a site plan, inclusive of diagrams and text, which identifies proposed individual building sites and their dimensions, existing adjacent thoroughfares, proposed new thoroughfares, proposed building type(s), proposed frontage type(s) and the relationship of the project site to its surrounding context. (Formerly 24V.210.020)

24.600.590 Standards.

Each building within a mixed type development shall comply with the applicable transect zone’s urban standards and corresponding regulations. However, standards and regulations shall be amended as follows:

A. Mixed Building Types. Any parcel or parcel assemblage with a contiguous area of 30,000 square feet or more shall be developed as mixed type development in accordance with the standards in this article. Parcels or parcel assemblages with a contiguous area less than 30,000 square feet may also be developed as mixed type development.

1. A variation in building height and a mix of various building, use, and dwelling types within the same project is required.

2. Developments on parcels or parcel assemblages between 30,000 and 50,000 square feet shall be composed of at least two buildings or shall be designed to have the appearance of multiple independent buildings that may be of the same or different building types as allowed by the applicable zone.

3. Developments on parcels or parcel assemblages exceeding 50,000 square feet shall be composed of at least three buildings and/or shall be designed to have the appearance of multiple independent buildings that may be of the same or different building types as allowed by the applicable zone.

4. Mixed type developments allow for the inclusion of stacked dwellings if they are integrated into the overall design of a project.

5. Public buildings that, if included, should be located in visually prominent central locations recognizable and accessible to the public.

B. Pedestrian Access. Any parcel or parcel assemblage with a contiguous area of 30,000 square feet or more shall conform to the pedestrian access requirements in accordance with the standards in this article. Parcels or parcel assemblages with a contiguous area less than 30,000 square feet may also be developed as mixed type development.

The relatively large blocks and resulting deep lots often accommodate buildings within the block that do not necessarily have direct frontage on any of the block bounding streets. These standards aim at ensuring that all dwelling units and/or residential lobbies independent of their location within a block have access to and are connected with the public realm.

1. The public realm shall extend into the block in the form of new streets, paseos and/or interconnected courtyards that provide direct access to a public street.

2. Paseos and courtyards are limited to pedestrian traffic.

3. In no case may a vehicular driveway be the sole means of access to a dwelling.

4. Permitted building types shall be arranged around and take their primary access from this semipublic extension of the public realm.

5. Semipublic paseos and courtyards that serve as an extension of the public realm shall have the following minimum dimensions and setbacks:

a. Paseos shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide between primary building walls. Architectural encroachments are not permitted.

b. Courtyards shall be at minimum 30 feet by 30 feet. Architectural encroachments are permitted as per the zones and development standards.

C. Vehicular Access. Any parcel or parcel assemblage with a contiguous area of 30,000 square feet or more shall conform to the vehicular access requirements in accordance with the standards in this article. Parcels or parcel assemblages with a contiguous area less than 30,000 square feet may also be developed as mixed type development.

1. Parking shall be accessed from new internal streets, alleys or driveways. Cul-de-sacs and dead-end streets are prohibited unless topographical constraints prohibit through streets. Alleys may be dead-end if they allow for future connection to adjacent parcels. Garage doors shall face alleys or driveways. Flag lots are prohibited.

2. Thoroughfares shall fluctuate in design (i.e., travel lane widths, sidewalk widths, landscaping, etc.) according to variables including, but not limited to, vehicle capacity, vehicle speed, topography, pedestrian (including bicycle use) circulation, public transit, placement of adjacent buildings and businesses, and function beyond the project development boundaries; all subject to director approval.

D. Massing and Articulation. Development shall be designed as if buildings were to be built on narrow lots, subject to decision-making authority discretion for lesser or greater widths. Each building shall have a clear and harmonious pattern of vertically oriented facade openings including entries, windows, and bays and columns or other exposed vertical supports. Vertical articulations can be produced by variations in rooflines, window groupings, applied facade elements such as piers or pilasters, bay windows and subtle changes in materials and vertical planes that create shadow lines and textural differences. Vertical elements break up long, monolithic building facades along the street. Major vertical elements should be a maximum of 50 feet apart measured center-to-center.

E. Mix of Uses. The following standards shall apply to mixed type developments until such a time as the community development director determines that an adequate amount of workplace exists in the corridor:

1. In the T4.8, T4.9, and T5.3 transect zones, the ground floor of all development shall be occupied by workplace or retail uses.

2. In the T4.8 transect zone, proposed development shall consist of a minimum 2.6 to one office to retail ratio. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.210.030)

24.600.600 Purpose and applicability.

A. Purpose. This article contains standards and guidelines for signage to ensure that signs installed in the corridor are consistent with the overall quality and character of new development. Please refer to the city of Ventura for all sign related information or regulations not specifically addressed in this sign article of the corridor plan.

B. Applicability.

1. The sign standards determine the allowed type and size, material, design, and maintenance requirements for signage on commercial and residential development. In the event of a conflict between this article and any other city code, the provisions of this article shall apply. Signage displayed on the public right-of-way (i.e., portable menu board signs) shall be addressed pursuant to the city’s municipal code. All issues not specifically addressed herein shall be addressed pursuant to the city’s municipal code.

2. The replacement of nonresidential signs due to tenant changes is exempt from this article if:

a. No other exterior alterations are proposed; and

b. The proposed sign is in compliance with the existing approved sign program. (Formerly 24V.211.010)

24.600.610 Permit requirements.

A. The processing of sign applications shall be based on Chapter 24.545. The director shall have the authority to review and approve all signs complying with the standards of this article except as otherwise noted. The director may also forward any sign requests to the design review committee for a recommendation. Any sign requests not complying with these standards shall require warrant approval.

B. Sign Program Requirements.

1. A master sign plan shall be required for:

a. A new nonresidential project with four or more tenants;

b. A site where the total area of signs for any use exceeds 100 square feet; or

c. Major rehabilitation work on an existing nonresidential project with four or more tenants, that involves exterior remodeling, and/or the application proposes modification to 50 percent or more of the existing signs on the site within a 12-month period. For the purposes of this chapter, “major rehabilitation” means adding more than 50 percent to the gross floor area of the structure(s), or exterior redesign of more than 50 percent of the length of any facade within the project.

2. Each sign installed or replaced within the nonresidential project shall comply with the approved master sign plan. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.211.020)

24.600.620 General standards and guidelines.

The following definitions, standards, and guidelines shall apply to all signs, regardless of type:

A. Definitions.

“Animation” means more than one change in sign’s message or lighting within a single 24-hour period.

“Exposed incandescent bulb illumination” means the illumination of a sign by incandescent bulbs that are mounted directly to the face of the sign.

“Exposed neon tube illumination” means the illumination of a sign by neon tubes that are mounted directly to the face of the sign.

“External illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light onto the face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign, such as “gooseneck” lamps.

“Halo illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light behind an opaque letter or emblem which results in the appearance of ring of light around the unilluminated letter or emblem.

“Internal illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light on a translucent panel from a light source located inside of an enclosed sign cabinet.

“Window area” means any window pane or group of window panes contained entirely within glazing separators (muntins, mullions, piers, columns, etc.) of one and one-quarter inches or greater in width. Multiple window panes divided by glazing separators less than one and one-quarter inches in width shall be considered to be a single window area.

B. Standards.

1. For each establishment, one and one-half square feet of total sign area shall be allowed for each linear foot of street frontage. This standard shall be known hereafter as the linear frontage ratio. Unless otherwise noted, all signs (including temporary signs) shall count toward the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio. For multitenant buildings, each establishment shall be calculated individually. For corner establishments, each facade shall be calculated individually. Permitted sign area based on the linear frontage of one establishment or facade shall not be placed on another establishment or facade.

2. Signs shall not be animated unless otherwise noted.

3. Commercial messages that identify, advertise, or attract attention to a business, product, service, or event or activity sold, existing, or offered elsewhere than upon the same property where the sign is displayed are expressly prohibited.

4. With the exception of temporary window signs, content including contact information such as telephone numbers, email addresses, and websites is prohibited.

5. “Canned” signs are internally illuminated plastic panels within a sheet metal box enclosure and shall not be used because these signs use a limited range of colors and lettering types and tend to have no relationship to the architecture of the building.

C. Guidelines.

1. In general, only natural construction materials such as wood, metals, ceramic, and stone should be used for signs. Synthetic materials should only be used if they are designed to resemble the recommended natural materials. Plastic or acrylic panels are strongly discouraged.

2. Illumination should consist of incandescent, halogen, neon, LED, and metal halide light sources only. High pressure sodium, low pressure sodium, and fluorescent lighting are strongly discouraged.

3. Contrasting colors should be used between the color of the background and the letters of symbols used. Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible.

4. Colors or color combinations that interfere with the legibility of the sign copy should be avoided. Too many colors can confuse the message of a sign.

5. Fluorescent colors should be limited to 10 square feet of sign area per facade per establishment.

6. Sign design, including color, should be appropriate to the establishment, conveying a sense of what type of business is being advertised.

7. The location of all permanent signs should be incorporated into the architectural design of the building. Placement of signs should be considered part of the overall facade design. Sign locations should be carefully considered, and align with major architectural features.

8. Storefront signage should help create architectural variety from establishment to establishment. In multitenant buildings, signage should be used to create interest and variety.

9. All signs (including temporary signs) should present a neat and aligned appearance.

10. All signs (including temporary signs) should be constructed and installed utilizing the services of a professional sign fabricator. (Formerly 24V.211.030)

24.600.630 Sign type standards and guidelines.

A property’s permitted sign types are determined by transect zone as shown on Table E, Sign Types. When a property fronts multiple corridor types, multiple sign types may be combined on that property. For the purposes of this plan, the following sign types are established (see the summary of sign types in this section):

A. Monument sign.

B. Grand projecting sign.

C. Marquee sign.

D. Mural.

E. Wall sign.

F. Blade sign.

G. Projecting sign.

H. Awning face sign.

I. Awning valance sign.

J. Awning side sign.

K. Above awning sign.

L. Under awning sign.

M. Canopy fascia sign.

N. Above canopy sign.

O. Under canopy sign.

P. Recessed entry sign.

Q. Window sign.

R. Building identification canopy fascia sign.

S. Building identification wall sign.

T. Building identification window sign.

U. Temporary window sign.

V. Temporary wall sign.

W. Portable sign.

Table E. Sign Types

T4.5

T4.8

T4.9

T5.3

A. Monument Signs

Permitted

Not Permitted

B. Grand Projecting Signs

Not Permitted

Permitted

C. Marquee Signs

D. Murals

E. Wall Signs

Permitted

F. Blade Signs

G. Projecting Signs

H. Awning Face Signs

I. Awning Valance Signs

J. Awning Side Signs

K. Above Awning Signs

L. Under Awning Signs

M. Canopy Fascia Signs

N. Above Canopy Signs

O. Under Canopy Signs

P. Recessed Entry Signs

Q. Window Signs

R. Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs

S. Building Identification Wall Signs

T. Building Identification Window Signs

U. Temporary Window Signs

V. Temporary Wall Signs

W. Portable Signs

A. Monument Signs. A monument sign is a permanent sign supported by one or more braces in or upon the ground.

Monument signs are permitted subject to design review pursuant to Section 24.420.070.

1. Standards.

a. A monument sign may have a maximum sign area of 40 square feet and a maximum height of six feet as measured from the highest point of the sign structure.

b. Any such monument sign and all its structural supports shall be located a minimum of three feet from all property lines and a minimum of 10 feet from the face of any curb line.

c. No part of a monument sign or its structural supports shall extend over any public right-of-way.

d. Monument signs may be located in a landscape area only to the extent approved by the decision-making authority through the design review process pursuant to Chapter 24.545.

B. Grand Projecting Signs. Grand projecting signs are tall, large, vertically oriented signs which project from the building perpendicular to the facade and which are structurally integrated into the building.

1. Standards.

a. Only one grand projecting sign shall be permitted per establishment.

b. The area of grand projecting signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

c. Grand projecting signs shall be no taller than 30 feet from the bottom-most part of the sign to the tallest part of the sign.

d. Grand projecting signs may use animation provided such animation consists of flashing lights or chase lights only.

e. Grand projecting signs shall project no more than six feet from the facade of the building.

f. No portion of a grand projecting sign shall be lower than 12 feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

g. Letter width shall not exceed two-thirds of the sign width.

h. No portion of a grand projecting sign shall extend more than 10 feet above the roofline.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in grand projecting signs should be metal and paint only.

b. Grand projecting signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination or exposed incandescent bulb illumination only.

c. Letters should be oriented right-side-up and stacked in a single upright row with the first letter being at the top of the sign and the last letter being at the bottom.

C. Marquee Signs. Marquee signs are large, canopy-like structures mounted over the entrance to a theater.

1. Standards.

a. Marquee signs shall only be located directly above the primary public entrance of the theater.

b. Only one marquee sign shall be permitted per establishment.

c. The area of marquee signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

d. Marquee signs shall have no more than three faces. The total area of all faces of a marquee sign shall not exceed 500 square feet.

e. Marquee signs may use animation provided such animation consists of flashing lights or chase lights only.

f. Marquee signs shall project no more than 12 feet from the facade of the building.

g. No portion of a marquee sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in marquee signs should be metal and paint only with the exception that plastic or acrylic may be used for readerboards.

b. Marquee signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination or exposed incandescent bulb illumination only, with the exception that readerboards may use internal illumination.

D. Murals. A mural is an image on a wall for noncommercial uses. All murals shall be exempt from the size restrictions. All murals shall be subject to design review, except when proposed in conjunction with the following use types: recreation, education, public safety.

1. Standards.

a. Murals shall only be located on unfenestrated wall areas of 2,000 square feet in size or greater.

b. Only one mural shall be permitted per establishment per facade.

c. Murals shall project no more than one foot from the facade of the building.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in murals should be wood, ceramic, metal, or paint only.

b. Murals should be illuminated by external illumination only.

E. Wall Signs. Wall signs are signs that are located on, and parallel to, a building wall.

1. Standards.

a. Wall signs shall only be mounted on a wall area within the shopfront frontage.

b. No wall sign shall exceed 150 square feet in size.

c. The following types of establishments may use animated wall signs: night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons.

i. Animation for such establishments shall consist of flashing lights or chase lights only.

d. Wall signs shall project no more than one foot from the facade of the building.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in wall signs should be wood, ceramic, metal, and paint only with the exception that movie theaters or live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons may use plastic or acrylic for readerboards. Wall signs may also be painted directly onto the facade of the building or inscribed into the facade of the building.

b. Wall signs should be illuminated by external illumination, exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, or halo illumination only.

c. Where individual letters are used, letters should be three-dimensional, created by raised letter forms mounted to the building facade or sign panel, or by incised openings cut out from the sign panel.

F. Blade Signs. Blade signs are oriented perpendicularly to the building facade and are suspended under a bracket, armature, or other mounting device.

1. Standards.

a. Blade signs shall only be mounted on the wall area below the second floor.

b. No blade sign shall exceed 16 square feet in size.

c. Blade signs shall project no more than four feet from the facade of the building.

d. No portion of a blade sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in blade signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Blade signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

G. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs are cantilevered signs that are structurally affixed to the building and oriented perpendicularly to the building facade.

1. Standards.

a. Projecting signs shall only be mounted on wall area below the second floor level.

b. No projecting sign shall exceed 16 square feet in size.

c. Projecting signs shall project no more than four feet from the facade of the building.

d. No portion of a projecting sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in projecting signs should be wood, ceramic, metal, and paint only.

b. Projecting signs should be illuminated by external illumination, exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, or halo illumination only.

H. Awning Face Signs. Awning face signs are signs applied to the primary face of an awning, including sloped awning faces and vertical “box” awning faces.

1. Standards.

a. No awning face sign shall exceed 20 percent of the area of the awning face.

b. Awning face signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

c. No portion of an awning face sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Awning face signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

b. Awning face signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

I. Awning Valance Signs. Awning valance signs are signs applied to the awning valance.

1. Standards.

a. Lettering for awning valance signs shall include one line of lettering not to exceed two-thirds the height of the valance or 12 inches, whichever is less.

b. Awning valance signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

c. No portion of an awning valance sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Awning valance signs should consist of metal, or vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

b. Awning valance signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

J. Awning Side Signs. Awning side signs are signs applied to the side panel of an awning.

1. Standards.

a. The area of awning side signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

b. Lettering for awning side signs shall not exceed 12 inches in height with total sign area not to exceed 20 percent of the area of the awning side area.

c. An awning side sign shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

d. No portion of an awning side sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Awning side signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

b. Awning side signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

K. Above Awning Signs. Above awning signs are signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the upper edge of a valance of an awning and oriented parallel to the building wall surface.

1. Standards.

a. Above awning signs shall not exceed one and one-half times the valance height, and width shall not exceed two-thirds of the awning width.

b. Above awning signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

c. No portion of an above awning sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

d. Lettering for above awning signs shall include one line of lettering only.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in above awning signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Above awning signs should be illuminated by external illumination, exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, or halo illumination only.

L. Under Awning Signs. Under awning signs are signs which are suspended under an awning, perpendicular to the building facade.

1. Standards.

a. Under awning signs must be located adjacent to a public entrance from a city sidewalk.

b. No more than one under awning sign shall be permitted per establishment per facade.

c. The area of under awning signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

d. No under awning sign shall exceed three square feet in size.

e. Under awning signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

f. No portion of an under awning sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in under awning signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Under awning signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

M. Canopy Fascia Signs. Canopy fascia signs are signs which are mounted to the front or side fascia of a canopy and contained completely within that fascia.

1. Standards.

a. The height of canopy fascia signs shall not exceed two-thirds the height of the fascia or 12 inches, whichever is less.

b. The width of canopy fascia signs shall not exceed two-thirds of the canopy width.

c. A canopy fascia sign shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

d. No portion of a canopy fascia sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

e. Canopy fascia signs shall consist of only one line of lettering articulated as individual letters mounted directly to the canopy.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in canopy fascia signs should be metal and paint only.

b. Canopy fascia signs should be illuminated by external illumination or exposed neon tube illumination only.

N. Above Canopy Signs. Above canopy signs are signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the front fascia of a canopy and oriented parallel to the building wall surface.

1. Standards.

a. The height of above canopy signs shall not exceed one and one-half times the height of the fascia or 24 inches whichever is less.

b. The width of above canopy signs shall not exceed two-thirds of the canopy width.

c. Above canopy signs are permitted only above the front fascia of a canopy.

d. An above canopy sign shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

e. No portion of an above canopy sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

f. Lettering for above canopy signs shall include only one line of lettering using individual letters only.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in above canopy signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Above awning signs should be illuminated by external illumination, exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, or halo illumination only.

O. Under Canopy Signs. Under canopy signs are signs that are suspended under a canopy, perpendicular to the building facade.

1. Standards.

a. No more than one under canopy sign shall be permitted per establishment per facade.

b. Under canopy signs must be located adjacent to a public entrance from a city sidewalk.

c. The area of under canopy signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

d. Under canopy signs shall not exceed three square feet in area.

e. An under canopy sign shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

f. No portion of an under canopy sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in under canopy signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Under canopy signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

P. Recessed Entry Signs. Recessed entry signs are signs that are oriented parallel to the building facade and which are suspended over a recessed entry.

1. Standards.

a. No recessed entry sign shall exceed 20 square feet in size.

b. Recessed entry signs shall not project beyond the facade of the building.

c. No portion of a recessed entry sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in recessed entry signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

b. Recessed entry signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Q. Window Signs. Window signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.

1. Standards.

a. Window signs shall be permitted on windows below the second floor level only.

b. No more than 25 percent of any individual window area shall be covered or otherwise occupied by signage.

c. The letter height of each window sign shall not exceed 12 inches and must be taller than four inches.

2. Guidelines.

a. Ground floor window signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied to the glass, neon mounted or suspended behind the glass, or framed and mounted paper signs.

b. Ground floor window signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination only.

R. Building Identification Canopy Fascia Signs. Building identification canopy fascia signs are signs which are mounted to the front or side fascia of a canopy, contained completely within that fascia and oriented parallel to the building wall surface and which announce the name of a building.

1. Standards.

a. Building identification canopy fascia signs shall be located only on the fascias of a canopy above the primary building entrance and shall be located entirely within the canopy fascia.

b. Only one canopy per facade may have building identification canopy fascia signs.

c. The area of building identification canopy fascia signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on linear frontage.

d. Building identification canopy fascia signs shall not exceed one line of lettering not to exceed two-thirds the height of the fascia or 12 inches, whichever is less.

e. A building identification canopy fascia sign shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

f. No portion of a building identification canopy fascia sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

g. Lettering for building identification canopy fascia signs shall include only one line of lettering using individual letters only.

2. Guidelines.

a. Building identification canopy fascia signs should consist of metal letters, vinyl or paint applied to canopy, or may be inscribed into the canopy.

b. Building identification canopy fascia signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

S. Building Identification Wall Signs. Building identification wall signs are signs located on, and parallel to, a building wall that announce the name of a building.

1. Standards.

a. Building identification wall signs shall be located only on the frieze, cornice, or fascia area of storefront level; frieze, cornice, fascia, parapet of the uppermost floor; or above the entrance to main building lobby.

b. Only one building identification wall sign shall be permitted per building per street-facing facade.

c. The area of building identification wall signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

d. Building identification wall signs shall be no taller than 24 inches in height.

e. Building identification wall signs shall project no more than one foot from the facade of the building.

2. Guidelines.

a. Building identification wall signs should be inscribed into the facade, painted onto the facade, or constructed of individual metal letters.

b. Building identification wall signs should be illuminated by external illumination or halo illumination only.

T. Building Identification Window Signs. Building identification window signs are signs applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.

1. Standards.

a. Building identification window signs shall only be located on a transom window above a primary entrance, or the glazed area of primary door.

b. Only one building identification window sign shall be used per building per street-facing facade.

c. The area of building identification window signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the linear frontage ratio.

d. No more than 25 percent of any individual window area shall be covered or otherwise occupied by signage.

e. The letter height of each building identification window sign shall not exceed 12 inches and must be taller than four inches.

2. Guidelines.

a. Building identification window sign should consist of vinyl or paint applied to the glass only.

b. Building identification window sign should not be illuminated.

U. Temporary Window Signs. Temporary window signs are signs that are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window and are designed, constructed and intended for display on private property for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days per year.

Examples include “grand opening,” “special sale,” and seasonal signage.

1. Standards.

a. Temporary window signs shall be located only on ground floor windows on building facades that face a public street or a parking lot.

b. Temporary window signs may not exceed six square feet in size.

c. Temporary window signs shall not cause the total amount of the window area covered with signage to exceed 25 percent.

d. Temporary window signs which satisfy the above standards and general standards do not require a permit.

2. Guidelines.

a. Temporary window signs should be constructed of paint applied directly to the glass or framed paper signs placed behind the glass.

b. Temporary window signs should not be illuminated.

c. A temporary window sign shall not exceed 40 percent of the area of any window upon which it is placed, singly, or in combination with any other temporary or permanent window signs. Temporary window signs shall be allowed on the first floor only. Temporary window signs require approval of a director’s permit and may only be used for a maximum of 90 days per calendar year.

V. Temporary Wall Signs. Temporary wall signs are signs which are located on, and parallel to, a building wall and are designed, constructed, and intended for display on private property for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days per year. Examples include “grand opening,” “special sale,” and seasonal temporary banner signage.

1. Standards.

a. Temporary wall signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor level that faces a public street or a parking lot.

b. A maximum of one temporary wall sign is allowed per establishment.

c. No temporary wall signs shall exceed 32 square feet in area.

d. Temporary wall signs shall project no more than one foot from the facade of the building.

2. Guidelines.

a. Materials used in temporary wall signs should consist of a flexible vinyl material with grommet holes installed around the edges to accommodate attachment to a building.

b. Temporary wall signs should not be illuminated.

W. Portable Signs. A portable sign is a sign that is self-supporting, designed to be moveable, and not structurally attached to the ground, a building, a structure or another sign. Portable signs include, but are not limited to, sandwich board signs, A-frame signs, and other similar signs.

1. Standards.

a. One portable sign is allowed per building.

b. Portable signs shall be placed on private property immediately in front of the business, within the width of store frontage and not, for example, at the street corner in front of other businesses. For businesses located in an arcade or plaza, a portable sign may be placed at the street entrance to the arcade or plaza.

c. Portable signs shall be stored indoors after hours of operation.

(Formerly 24V.211.040)

24.600.640 Purpose.

This chapter of the city of San Buenaventura zoning ordinance shall be known, and may be cited, as the “Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code” or may be cited simply as the “Victoria Code.” References to “code” or “development code” within the text of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code are references to this Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, e.g., references to the “municipal code” mean the San Buenaventura Municipal Code; references to the “Government Code” are to the California State Government Code, and so on.

Chapter 3 of the 2005 City of Ventura General Plan (“Our Well Planned and Designed Community”) designates certain significant “corridors” for future evaluation and implementation actions. Included among these corridors is the Victoria Avenue corridor located along the borders of both the Thille and Montalvo Planning Communities. The Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code carries out the policies of the general plan by classifying and regulating the types and intensities of development and land uses within the Montalvo and Thille areas consistent with, and in furtherance of, the policies and objectives of the general plan. This Victoria Avenue Corridor Code is adopted to protect and promote the public health, safety, comfort, convenience, prosperity, and general welfare of the community. More specifically, the purposes of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code are to:

A. Secure Victoria Avenue’s identity as a prestigious business corridor;

B. Create an urban fabric made up of connected streets, small blocks, and public open spaces;

C. Produce high-quality buildings that shape and activate the public realm;

D. Call for a higher level of intensity than is typical in adjoining neighborhoods, created through significant workplace additions along with new retail space and housing;

E. Create a distinctive character along Victoria Avenue with boulevard-scale buildings in a mixed-use edge lining a redesigned public realm and, on larger sites, creating new internal neighborhoods and districts; and

F. Successfully integrate new retail stores on the corridor edge and new activity nodes. (Formerly 24V.300.010)

24.600.650 Authority.

This development code is enacted based on the authority vested in the city of San Buenaventura by the state of California, including, but not limited to: the State Constitution; and the California Planning and Zoning Law (Government Code Section 65000 et seq.). (Formerly 24V.300.020)

24.600.660 Responsibility for administration.

This development code shall be administered by: the San Buenaventura city council, hereafter referred to as the “council”; the planning commission, referred to as the “commission”; the community development director or the director’s designee, referred to as the “director”; and the community development department, hereafter referred to as the “department,” as specified by the provisions of this development code.

All findings, approvals, determinations, or other exercises of discretionary judgment or any other delegation of authority pursuant to this code by the director, their successors or designees, or any other decision-making authorities, shall be carried out in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, the zoning ordinance, the city’s general plan, and the orderly development of the city. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.300.030)

24.600.670 Applicability.

This development code applies to all land uses, subdivisions, and development within the city of San Buenaventura Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code area as follows.

A. Requirements for New Structures or Land Uses, or Changes to Structures or Land Uses. It shall be unlawful, and a violation of this development code for any person to establish, construct, reconstruct, enlarge, alter, or replace any use of land or structure, except in compliance with the requirements listed below, including those relating to nonconforming uses, structures, and parcels. No building permit or grading permit shall be issued by the city unless the proposed construction complies with all applicable provisions of this development code.

B. Design and Development Standards, Conditions of Approval. Each structure and land use shall comply with all applicable standards of this code, any additional regulations within the zoning ordinance for specific use types that are cited in Section 24.600.180, Table C (Allowed Land Uses), and any applicable conditions imposed by a previously granted discretionary planning permit or approval.

C. Allowable Use. Land uses are allowed by this development code as permitted, or conditionally permitted, in the zone applied to the site. The basis for determining whether a use is allowed is described in Section 24.600.180 (Land Use Table).

D. Permit and Approval Requirements. Any discretionary planning permit or other approval required by Section 24.600.180 (Land Use Table) must be obtained before the issuance of any required grading, building, or other construction permit, and before the proposed use, and any structures related to the proposed use, are constructed, otherwise established or put into operation.

E. Legal Lot. The site of a proposed development or new land use must be a lot or lots legally created in compliance with the Subdivision Map Act and the city’s subdivision regulations.

F. Subdivisions. Any subdivision of land proposed within the city after the effective date of this development code shall enable development of structures consistent with evaluation standards relating to urban standards and building type; including, where applicable, those relating to mixed type development standards. A subdivision application shall contain, to the director’s satisfaction, sufficient plans and information to demonstrate existing and/or future development upon newly created lots may feasibly conform to the development code.

G. Minimum Requirements. The provisions of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code are minimum requirements for the protection and promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare. When this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code provides for discretion on the part of a city official or body, that discretion may be exercised to impose conditions on the approval of any project proposed in the Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, as may be determined by the review authority to be necessary to establish or promote appropriate development and land use, environmental resource protection, and the other purposes of this code.

H. Interface With Other Regulatory Requirements.

1. Municipal Code Provisions. This Victoria Avenue Corridor Code is a subpart of the San Buenaventura Municipal Code. The development code supplements and in some cases replaces the requirements of this title as follows:

a. When the content of this development code conflicts with the requirements of this title, this code shall govern.

b. Otherwise applicable requirements of the municipal code addressing topics not covered by this code apply to development and land uses in the Victoria Avenue Corridor.

2. Zoning Ordinance Provisions. This Victoria Avenue Corridor Code is a subpart of the zoning ordinance. If a conflict occurs between a requirement or other provision of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance, the provision of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code shall control regardless of whether the Victoria Avenue Corridor Code provision is more liberal or more restrictive. In any instance where there is no conflict between a requirement of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code and a requirement or other provision of the zoning ordinance because a development-related subject is addressed in the zoning ordinance but not in the Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, the zoning ordinance provision shall apply.

3. Victoria Avenue Corridor Code Requirements. In the event of any conflict within the requirements of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, the provisions of Articles 3 (Overlay Zones), 5 (Frontage Type Standards), and 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter shall control over Articles 4 (Allowable Land Uses) and 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

4. Development Agreements or Specific Plans. If a conflict occurs between a requirement of this development code and an applicable standard adopted as part of a development agreement or specific plan, the requirement of the development agreement or specific plan shall apply.

5. Private Agreements. This Victoria Avenue Corridor Code applies to all development and land uses regardless of whether it imposes a greater or lesser restriction on the development or use of structures or land than a private agreement or restriction (for example, CC&Rs), without affecting the applicability of the agreement or restriction. (Formerly 24V.300.040)

24.600.680 Approval requirements.

Each structure and land use shall be established, constructed, reconstructed, enlarged, altered, moved or replaced in compliance with the following requirements:

A. Allowable Use or Function. The land use or function must be allowed by the urban standards in the zone where the site is located.

B. Permit and Approval Requirements. Any and all planning permits or other approvals required by this development code shall be obtained before the issuance of any required grading, building, or other construction permit, and before the proposed use is constructed, otherwise established or put into operation, unless the proposed use is listed as exempted below.

C. Development Standards, Conditions of Approval. Each land use and structure shall comply with the development standards of Articles 2 and 3 (Zones and Development Standards and Overlay Zones) and 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, any applicable standard of this title, and conditions imposed by a previously granted planning permit.

D. Design Review. Design review shall be required pursuant to Chapter 24.545, except for front yard house, side yard house, and accessory dwelling unit.

E. Use Permit. A land use identified by Article 4 (Allowable Land Uses) of this chapter as a “UP” (use permit) use shall require a use permit. Chapter 24.520 (Use Permit Procedure) specifies the use permit processing procedure.

F. Director’s Permit. Uses or activities of the development code requiring director’s permit approval shall be processed according to the requirements of Chapter 24.505 (Director’s Permit Procedure). Approval of a director’s permit shall be required for the following:

1. Temporary uses (Chapter 24.120).

2. Uses permitted by right (“P”) if design review is not required.

3. Outdoor dining in ROW.

4. Thrift stores.

G. Phased Implementation of Development Code Provisions. At the request of an applicant and at the discretion of the director, compliance with the standards and special conditions of any transect zone may be implemented in stages. Staged compliance will be subject to approved phasing plans, in order to ensure that new development will establish a foundation for subsequent full implementation of the goals of the general plan and regulations of the Victoria Avenue Corridor Development Code.

As part of a submittal for planning approval, applicants must submit and receive approval of a planned development permit for the following:

1. A master plan for the subject parcel(s) demonstrating compliance with all applicable standards and special conditions at buildout, and

2. A phase one master plan and additional documentation as needed to demonstrate:

a. Compliance with all standards and special conditions pertaining to: building placement, frontage type, building type, use, parking provision, street block and landscaping, architecture and signage; and

b. Responsiveness to the plan’s guidelines pertaining to building placement, frontage type, building type, use, parking provision, street, block and landscaping, architecture and signage.

H. Nonconformity Regulations. This section regulates nonconforming lots, nonconforming structures, and nonconforming uses, including uses that are nonconforming as to required off-street parking. This section is intended to allow nonconforming lots, structures, uses, and off-street parking arrangements to continue to the extent consistent with the health, safety, and public welfare purposes of this plan, with the ultimate goal being to bring such nonconforming lots, structures, and uses into compliance with the plan.

1. Nonconforming Lots. Lots that are nonconforming as to width may be adjusted or subdivided provided the resulting reconfiguration brings the nonconforming lot into, or closer to, conformity with the requirements of this plan.

2. Nonconforming Buildings or Structures. Buildings or other structures that are nonconforming as to setback, height, or other development code provisions may be added to, repaired, or replaced only to the extent permitted by this section.

a. Restoration of Buildings or Other Structures. If a nonconforming building or structure is damaged or partially destroyed by fire, flood, wind, earthquake, or other calamity or act of God or the public enemy to the extent of not more than 50 percent of the estimated cost of duplicating the entire structure as it existed prior to such damage or partial destruction, structural alterations or other repairs for purposes of reconstruction may be carried out so long as they are repaired or replaced to the condition in which they existed immediately prior to the damage. Structural alterations, or other repairs for purposes of reconstruction may be carried out so long as they are repaired or replaced to no more than their original size (i.e., no additional floor space shall be added) except when it would bring the building or structure closer to conformity. Restoration shall be subject to design review approval pursuant to Chapter 24.545.

b. Other Repair. Repair of nonconforming buildings or structures, other than repairs required for restoration of damaged or partially destroyed buildings, may be carried out; provided, that:

i. No structural alterations may be carried out unless those structural alterations are determined by the building official to be required for protection of the public health or safety.

ii. The total cost of repairs over any five-year period shall not exceed 25 percent of the estimated cost of duplicating the entire structure, as it existed prior to such repair.

c. Alterations. Alterations to nonconforming buildings or structures, including, but not limited to, loading docks, new facades, and modernizations for the purposes of improving the energy or water efficiency of a nonconforming building or structure such as the installation of solar collection systems, energy efficient electrical or heating or cooling systems, or water conserving plumbing systems may be permitted so long as the total cost over any five-year period does not exceed 25 percent of the estimated cost of duplicating the entire structure, as it existed prior to such alteration.

3. Nonconforming Uses.

a. A nonconforming use, including any uses incidental thereto, may continue provided such use is not intensified or expanded in any way. Nonconforming uses shall not be changed to any other use, in whole or in part, except to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the subject site is located. Once a nonconforming use on a site, or a portion of a site, has been discontinued for an uninterrupted period of six months, or changed to a conforming use which is permitted in the zoning district in which the site is located for any period of time, no such nonconforming use may be reestablished anywhere on that site.

b. Nonconforming Due to Annexation. See Section 24.465.050(C).

c. Time Extension. An extension of the time limits specified in subsection (H)(3)(a) of this section of up to but not more than one year may be granted by the community development director upon verification of documented evidence of a continuous good faith effort to reestablish the nonconforming use. Such evidence shall consist of records of expenditures, newspaper advertisements and/or real estate listings. A request for a time extension must be submitted in writing by the applicant prior to the expiration of the six-month time limit. Any extension approved by the community development director shall be made in writing and shall specify the date after which no nonconforming use will be permitted upon the subject property. Fees and processing procedures shall be based upon fees and procedures set forth for “Time Extension for Start of Construction.”

I. Subdivisions and Zone Changes.

1. Development increments that exceed the specified maximum block perimeter standard must submit a tentative parcel/tract map application depicting new publicly accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not exceed the maximum block perimeter.

2. The applicant shall also submit a zone change application amending the regulating plan depicting the proposed subdivision, which, upon approval, shall be used to regulate all future development on the new blocks.

J. Animals. Domestic animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are permitted; provided, that no more than four adult animals over the age of four months are permitted per dwelling unit or establishment; and further provided, that no more than three adult dogs shall be permitted per dwelling unit or establishment.

Livestock animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are not permitted. Wild animals, as defined in Chapter 24.110, are not permitted.

K. Other Review Procedures. The following procedural requirements of the zoning regulations and state law shall also apply within the plan area:

Alcoholic beverage establishments (Chapter 24.460).

Parking determination procedure (Chapter 24.512).

Design review (Chapter 24.545).

Development agreement procedure (Chapter 24.550).

Specific plan procedure (Chapter 24.555).

Standard procedures (Section 24.500.060).

Warrants and exceptions (Chapter 24.537).

Subdivision regulations (Title 26).

State density bonus law.

Treatment of potential historic resources (Sections 24.455.125 and 24.545.030(A)(3)).

Home occupations (Chapter 24.125). (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.300.050)

24.600.690 Variation from requirements.

A. Variation from a standard or guideline require the following as noted in this development code: (DR) = Design Review, (W) = Warrant, (E) = Exception.

B. Warrants and exceptions shall be processed pursuant to Chapter 24.537, and as follows:

1. Warrant.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “(W)” indicates a mandatory requirement unless warrant approval is obtained.

b. All of the following urban standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of a warrant is obtained:

i. Building placement: architectural encroachments.

ii. Building type: minimum lot width – by no more than a 10-foot reduction and where all requirements of Article 7 (Building Types) of this chapter, exclusive of those measures designated (DR), are met.

iii. Building height.

c. Warrants may be obtained for approval of civic buildings that do not conform to the zone and development standards, Article 3 of Chapter 24.595.

2. Exceptions.

a. Any building type performance standard with the notation “(E)” indicates a mandatory requirement unless exception approval is obtained.

b. All of the following urban standards are mandatory requirements unless approval of an exception is obtained:

i. Building placement: primary buildings;

ii. Building placement: accessory buildings as it relates to accessory buildings only and not accessory dwelling units;

iii. Parking: parking placement;

iv. Parking: parking requirements.

3. Design Review.

a. A design review variance is a deviation that would permit a practice that is not consistent with a specific design provision of this code.

b. Any deviation from a building type evaluation standard that, regardless of the use of terms such as “should” and “shall,” is followed by the notation “(DR)” is subject to minor design review.

C. Limitations. The following evaluation standards shall not be eligible for warrants or exceptions:

1. Building type – minimum lot width reduction of more than 10 feet and where all requirements of Article 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, exclusive of those measures designated [DR] are not met.

2. Land use or activity on a particular site that is not otherwise allowed.

3. Home occupations. (Ord. No. 2021-017, § 90 (Exh. F), 12-13-21. Formerly 24V.300.060)

24.600.700 Exemptions from planning permit requirements.

The planning permit requirements of this development code do not apply to the structures, land uses, and activities identified by this section. These are allowed in all planning areas subject to compliance with this section.

A. County Properties. The development code’s provisions do not apply to the Ventura County government center, unincorporated properties, or county-leased properties within the corridor plan area. The city shall encourage cooperative planning with Ventura County in order to achieve the plan’s intent as expressed in the Victoria Avenue Corridor Plan.

B. General Requirements for Exemption. The land uses, structures, and activities identified by subsection C of this section are exempt from the planning permit requirements of this development code only when:

1. The new use, activity or structure associated with the accessory dwelling unit, front yard house and side yard house is established and operated in compliance with the setback requirements, height limits, and all other applicable standards of Articles 2 and 3 (Zones and Development Standards and Overlay Zones) and 7 (Building Type Standards) of this chapter, and, where applicable, those relating to nonconformity regulations; and

2. All permits or approvals required by city regulations other than this development code are obtained (for example, a building permit).

C. Exempt Activities and Land Uses.

1. Decks, Paths and Driveways. Decks, platforms, on-site paths, and driveways that are not required to have a building permit or grading permit.

2. Fences and walls in compliance with height and location.

3. Interior Remodeling. Interior alterations that do not increase the gross floor area of the structure, or change the permitted use of the structure.

4. Repairs and Maintenance.

a. Commercial Buildings. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, existing commercial buildings, if:

i. The work does not change the approved land use of the site or structure, or add to, enlarge, or expand the land use and/or structure; and

ii. Any exterior repairs employing the same materials and design as the original construction.

b. Single-Family Dwellings. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, single-family dwellings.

c. Multifamily and Nonresidential Structures. Ordinary nonstructural repairs to, and maintenance of, multifamily residential and nonresidential structures, if:

i. The work does not change the approved land use of the site or structure, or add to, enlarge or expand the land use and/or structure; and

ii. Any exterior repairs employing the same materials and design as the original construction.

5. Small, Portable Residential Accessory Structures. A single portable structure of 120 square feet or less per lot or unit, including premanufactured storage sheds and other small structures that are exempt from building permit requirements in compliance with the municipal code and the California Building Code. Additional structures may be approved in compliance with Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter, where allowed by the applicable zoning district.

6. Spas, Hot Tubs, and Fish Ponds. Portable spas, hot tubs, and constructed fish ponds, and similar equipment and structures that do not: exceed 120 square feet in total area including related equipment; contain more than 2,000 gallons of water; or exceed two feet in depth.

7. Utilities. The erection, construction, alteration, or maintenance by a public utility or public agency of utilities intended to service existing or nearby approved developments shall be permitted in any zoning district. These include: water; gas; electric; supply or disposal systems; including wires, mains, drains, sewers, pipes, conduits, cables, fire-alarm boxes, police call boxes, traffic signals, hydrants, etc., but not including new transmission lines and structures. Satellite and wireless communications antennas are not exempt, and are instead subject to Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter and Chapter 24.497 (Telecommunications Facilities). (Formerly 24V.300.070)

24.600.710 Rules of interpretation.

Except for Section 24.600.020 (relating to the interpretation of regulating plan and transect zone boundaries) and Section 24.600.180 (relating to the interpretation of the Land Use Table), the interpretation of any provision of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, including the implementation of the regulating plan, shall be carried out in accordance with Section 24.105.080. (Formerly 24V.300.080)

24.600.720 How to use this code.

To find the development regulations that apply to a particular parcel of land, the following steps should be taken:

A. Locate the subject parcel on the regulating plan (Section 24.600.030).

B. Note the zone designation for that parcel.

C. Also note any special designations for that parcel that may also be present on the regulating plan, such as a “four-story height overlay” or a “shopfront required” overlay, as these requirements will supersede other provisions in the zone standards.

D. To determine the uses that are allowed in that zone, refer to the Allowable Land Use Table (Section 24.600.180, Table C).

E. Refer to the zone standards for the zone that applies to the subject parcel. These standards provide all the basic setback and height requirements for the parcel. Remember that any special designations on the regulating plan supersede the information on the zone page.

F. Development regulations established in this plan are of two types, standards and guidelines.

1. Standards address those aspects of development that are essential to achieve the goals of the corridor plan. They include specifications for site development and building design, such as permitted land uses, building height, and setbacks. Conformance with standards is mandatory. Such provisions are indicated by use of the words “shall,” “must,” or “is/is not permitted.” As provided in this chapter, phased conformity with specified standards is permitted.

2. Guidelines provide guidance for new development in terms of aesthetics and other considerations such as zone character or design details. They are intended to direct building and site design in a way that implements the community’s goals for the Victoria Corridor as expressed in this plan and in the Ventura general plan. Whereas conformance with the standards is mandatory, conformance with the guidelines is preferred and/or recommended. Provisions that fall into this category are indicated by the use of the words “should,” “may” or “are encouraged to.” In various cases, the guidelines provide a choice of treatments that will achieve the desired effect. Although direct conformance with the guidelines is the surest route to swift approval, developers are permitted to propose alternative design details if they are able to show that such details implement the intent of this plan.

G. The zone standards specify the setback and height regulations for buildings, parking and associated site improvements, and also identify the building types and frontage types that are allowed.

H. A range of building types – from least urban/intense to most urban/intense – is presented in Article 7 of this chapter. One of the types allowed in the applicable zone must be selected.

I. A range of frontage types – from least urban to most urban – is presented in Article 5 of this chapter. One of the types allowed in the applicable zone must be selected, and integrated with the selected building type.

J. For parcels fronting Victoria Avenue, a range of public frontage types are presented in Article 3 of this chapter (Victoria shopfront overlay or parkway overlay). One of the types allowed in the applicable zone must be selected and integrated with the selected frontage type.

K. Note that building types may be combined, as described in Article 11 (Mixed Type Development Standards) of this chapter. To promote a diversity of building types, and to control the visual scale of new development projects, type mixing is required on parcels over 30,000 square feet in area. Mixed type development regulations also require a mix of uses to ensure that an adequate amount of workplace is developed to create a business corridor.

L. Development increments that exceed the specified maximum block perimeter standard must submit a tentative parcel/tract map application depicting new publicly accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not exceed the maximum block perimeter, as required in Article 9, Blocks and Streets, of this chapter.

M. The applicant shall submit a zone change application amending the regulating plan depicting the proposed subdivision, which, upon approval, shall be used to regulate all future development on the new blocks. Redevelopment and construction of new streets according to the amended regulating plan may be phased as incremental development is proposed (see Section 24.600.680(G), Phased Implementation of Development Code Provisions).

N. Terms used throughout the development code that have not previously been defined in the San Buenaventura Municipal Code can be found in the definitions (Article 14 of this chapter). (Formerly 24V.300.090)

24.600.730 Purpose.

This article provides definitions of terms and phrases used in this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code that are technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If a definition in this article conflicts with a definition in another provision of the zoning ordinance or any other provision in the municipal code, these definitions shall control for the purposes of this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code. If a word or phrase is not defined in this article, the definition of such word or phrase as defined in the general plan or the zoning ordinance shall apply, in that order. If a word or phrase is not defined in this article or the general plan or the zoning ordinance, and a question arises as to how it is to be applied to a development proposal subject to this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, the director shall determine the applicable definition in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 24.505, giving deference to common usage and the purpose and intent of the general plan, the zoning ordinance, and this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code. (Formerly 24V.400.010)

24.600.740 Definitions of specialized terms and phrases.

As used in this Victoria Avenue Corridor Code, the following terms and phrases shall have the meaning given them in this section, unless the context in which they are used clearly requires otherwise.

Accessory Building. See Chapter 24.110.

Accessory Dwelling Unit. See Chapter 24.430.

“Active side yard” means the landscaped, private open space located along side court housing that is “activated” by the building’s dwelling unit entrances.

Adult Business. See Chapter 24.492.

“Alley” means a narrow service way located on the interior of a block. Alleys provide service areas, parking access, and utility easements. Alleys can be publicly or privately owned and maintained.

“Alley setback” means:

1. The required minimum distance from an alley’s edge of pavement to any building.

2. The minimum values for setback dimensions are listed under Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

3. The alley setback must be landscaped according to building type requirements.

“Anchor retail” means a large-scale retail store, which by virtue of its regional draw, is intended to draw customers from a large area who are likely to patronize other nearby retail shops, restaurants, and personal services located within a walkable retail cluster such as a town center or shopping mall.

“Animation” means more than one change in sign’s message or lighting within a single 24-hour period.

“Articulation” means architectural elements that create breaks in the horizontal and vertical surfaces and masses of buildings.

“Auto- or motor-vehicle-related sales or services” means a retail or wholesale establishment selling and/or renting automobiles, trucks and vans, trailers, motorcycles, mobile home, recreational vehicle, or watercraft sales, and vehicles for sale may be displayed outdoors or indoors, as authorized by a use permit. Also includes the dismantling, repair, servicing, alteration, restoration, recycling, towing, painting, cleaning, or finishing of automobiles, trucks, recreational vehicles, boats and other vehicles as a primary use, including the incidental wholesale and retail sale of vehicle parts as an accessory use. Does not include: the sale of auto parts/accessories separate from vehicle dealerships or gas stations.

“Banking and financial services” means financial institutions including banks and trust companies, credit agencies, holding (but not primarily operating) companies, lending and thrift institutions, other investment companies, securities/commodity contract brokers and dealers, security and commodity exchanges, vehicle finance (equity) leasing agencies.

“Bar,” “tavern,” “night club” means an establishment providing entertainment such as live music and dancing, on-site alcohol consumption, but not adult entertainment. The sale of alcoholic beverages is separately regulated by Chapter 24.460 (Alcoholic Beverage Establishments – Use Permits). Entertainment is also separately regulated by Chapter 10.450 (Dance Halls).

“Block” means the aggregate of private lots, passages, rear lanes and alleys, circumscribed by thoroughfares. An alleyway does not constitute the boundary of a block.

“Block face” means the aggregate of all the building facades on one side of a block. The block face provides the context for establishing architectural harmony.

“Build-to-corner” means:

1. The build-to-corner requirement specifies that buildings must “hold the corner” of the parcel at the intersection of two streets.

2. The build-to-corner location is defined by the minimum and maximum front street and side street setback lines. Where the build-to-corner building placement is required, new development must meet this requirement by siting the building at its street corner.

3. Build-to-corner requirements are listed under Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

“Building” means a permanent, enclosed structure on a parcel.

“Building composition” means a building’s spatial arrangement of masses and architectural elements in relation to each other and the building as a whole.

“Building disposition” means the placement of a building on its lot.

“Building function” means uses accommodated by a building and its lot. Functions (i.e., use) are categorized in Table C, Land Use Tables (Section 24.600.180), and are either permitted by right or via use permit.

“Building height” means the vertical extent of a building, not including a raised basement or a habitable attic. Height limits do not apply to masts, belfries, clock towers, chimney flues, water tanks, elevator bulkheads and similar structures. Building height shall be measured from the average grade of the enfronting thoroughfare to the top of cornice, parapet, eave line of a peaked roof, or mansard roof ridgeline. Number of floors shall not include portions of the building substantially submerged or partly submerged below grade such as basements or podiums. Height for inhabited structures is regulated by both the number of floors permitted, and by total feet permitted. Height for noninhabited structures (e.g., parking garages) is regulated by total feet permitted. New structures must meet the minimum and maximum for both floor and dimension requirements [E].

“Building mass” means part or all of building’s three-dimensional bulk.

“Building placement” means the location and orientation of a building or buildings on a parcel.

“Building type” means a structure category determined by function, placement on the lot, and configuration, including frontage and height.

Bulk Reduction.

1. A reduction in the overall square feet of the upper stories of tall buildings to ensure compatibility with lower building in the plan area.

2. Where bulk reduction is required, the total square feet for each floor of a building above the fourth floor shall be reduced by a certain percentage relative to the floor plate of the fourth floor.

3. The value of the reduction percentage required is specified under Article 2 of this chapter (Zones and Development Standards).

4. Bulk reduction may occur as a single uniform stepback or as a series of stepbacks along multiple facades. Stepbacks should be designed in coordination with the horizontal and vertical massing of the building architecture, and should be used to create terraces and other inhabitable outdoor spaces.

“Business support service” means a business that provides services to other businesses. Examples include: blueprinting, computer-related services (rental, repair), copying and quick printing services, film processing and photofinishing (retail), mailing and mail box services.

“Civic” means uses or buildings owned, leased, or operated by a public agency or nonprofit organization for the primary purpose of providing a service to the general public. Such uses are dedicated to, by way of example but without limitation, arts, culture, education, recreation, government, transit, and municipal/public parking.

“Civic space” means an outdoor area dedicated for public use. Civic space types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationship between their intended use, their size, their landscaping and their enfronting buildings.

“Commercial” is the term collectively defining workplace, office and retail functions.

“Community meeting” means uses consisting of group gatherings conducted indoors. Typical uses include synagogues, mosques, temples, churches, community centers, bingo halls, private clubs, social, philanthropic and charitable organizations, and lodges. Additional typical uses include those providing live or recorded events or performances, or other activities intended for spectators that are conducted within an enclosed building such as motion picture theaters, music performance halls, and sports arenas.

“Context” means surroundings, including a combination of architectural, natural and civic elements, that define specific neighborhood or block character.

“Corridor” means a lineal geographic system incorporating transportation and/or greenway trajectories. A transportation corridor may be a lineal urban transect zone.

“Day care” means day care centers as defined by the Health and Safety Code, and the day care and supervision of more than 12 children under 18 years of age for period less than 24 hours per day.

“Density” means the number of dwelling units within a standard measure of land area, usually given as units per acre.

“Dining establishment – drive-through facility” means establishments primarily engaged in the preparation and sale of food and beverages, serving ready-to-eat foods or beverages which include drive-through service. Examples include, but are not limited to, fast food restaurants, coffee, and bakery/donut shops with drive-through service.

“Drive-through retail or service” means a retail or service business where services may be obtained by motorists without leaving their vehicles. Examples include automated teller machines (ATMs), banks, and pharmacy dispensaries.

“Driveway” means a vehicular lane within a lot, usually leading to a garage.

“Dwelling – single dwelling” means a building designed for and/or occupied exclusively by one housekeeping unit. Also includes factory built, modular housing units, constructed in compliance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC), and mobile homes/manufactured housing units that comply with the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, placed on permanent foundation systems.

“Elevation” means an exterior wall of a building not along a frontage line. See “Facade.”

“Emergency shelter” means housing with minimal supportive services for homeless persons and limits the occupancy of six months or less by a homeless person. No individual or household may be denied emergency shelter because of an inability to pay. This use type does not include residential care or group care.

Encroachments.

1. Built elements that extend into required setback areas or public rights-of-way.

2. Awnings, entrance porticos, porches, stoops, stairs, and entrance overhangs are permitted to encroach within the required front setback as shown in the frontage type illustrations.

3. Balconies, bay windows, eaves, and other permitted encroachments may extend up to a maximum of six feet into the private frontage.

4. At zero-setback areas, building overhangs such as trellises, canopies and awnings may extend horizontally into the public frontage up to a maximum of six feet. These overhangs must provide a minimum of eight feet clear height above sidewalk grade.

“Enfront” means to place an element along a frontage line, as in “porches enfront the street.”

“Entrance, principal” means the main point of access of pedestrians into a building.

“Exposed incandescent bulb illumination” means the illumination of a sign by incandescent bulbs which are mounted directly to the face of the sign.

“Exposed neon tube illumination” means the illumination of a sign by neon tubes which are mounted directly to the face of the sign.

“External illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light onto the face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign, such as “gooseneck” lamps.

“Facade” means the exterior wall of a building that is set along a frontage line (see “Elevation”; “Frontage line”).

“Floor area, gross” means the total number of square feet of actual floor, stair, loft, or mezzanine area included within the outside faces of the surrounding exterior walls.

Front Setback.

1. The permitted distance from the right-of-way line along a front street to the primary building facade. This is illustrated in the setback diagram under “Frontage coverage zone.”

2. The minimum and maximum values for the setback dimension along Victoria Avenue and along all other streets are listed under Article 2 of this chapter (Zones and Development Standards).

3. Buildings not abutting a street shall conform to the dimensions and requirements for semi-public paseos and/or courtyards described in Article 7 of this chapter (Building Type Standards).

4. Front setback areas must be landscaped in accordance to requirements established by frontage type and building type.

Frontage Coverage.

1. The minimum percentage of the length of the frontage coverage zone that shall be occupied by the front facade(s) of the primary building(s).

2. Minimum frontage coverage percentages are shown under Article 2 of this chapter (Zones and Development Standards).

3. In order to connect the public sidewalk with courtyards and parking lots in the interior or at the rear of a parcel, development may incorporate a paseo that counts towards the frontage coverage requirements. A paseo is a paved pedestrian walkway penetrating the building to access interior parking, courtyards, or other public spaces. The width of a paseo may not exceed 15 feet.

“Frontage coverage zone” means the rectangle formed by the minimum and maximum front setback lines and the minimum side setback or side street setback lines.

“Frontage line” means those lot lines that coincide with a public frontage. Facades along frontage lines define the public realm and are therefore more regulated than the elevations that coincide with other lot lines.

“Gas stations” means retail sale, from the premises, of vehicle fuel that may include the incidental sale of other petroleum products, tires, batteries, and replacement items, and the incidental provision of minor repairs and lubricating services. Typical uses include automobile service stations and filling stations and special oil change and lube shops.

“Halo illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light behind an opaque letter or emblem that results in the appearance of ring of light around the unilluminated letter or emblem.

“Health/fitness facility” means establishments offering predominantly participant sports within an enclosed building. Typical uses include bowling alleys, billiard parlors, pool halls, indoor ice or roller skating rinks, indoor racquetball courts, indoor batting cages and health or fitness club.

Height. See “Building height.”

Height Limit Adjacent to Homes. A height limit adjacent to homes creates an appropriate height relationship where new development is adjacent to existing homes outside of the plan area.

“Home occupation” means an occupation conducted at a premises containing a dwelling unit as an incidental use by the occupant of that dwelling.

“Infill” means a project within existing urban fabric.

“Internal illumination” means the illumination of a sign by projecting light on a translucent panel from a light source located inside of an enclosed sign cabinet.

“Liner building” means a building specifically designed to mask a parking lot or a parking garage from a frontage.

“Live/work” means an integrated housing unit and working space, occupied and utilized by a single household in a structure, either single-family or multifamily, that has been designed or structurally modified to accommodate joint residential occupancy and work activity, and which includes:

1. Complete kitchen space and sanitary facilities in compliance with the California Building Standards Code; and

2. Working space reserved for and regularly used by one or more occupants of the unit.

“Lodging” means establishments providing two or more housekeeping units or six or more rooms or suites for temporary rental to members of the public and which may include incidental food, drink, and other sales and services intended for the convenience of guests. Typical uses include hotels, motels, and timeshare facilities.

“Lot line” means the boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a lot (see “Frontage line”).

“Lot width” means the length of the principal frontage line of a lot.

“Medical/dental” means establishments providing medical, psychiatric, surgical, dental or other health-related services. This includes medical, dental, psychiatric or other therapeutic services offered in individual offices or suites, which may include laboratories incidental to the practitioner’s consulting or therapeutic work but excluding licensed health facilities, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1250, except as provided in Health and Safety Code Section 1267.8.

“Mortuary, funeral home” means a funeral home and/or parlor, where deceased are prepared for burial or cremation, and funeral services may be conducted.

“Neighborhood” means an urbanized area at least 40 acres that is primarily residential. A neighborhood shall be based upon a partial or entire standard pedestrian shed. The physical center of the neighborhood should be located at an important traffic intersection associated with a civic or commercial institution.

“Office” means offices of firms or organizations that primarily provide executive, management, administrative or financial services. It also refers to establishments primarily engaged in providing professional services to individuals or businesses, but excludes uses classified under medical/dental. Typical uses include corporation headquarters and administrative offices, banks, savings and loans, law offices, real estate offices, public relations firms, advertising firms, insurance offices, travel agencies, and photography studios.

“Parking facility – public or commercial” means a parking lot or structure operated by the city, or a private entity providing parking for a fee. Does not include towing impound and storage facilities.

“Parking structure” means a building containing two or more stories of parking. Parking structures shall have liner buildings at the first story or higher.

“Passage” means a pedestrian connector passing between buildings, providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting rear parking areas to frontages. Passages may be roofed over.

“Path” means a pedestrian way traversing a park or rural area, with landscape matching the contiguous open space. Paths should connect directly with the urban sidewalk network.

“Pedestrian shed” means an area, approximately circular, that is centered on a common destination. A pedestrian shed is applied to determine the approximate size of a neighborhood. A standard pedestrian shed is one-quarter-mile radius or 1,320 feet, about the distance of a five-minute walk at a leisurely pace. It has been shown that provided with a pedestrian environment, most people will walk this distance rather than drive. The outline of the shed must be refined according to actual site conditions, particularly along thoroughfares. A long pedestrian shed is one-half-mile radius or 2,640 feet, and may be used for mapping when transit is present or proposed. (Sometimes called a “walkshed” or “walkable catchment.”) A linear pedestrian shed is elongated to follow a commercial corridor.

“Personal services” means establishments primarily engaged in the provision of services for the enhancement of personal appearance, cleaning, alteration or reconditioning of garments and accessories, and similar non-business-related or nonprofessional services. Typical uses include reducing salons, tanning salons, barber shops, tailors, shoe repair shops, self-service laundries, and dry cleaning shops, but exclude uses classified under office and trade school.

“Planter” means the element of the public streetscape that accommodates street trees. Planters may be continuous or individual.

“Primary building” means the main building(s) on a lot, within which the primary uses operate. Primary buildings shall be located within the building envelope as specified in Article 2 (Zones and Development Standards) of this chapter.

“Printing and publishing” means a business that provides printing services using letterpress, lithography, gravure, screen, offset, or electrostatic (xerographic) copying; and other establishments serving the printing trade including bookbinding, typesetting, engraving, photoengraving and electrotyping. This use also includes: businesses that publish newspapers, books and periodicals; establishments manufacturing business forms and binding devices. “Quick printing” services are included in the definition of “Business support services.”

“Private frontage” means the privately held layer between the frontage line and the principal building facade. The structures and landscaping within the private frontage may be held to specific standards. The variables of private frontage are the depth of the setback and the combination of architectural elements such as fences, stoops, porches and galleries.

Property Maintenance Services. See Chapter 24.115.

“Public frontage” means the area between the curb of the vehicular lanes and the frontage line. Elements of the public frontage include the type of curb, walk, planter, street tree and streetlight.

“Rear alley” means a vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to service areas and parking, and containing utility easements. Alleys should be paved from building face to building face, with drainage by inverted crown at the center or with roll curbs at the edges.

“Rear lane” means a vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to parking and outbuildings and containing utility easements. Rear lanes may be paved lightly to driveway standards. Its streetscape consists of gravel or landscaped edges, no raised curb and is drained by percolation.

Rear Setback.

Repair Services. See Section 24.115.3370.

“Research and development (R&D)” means a facility for scientific research, and the design, development and testing of electrical, electronic, magnetic, optical and computer and telecommunications components in advance of product manufacturing; and the assembly of related products from parts produced off site, where the manufacturing activity is secondary to the research and development activities. Includes pharmaceutical, chemical and biotechnology research and development. Does not include soils and other materials testing laboratories (see Section 24.115.3380).

“Residential” means premises available for long-term human dwelling.

“Residential accessory use or structure” means a use and/or structure that is customarily a part of, and clearly incidental and secondary to, a residence, and does not change the character of the residential use. This definition includes, by way of example, the following types of uses or detached accessory structures, and other similar structures normally associated with a residential use of property. Garage, gazebo, greenhouse (noncommercial), spa, hot tub, storage shed, studio, swimming pool, tennis or other on-site sport court, workshop. Also includes the indoor storage of automobiles, personal recreational vehicles and other personal property, accessory to a residential use. Does not include accessory dwelling units, which are governed by Chapter 24.430.

“Restaurant” means sale of prepared food and beverages in a ready-to-eat state for on-site or off-site consumption without drive-through service. A dining area may or may not be provided. The restaurant use may be ancillary to another use.

“Retail” means establishments engaged in the sale of goods and merchandise. Examples of these stores and lines of merchandise include: antique stores, art galleries, retail art supplies, including framing services, artisan shops, auction rooms, auto parts (not including installation services), bakeries, bicycles, books, magazines, and newspapers, cameras and photographic supplies, clothing, shoes, and accessories, collectibles, department stores, drug stores and pharmacies, dry goods, fabrics and sewing supplies, florists and houseplant stores, hobby materials, jewelry, luggage and leather goods, musical instruments, parts and accessories, orthopedic supplies, religious goods, second hand stores, small wares, specialty shops, sporting goods and equipment, stationery, toys and games, variety stores, video stores.

“Retail frontage line” means frontage lines that require the provision of a shopfront, causing the ground level to be available for retail use.

“Rowhouse” means a single-family dwelling that shares a party wall with another of the same type and occupies the full frontage line (syn: “Townhouse”).

Safety Services. See Section 24.115.3400.

“School” includes the following facilities: “Elementary, middle, secondary” means a public or private academic educational institution, including elementary (kindergarten through sixth grade), middle and junior high schools (seventh and eighth grades), secondary and high schools (ninth through twelfth grades). May also include any of these schools that also provide room and board.

“Setback” means the area of a lot measured from the lot line to a building facade or elevation. This area must be maintained clear of permanent structures with the exception of: galleries, fences, garden walls, arcades, porches, stoops, balconies, bay windows, terraces and decks (that align with the first story level) which are permitted to encroach into the setback.

“Shy distance” means a designated width or buffer area along a path to allow for the pedestrian to instinctively avoid proximity to objects such as buildings, retaining walls, curbs, poles, and fences. A shy distance should be maintained between the required clear path of a sidewalk and obstacles near the clear path to maintain the usable width of the clear path.

Side Street Setback.

1. The required distance from the right-of-way line along the side street to the side street building facade. This is illustrated in the setback diagram below.

2. The minimum and maximum values for setback dimensions are listed under Article 2 of this chapter (Zones and Development Standards).

3. The side setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in requirements established by building type.

Side Yard Setback.

1. The required minimum distance from the side property line to the primary building as shown in the diagram under “Rear Setback.”

2. The minimum and maximum values for setback dimensions are listed under Article 2 of this chapter (Zones and Development Standards).

3. Side setback areas must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in requirements established by building type.

“Sidewalk” means the paved layer of the public frontage dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity.

“Single room occupancy (SRO)” means a building with single rooms that are made available for rental and that provide sleeping areas with shared bathrooms and kitchens.

“Special residential” means a use within or comprising any of the following use types as the definitions of same may be amended from time to time: group care residential (defined in the zoning ordinance), group care (defined in the zoning ordinance), boarding houses (defined in the zoning ordinance), and single room occupancy (defined in this section).

“Specialized education/training” means a public or private institution that provides education and/or training, including vocational training, in limited subjects. Examples of these schools include: art school; ballet and other dance school; business, secretarial, and vocational school; computers and electronics school; drama school; driver education school; establishments providing courses by mail; language school; martial arts; music school; professional school (law, medicine, etc.); seminaries/religious ministry training facility. Does not include preschools and child day care facilities (see “Day care”). See also the definition of “Studio – art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.” for smaller-scale facilities offering specialized instruction.

“Story” means a habitable level within a building where ground floor is a minimum of 15 feet in height and upper stories are no more than 14 feet in height from finished floor to floor. Attics and raised basements are not considered stories for the purposes of determining building height.

“Street” means a local urban thoroughfare of low speed and capacity. Its public frontage consists of raised curbs drained by inlets and sidewalks separated from the vehicular lanes by a planter and parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of regularly placed street trees. This type is permitted within the more urban transect zones (T4 through T6).

“Streetscape” means the urban element that establishes the major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed of thoroughfares (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) as well as the visible private frontages (building facades and elevations, porches, yards, fences, awnings, etc.), and the amenities of the public frontages (street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, etc.).

“Studio – art, dance, martial arts, music, etc.” means small scale facilities, typically accommodating one group of students at a time, in no more than one instructional space. Larger facilities are included under the definition of “Specialized education/training.” Examples of these facilities include: individual and group instruction and training in the arts; production rehearsal; photography, and the processing of photographs produced only by users of the studio facilities; martial arts training studios; gymnastics instruction, and aerobics and gymnastics studios with no other fitness facilities or equipment. Also includes production studios for individual musicians, painters, sculptors, photographers, and other artists.

“Thoroughfare” means a vehicular way incorporating moving lanes and parking lanes within a right-of-way.

“Thrift stores” means any retail establishment primarily selling used goods that are donated or acquired for less than reasonable wholesale value of the goods.

Townhouse. Syn: “Rowhouse.”

“Transect” means a system of ordering human habitats in a range from the most natural to the most urban as summarized in Chapter 3 of the general plan. Among other applications of the transect, the SmartCode is based upon six transect zones which describe the physical character of place at any scale, according to the density and intensity of land use and urbanism. “Transect zone” (T zone) means a geographically specific zoning classification established to regulate development patterns in accordance with the transect system. Transect zones are administratively similar to the land use zones in conventional zoning ordinances, except that in addition to the usual building use, density, height, and setback requirements, other elements of the intended habitat are integrated, including those of the private lot and building and the enfronting public streetscape. The elements are determined by their location on the transect scale. The basic T zones are: T1 natural, T2 rural, T3 suburban, T4 general urban, T5 urban center, and T6 urban core (see Table A).

“Transit station or terminal” means a passenger station for vehicular and rail mass transit systems; also terminal facilities providing maintenance and service for the vehicles operated in the transit system. Includes bus terminals, taxi stands, railway stations, etc.

“Type” means a category determined by function, disposition, and configuration, including size or extent. There are community types, street types, civic space types, etc. (See also “Building type.”)

“Window area” means any window pane or group of window panes contained entirely within glazing separators (muntins, mullions, piers, columns, etc.) of one and one-quarter inches or greater in width. Multiple window panes divided by glazing separators less than one and one-quarter inches in width shall be considered to be a single window area.

Wireless Telecommunication Facility. See Section 24.115.3460. (Formerly 24V.400.020)